This commit is contained in:
pvvx 2017-06-24 05:03:03 +03:00
parent a9ef4ff5c0
commit b8c699eb1c
243 changed files with 1850 additions and 76723 deletions

View file

@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file httpc.h
* @author
* @version
* @brief This file provides user interface for HTTP/HTTPS client.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* This module is a confidential and proprietary property of RealTek and possession or use of this module requires written permission of RealTek.
*
* Copyright(c) 2016, Realtek Semiconductor Corporation. All rights reserved.
******************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef _HTTPC_H_
#define _HTTPC_H_
/** @addtogroup httpc HTTPC
* @ingroup network
* @brief HTTP/HTTPS client functions
* @{
*/
#include "platform_stdlib.h"
#include "platform_opts.h"
#define HTTPC_SECURE_NONE 0 /*!< Running with HTTP client */
#define HTTPC_SECURE_TLS 1 /*!< Running with HTTPS client */
#define HTTPC_DEBUG_OFF 0 /*!< Disable httpc debug log */
#define HTTPC_DEBUG_ON 1 /*!< Enable httpc debug log */
#define HTTPC_DEBUG_VERBOSE 2 /*!< Enable httpc verbose debug log */
#define HTTPC_TLS_POLARSSL 0 /*!< Use PolarSSL for TLS when HTTPS */
#define HTTPC_TLS_MBEDTLS 1 /*!< Use mbedTLS for TLS when HTTPS */
#if CONFIG_USE_POLARSSL
#define HTTPC_USE_TLS HTTPC_TLS_POLARSSL
#elif CONFIG_USE_MBEDTLS
#define HTTPC_USE_TLS HTTPC_TLS_MBEDTLS
#endif
/**
* @brief The structure is the context used for HTTP response header parsing.
* @note Only header string includes string terminator.
*/
struct http_response {
uint8_t *header; /*!< HTTP header string parsed in HTTP response */
size_t header_len; /*!< HTTP header string length */
uint8_t *version; /*!< Pointer to HTTP version in the parsed HTTP header string */
size_t version_len; /*!< HTTP version data length */
uint8_t *status; /*!< Pointer to HTTP status code in the parsed HTTP header string */
size_t status_len; /*!< HTTP status code data length */
uint8_t *content_type; /*!< Pointer to Content-Type header field in the parsed HTTP header string */
size_t content_type_len; /*!< Content-Type header field data length */
size_t content_len; /*!< Value of Content-Length header field parsed in HTTP header string */
};
/**
* @brief The structure is the context used for connection.
*/
struct httpc_conn {
int sock; /*!< Client socket descriptor for connection */
struct http_response response; /*!< Context for HTTP response */
void *tls; /*!< Context for TLS connection */
uint8_t *request_header; /*!< Pointer to transmission buffer of HTTP request header */
char *host; /*!< String of server host name or IP */
uint16_t port; /*!< Service port */
char *user_password; /*!< Base64 string for HTTP basic authorization */
};
/**
* @brief This function is used to generate connection context for an HTTP/HTTPS client.
* @param[in] secure: security mode for HTTP or HTTPS. Must be HTTPD_SECURE_NONE, HTTPD_SECURE_TLS.
* @param[in] client_cert: string of client certificate if required to be verified by server.
* @param[in] client_key: string of client private key if required to be verified by server.
* @param[in] ca_certs: string including certificates in CA trusted chain if want to verify server certificate.
* @return pointer to the generated connection context
*/
struct httpc_conn *httpc_conn_new(uint8_t secure, char *client_cert, char *client_key, char *ca_certs);
/**
* @brief This function is used to deallocate a connection context.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @return None
*/
void httpc_conn_free(struct httpc_conn *conn);
/**
* @brief This function is used to connect to a server.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @param[in] host: string of server host name or IP
* @param[in] port: service port
* @param[in] timeout: connection timeout in seconds
* @return 0 : if successful
* @return -1 : if error occurred
*/
int httpc_conn_connect(struct httpc_conn *conn, char *host, uint16_t port, uint32_t timeout);
/**
* @brief This function is used to close connection from a server.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @return None
*/
void httpc_conn_close(struct httpc_conn *conn);
/**
* @brief This function is used to setup authorization for connection.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @param[in] user: string of user name for authorization
* @param[in] password: string of password for authorization
* @return 0 : if successful
* @return -1 : if error occurred
* @note Must be used before httpc_conn_connect() if basic authorization is used
*/
int httpc_conn_setup_user_password(struct httpc_conn *conn, char *user, char *password);
/**
* @brief This function is used to setup httpc debug.
* @param[in] debug: flag to enable/disable httpc debug. Must be HTTPC_DEBUG_OFF, HTTPC_DEBUG_ON, HTTPC_DEBUG_VERBOSE.
* @return None
*/
void httpc_setup_debug(uint8_t debug);
/**
* @brief This function is used to free memory allocated by httpc API, such as httpc_response_get_header_field().
* @param[in] ptr: pointer to memory to be deallocated
* @return None
*/
void httpc_free(void *ptr);
/**
* @brief This function is used to dump the parsed HTTP header of response in connection context.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @return None
*/
void httpc_conn_dump_header(struct httpc_conn *conn);
/**
* @brief This function is used to start a HTTP request in connection.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @param[in] method: string of HTTP method in HTTP request
* @param[in] resource: string including path and query string to identify a resource
* @param[in] content_type: string of Content-Type header field written to HTTP request. No Content-Type in HTTP request if NULL.
* @param[in] content_len: value of Content-Length header field written to HTTP request. No Content-Length in HTTP request if NULL.
* @return 0 : if successful
* @return -1 : if error occurred
*/
int httpc_request_write_header_start(struct httpc_conn *conn, char *method, char *resource, char *content_type, size_t content_len);
/**
* @brief This function is used to add an HTTP header field to HTTP request.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @param[in] name: HTTP header field name string
* @param[in] value: HTTP header field value
* @return 0 : if successful
* @return -1 : if error occurred
*/
int httpc_request_write_header(struct httpc_conn *conn, char *name, char *value);
/**
* @brief This function is used to write HTTP request header data to connection.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @return return value of lwip socket write() for HTTP and PolarSSL ssl_write() for HTTPS
*/
int httpc_request_write_header_finish(struct httpc_conn *conn);
/**
* @brief This function is used to write HTTP request body data to connection.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @param[in] data: data to be written
* @param[in] data_len: data length
* @return return value of lwip socket write() for HTTP and PolarSSL ssl_write() for HTTPS
*/
int httpc_request_write_data(struct httpc_conn *conn, uint8_t *data, size_t data_len);
/**
* @brief This function is used to check HTTP status of response in connection context.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @param[in] status: HTTP status string to compare with
* @return 0 : if different
* @return 1 : if matched
*/
int httpc_response_is_status(struct httpc_conn *conn, char *status);
/**
* @brief This function is used to read HTTP header from client socket descriptor and parse content to connection context.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @return 0 : if successful
* @return -1 : if error occurred
*/
int httpc_response_read_header(struct httpc_conn *conn);
/**
* @brief This function is used to read data from HTTP/HTTPS connection.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @param[out] data: buffer for data read
* @param[in] data_len: buffer length
* @return return value of lwip socket read() for HTTP and PolarSSL ssl_read() for HTTPS
*/
int httpc_response_read_data(struct httpc_conn *conn, uint8_t *data, size_t data_len);
/**
* @brief This function is used to get a header field from HTTP header of connection context.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @param[in] field: header field string to search
* @param[out] value: search result stored in memory allocated
* @return 0 : if found
* @return -1 : if not found
* @note The search result memory should be free by httpc_free().
*/
int httpc_response_get_header_field(struct httpc_conn *conn, char *field, char **value);
/*\@}*/
#endif /* _HTTPC_H_ */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "platform_stdlib.h"
#include "httpc.h"
#if (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_POLARSSL)
#include "polarssl/ssl.h"
#include "polarssl/memory.h"
#include "polarssl/base64.h"
struct httpc_tls {
ssl_context ctx; /*!< Context for PolarSSL */
x509_crt ca; /*!< CA certificates */
x509_crt cert; /*!< Certificate */
pk_context key; /*!< Private key */
};
static int _verify_func(void *data, x509_crt *crt, int depth, int *flags)
{
char buf[1024];
x509_crt_info(buf, sizeof(buf) - 1, "", crt);
if(*flags)
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: certificate verify\n%s\n", buf);
else
printf("\n[HTTPC] Certificate verified\n%s\n", buf);
return 0;
}
#elif (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_MBEDTLS)
#include "mbedtls/ssl.h"
#include "mbedtls/platform.h"
#include "mbedtls/net_sockets.h"
#include "mbedtls/base64.h"
struct httpc_tls {
mbedtls_ssl_context ctx; /*!< Context for mbedTLS */
mbedtls_ssl_config conf; /*!< Configuration for mbedTLS */
mbedtls_x509_crt ca; /*!< CA certificates */
mbedtls_x509_crt cert; /*!< Certificate */
mbedtls_pk_context key; /*!< Private key */
};
static int _verify_func(void *data, mbedtls_x509_crt *crt, int depth, uint32_t *flags)
{
char buf[1024];
mbedtls_x509_crt_info(buf, sizeof(buf) - 1, "", crt);
if(*flags)
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: certificate verify\n%s\n", buf);
else
printf("\n[HTTPC] Certificate verified\n%s\n", buf);
return 0;
}
static void* _calloc_func(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
{
size_t mem_size;
void *ptr = NULL;
mem_size = nmemb * size;
ptr = pvPortMalloc(mem_size);
if(ptr)
memset(ptr, 0, mem_size);
return ptr;
}
#endif /* HTTPC_USE_POLARSSL */
static int _random_func(void *p_rng, unsigned char *output, size_t output_len)
{
rtw_get_random_bytes(output, output_len);
return 0;
}
void *httpc_tls_new(int *sock, char *client_cert, char *client_key, char *ca_certs)
{
#if (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_POLARSSL)
int ret = 0;
struct httpc_tls *tls = NULL;
memory_set_own(pvPortMalloc, vPortFree);
tls = (struct httpc_tls *) malloc(sizeof(struct httpc_tls));
if(tls) {
ssl_context *ssl = &tls->ctx;
memset(tls, 0, sizeof(struct httpc_tls));
x509_crt_init(&tls->ca);
x509_crt_init(&tls->cert);
pk_init(&tls->key);
ssl_init(ssl);
ssl_set_endpoint(ssl, SSL_IS_CLIENT);
ssl_set_authmode(ssl, SSL_VERIFY_NONE);
ssl_set_rng(ssl, _random_func, NULL);
ssl_set_bio(ssl, net_recv, sock, net_send, sock);
if(client_cert && client_key) {
if((ret = x509_crt_parse(&tls->cert, (const unsigned char *) client_cert, strlen(client_cert))) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: x509_crt_parse %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
if((ret = pk_parse_key(&tls->key, (const unsigned char *) client_key, strlen(client_key), NULL, 0)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: pk_parse_key %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
if((ret = ssl_set_own_cert(ssl, &tls->cert, &tls->key)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: ssl_set_own_cert %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
}
if(ca_certs) {
// set trusted ca certificates next to client certificate
if((ret = x509_crt_parse(&tls->ca, (const unsigned char *) ca_certs, strlen(ca_certs))) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: x509_crt_parse %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
ssl_set_ca_chain(ssl, &tls->ca, NULL, NULL);
ssl_set_authmode(ssl, SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED);
ssl_set_verify(ssl, _verify_func, NULL);
}
}
else {
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: malloc\n");
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
exit:
if(ret && tls) {
ssl_free(&tls->ctx);
x509_crt_free(&tls->ca);
x509_crt_free(&tls->cert);
pk_free(&tls->key);
free(tls);
tls = NULL;
}
return (void *) tls;
#elif (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_MBEDTLS)
int ret = 0;
struct httpc_tls *tls = NULL;
mbedtls_platform_set_calloc_free(_calloc_func, vPortFree);
tls = (struct httpc_tls *) malloc(sizeof(struct httpc_tls));
if(tls) {
mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl = &tls->ctx;
mbedtls_ssl_config *conf = &tls->conf;
memset(tls, 0, sizeof(struct httpc_tls));
mbedtls_x509_crt_init(&tls->ca);
mbedtls_x509_crt_init(&tls->cert);
mbedtls_pk_init(&tls->key);
mbedtls_ssl_init(ssl);
mbedtls_ssl_config_init(conf);
if((ret = mbedtls_ssl_config_defaults(conf,
MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_CLIENT,
MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_STREAM,
MBEDTLS_SSL_PRESET_DEFAULT)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: mbedtls_ssl_config_defaults %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
mbedtls_ssl_conf_authmode(conf, MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_NONE);
mbedtls_ssl_conf_rng(conf, _random_func, NULL);
if(client_cert && client_key) {
if((ret = mbedtls_x509_crt_parse(&tls->cert, (const unsigned char *) client_cert, strlen(client_cert) + 1)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: mbedtls_x509_crt_parse %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
if((ret = mbedtls_pk_parse_key(&tls->key, (const unsigned char *) client_key, strlen(client_key) + 1, NULL, 0)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: mbedtls_pk_parse_key %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
if((ret = mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert(conf, &tls->cert, &tls->key)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
}
if(ca_certs) {
// set trusted ca certificates next to client certificate
if((ret = mbedtls_x509_crt_parse(&tls->ca, (const unsigned char *) ca_certs, strlen(ca_certs) + 1)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: mbedtls_x509_crt_parse %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain(conf, &tls->ca, NULL);
mbedtls_ssl_conf_authmode(conf, MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED);
mbedtls_ssl_conf_verify(conf, _verify_func, NULL);
}
if((ret = mbedtls_ssl_setup(ssl, conf)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: mbedtls_ssl_setup %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
mbedtls_ssl_set_bio(ssl, sock, mbedtls_net_send, mbedtls_net_recv, NULL);
}
else {
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: malloc\n");
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
exit:
if(ret && tls) {
mbedtls_ssl_free(&tls->ctx);
mbedtls_ssl_config_free(&tls->conf);
mbedtls_x509_crt_free(&tls->ca);
mbedtls_x509_crt_free(&tls->cert);
mbedtls_pk_free(&tls->key);
free(tls);
tls = NULL;
}
return (void *) tls;
#endif
}
void httpc_tls_free(void *tls_in)
{
struct httpc_tls *tls = (struct httpc_tls *) tls_in;
#if (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_POLARSSL)
ssl_free(&tls->ctx);
x509_crt_free(&tls->ca);
x509_crt_free(&tls->cert);
pk_free(&tls->key);
free(tls);
#elif (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_MBEDTLS)
mbedtls_ssl_free(&tls->ctx);
mbedtls_ssl_config_free(&tls->conf);
mbedtls_x509_crt_free(&tls->ca);
mbedtls_x509_crt_free(&tls->cert);
mbedtls_pk_free(&tls->key);
free(tls);
#endif
}
int httpc_tls_handshake(void *tls_in, char *host)
{
struct httpc_tls *tls = (struct httpc_tls *) tls_in;
#if (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_POLARSSL)
int ret = 0;
ssl_set_hostname(&tls->ctx, host);
if((ret = ssl_handshake(&tls->ctx)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: ssl_handshake %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
}
else {
printf("\n[HTTPC] Use ciphersuite %s\n", ssl_get_ciphersuite(&tls->ctx));
}
return ret;
#elif (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_MBEDTLS)
int ret = 0;
mbedtls_ssl_set_hostname(&tls->ctx, host);
if((ret = mbedtls_ssl_handshake(&tls->ctx)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: mbedtls_ssl_handshake %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
}
else {
printf("\n[HTTPC] Use ciphersuite %s\n", mbedtls_ssl_get_ciphersuite(&tls->ctx));
}
return ret;
#endif
}
void httpc_tls_close(void *tls_in)
{
struct httpc_tls *tls = (struct httpc_tls *) tls_in;
#if (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_POLARSSL)
ssl_close_notify(&tls->ctx);
#elif (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_MBEDTLS)
mbedtls_ssl_close_notify(&tls->ctx);
#endif
}
int httpc_tls_read(void *tls_in, uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_len)
{
struct httpc_tls *tls = (struct httpc_tls *) tls_in;
#if (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_POLARSSL)
return ssl_read(&tls->ctx, buf, buf_len);
#elif (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_MBEDTLS)
return mbedtls_ssl_read(&tls->ctx, buf, buf_len);
#endif
}
int httpc_tls_write(void *tls_in, uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_len)
{
struct httpc_tls *tls = (struct httpc_tls *) tls_in;
#if (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_POLARSSL)
return ssl_write(&tls->ctx, buf, buf_len);
#elif (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_MBEDTLS)
return mbedtls_ssl_write(&tls->ctx, buf, buf_len);
#endif
}
int httpc_base64_encode(uint8_t *data, size_t data_len, char *base64_buf, size_t buf_len)
{
#if (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_POLARSSL)
int ret = 0;
if((ret = base64_encode(base64_buf, &buf_len, data, data_len)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: base64_encode %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
}
return ret;
#elif (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_MBEDTLS)
int ret = 0;
size_t output_len = 0;
if((ret = mbedtls_base64_encode(base64_buf, buf_len, &output_len, data, data_len)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: mbedtls_base64_encode %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
}
return ret;
#endif
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file httpd.h
* @author
* @version
* @brief This file provides user interface for HTTP/HTTPS server.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* This module is a confidential and proprietary property of RealTek and possession or use of this module requires written permission of RealTek.
*
* Copyright(c) 2016, Realtek Semiconductor Corporation. All rights reserved.
******************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef _HTTPD_H_
#define _HTTPD_H_
/** @addtogroup httpd HTTPD
* @ingroup network
* @brief HTTP/HTTPS server functions
* @{
*/
#include "platform_stdlib.h"
#include "platform_opts.h"
#define HTTPD_SECURE_NONE 0 /*!< Running with HTTP server */
#define HTTPD_SECURE_TLS 1 /*!< Running with HTTPS server */
#define HTTPD_SECURE_TLS_VERIFY 2 /*!< Running with HTTPS server and verify client */
#define HTTPD_THREAD_SINGLE 0 /*!< Multi-thread mode for request handling */
#define HTTPD_THREAD_MULTIPLE 1 /*!< Single-thread mode for request handling */
#define HTTPD_DEBUG_OFF 0 /*!< Disable httpd debug log */
#define HTTPD_DEBUG_ON 1 /*!< Enable httpd debug log */
#define HTTPD_DEBUG_VERBOSE 2 /*!< Enable httpd verbose debug log */
#define HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL 0 /*!< Use PolarSSL for TLS when HTTPS */
#define HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS 1 /*!< Use mbedTLS for TLS when HTTPS */
#if CONFIG_USE_POLARSSL
#define HTTPD_USE_TLS HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL
#elif CONFIG_USE_MBEDTLS
#define HTTPD_USE_TLS HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS
#endif
/**
* @brief The structure is the context used for HTTP request header parsing.
* @note Only header string includes string terminator.
*/
struct http_request {
uint8_t *header; /*!< HTTP header string parsed in HTTP request */
size_t header_len; /*!< HTTP header string length */
uint8_t *method; /*!< Pointer to HTTP method in the parsed HTTP header string */
size_t method_len; /*!< HTTP method data length */
uint8_t *path; /*!< Pointer to resource path in the parsed HTTP header string */
size_t path_len; /*!< Resource path data length */
uint8_t *query; /*!< Pointer to query string in the parsed HTTP header string */
size_t query_len; /*!< Query string data length */
uint8_t *version; /*!< Pointer to HTTP version in the parsed HTTP header string */
size_t version_len; /*!< HTTP version data length */
uint8_t *host; /*!< Pointer to Host header field in the parsed HTTP header string */
size_t host_len; /*!< Host header field data length */
uint8_t *content_type; /*!< Pointer to Content-Type header field in the parsed HTTP header string */
size_t content_type_len; /*!< Content-Type header field data length */
size_t content_len; /*!< Value of Content-Length header field parsed in HTTP header string */
};
/**
* @brief The structure is the context used for client connection.
*/
struct httpd_conn {
int sock; /*!< Client socket descriptor for connection */
struct http_request request; /*!< Context for HTTP request */
void *tls; /*!< Context for TLS connection */
uint8_t *response_header; /*!< Pointer to transmission buffer of HTTP response header */
};
/**
* @brief This function is used to start an HTTP or HTTPS server.
* @param[in] port: service port
* @param[in] max_conn: max client connections allowed
* @param[in] stack_bytes: thread stack size in bytes
* @param[in] thread_mode: server running thread mode. Must be HTTPD_THREAD_SINGLE, HTTPD_THREAD_MULTIPLE.
* @param[in] secure: security mode for HTTP or HTTPS. Must be HTTPD_SECURE_NONE, HTTPD_SECURE_TLS, HTTPD_SECURE_TLS_VERIFY.
* @return 0 : if successful
* @return -1 : if error occurred
*/
int httpd_start(uint16_t port, uint8_t max_conn, uint32_t stack_bytes, uint8_t thread_mode, uint8_t secure);
/**
* @brief This function is used to stop a running server
* @return None
*/
void httpd_stop(void);
/**
* @brief This function is used to register a callback function for a Web page request handling.
* @param[in] path: resource path for a page
* @param[in] callback: callback function to handle the request to page
* @return 0 : if successful
* @return -1 : if error occurred
*/
int httpd_reg_page_callback(char *path, void (*callback)(struct httpd_conn *conn));
/**
* @brief This function is used to clear all registered page callback functions.
* @return None
* @note All page callback will be cleared automatically if httpd_stop().
*/
void httpd_clear_page_callbacks(void);
/**
* @brief This function is used to setup httpd debug.
* @param[in] debug: flag to enable/disable httpd debug. Must be HTTPD_DEBUG_OFF, HTTPD_DEBUG_ON, HTTPD_DEBUG_VERBOSE.
* @return None
*/
void httpd_setup_debug(uint8_t debug);
/**
* @brief This function is used to setup certificate and key for server before starting with HTTPS.
* @param[in] server_cert: string of server certificate
* @param[in] server_key: string of server private key
* @param[in] ca_certs: string including certificates in CA trusted chain
* @return 0 : if successful
* @return -1 : if error occurred
* @note Must be used before httpd_start() if staring HTTPS server
*/
int httpd_setup_cert(const char *server_cert, const char *server_key, const char *ca_certs);
/**
* @brief This function is used to setup authorization for server.
* @param[in] user: string of user name for authorization
* @param[in] password: string of password for authorization
* @return 0 : if successful
* @return -1 : if error occurred
* @note Must be used before httpd_start() if basic authorization is used
*/
int httpd_setup_user_password(char *user, char *password);
/**
* @brief This function is used to free memory allocated by httpd API, such as httpd_request_get_header_field() and httpd_request_get_query_key().
* @param[in] ptr: pointer to memory to be deallocated
* @return None
*/
void httpd_free(void *ptr);
/**
* @brief This function is used to close a client connection and release context resource.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @return None
* @note Multiple requests/response can be handled in a connection before connection closed. All connections will be closed automatically if httpd_stop().
*/
void httpd_conn_close(struct httpd_conn *conn);
/**
* @brief This function is used to dump the parsed HTTP header of request in connection context.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @return None
*/
void httpd_conn_dump_header(struct httpd_conn *conn);
/**
* @brief This function is used to check HTTP method of request in connection context.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @param[in] method: HTTP method string to compare with
* @return 0 : if different
* @return 1 : if matched
*/
int httpd_request_is_method(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *method);
/**
* @brief This function is used to read HTTP header from client socket descriptor and parse content to connection context.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @return 0 : if successful
* @return -1 : if error occurred
* @note httpd_request_read_header() is automatically invoked by httpd server to parse request before executing page callback
*/
int httpd_request_read_header(struct httpd_conn *conn);
/**
* @brief This function is used to read data from HTTP/HTTPS connection.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @param[out] data: buffer for data read
* @param[in] data_len: buffer length
* @return return value of lwip socket read() for HTTP and PolarSSL ssl_read() for HTTPS
*/
int httpd_request_read_data(struct httpd_conn *conn, uint8_t *data, size_t data_len);
/**
* @brief This function is used to get a header field from HTTP header of connection context.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @param[in] field: header field string to search
* @param[out] value: search result stored in memory allocated
* @return 0 : if found
* @return -1 : if not found
* @note The search result memory should be free by httpd_free().
*/
int httpd_request_get_header_field(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *field, char **value);
/**
* @brief This function is used to get a key value from query string in HTTP header of connection context.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @param[in] key: key name string to search
* @param[out] value: search result stored in memory allocated
* @return 0 : if found
* @return -1 : if not found
* @note The search result memory should be free by httpd_free().
*/
int httpd_request_get_query_key(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *key, char **value);
/**
* @brief This function is used to start a HTTP response in connection.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @param[in] status: string of status code in HTTP response
* @param[in] content_type: string of Content-Type header field written to HTTP response. No Content-Type in HTTP response if NULL.
* @param[in] content_len: value of Content-Length header field written to HTTP response. No Content-Length in HTTP response if NULL.
* @return 0 : if successful
* @return -1 : if error occurred
*/
int httpd_response_write_header_start(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *status, char *content_type, size_t content_len);
/**
* @brief This function is used to add an HTTP header field to HTTP response.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @param[in] name: HTTP header field name string
* @param[in] value: HTTP header field value
* @return 0 : if successful
* @return -1 : if error occurred
*/
int httpd_response_write_header(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *name, char *value);
/**
* @brief This function is used to write HTTP response header data to connection.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @return return value of lwip socket write() for HTTP and PolarSSL ssl_write() for HTTPS
*/
int httpd_response_write_header_finish(struct httpd_conn *conn);
/**
* @brief This function is used to write HTTP response body data to connection.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @param[in] data: data to be written
* @param[in] data_len: data length
* @return return value of lwip socket write() for HTTP and PolarSSL ssl_write() for HTTPS
*/
int httpd_response_write_data(struct httpd_conn *conn, uint8_t *data, size_t data_len);
/**
* @brief This function is used to write a default HTTP response for error of 400 Bad Request.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @param[in] msg: message write to HTTP response body. A default message will be used if NULL.
* @return None
*/
void httpd_response_bad_request(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *msg);
/**
* @brief This function is used to write a default HTTP response for error of 401 Unauthorized.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @param[in] msg: message write to HTTP response body. A default message will be used if NULL.
* @return None
*/
void httpd_response_unauthorized(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *msg);
/**
* @brief This function is used to write a default HTTP response for error of 404 Not Found.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @param[in] msg: message write to HTTP response body. A default message will be used if NULL.
* @return None
*/
void httpd_response_not_found(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *msg);
/**
* @brief This function is used to write a default HTTP response for error of 405 Method Not Allowed.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @param[in] msg: message write to HTTP response body. A default message will be used if NULL.
* @return None
*/
void httpd_response_method_not_allowed(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *msg);
/**
* @brief This function is used to write a default HTTP response for error of 429 Too Many Requests.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @param[in] msg: message write to HTTP response body. A default message will be used if NULL.
* @return None
*/
void httpd_response_too_many_requests(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *msg);
/**
* @brief This function is used to write a default HTTP response for error of 500 Internal Server Error.
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
* @param[in] msg: message write to HTTP response body. A default message will be used if NULL.
* @return None
*/
void httpd_response_internal_server_error(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *msg);
/*\@}*/
#endif /* _HTTPD_H_ */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "platform_stdlib.h"
#include "httpd.h"
#if (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL)
#include "polarssl/ssl.h"
#include "polarssl/memory.h"
#include "polarssl/base64.h"
struct httpd_tls {
ssl_context ctx; /*!< Context for PolarSSL */
};
static x509_crt httpd_certs; /*!< Certificates of server and CA */
static pk_context httpd_key; /*!< Private key of server */
static int _verify_func(void *data, x509_crt *crt, int depth, int *flags)
{
char buf[1024];
x509_crt_info(buf, sizeof(buf) - 1, "", crt);
if(*flags)
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: certificate verify\n%s\n", buf);
else
printf("\n[HTTPD] Certificate verified\n%s\n", buf);
return 0;
}
#elif (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS)
#include "mbedtls/ssl.h"
#include "mbedtls/platform.h"
#include "mbedtls/net_sockets.h"
#include "mbedtls/base64.h"
struct httpd_tls {
mbedtls_ssl_context ctx; /*!< Context for mbedTLS */
mbedtls_ssl_config conf; /*!< Configuration for mbedTLS */
};
static mbedtls_x509_crt httpd_certs; /*!< Certificates of server and CA */
static mbedtls_pk_context httpd_key; /*!< Private key of server */
static int _verify_func(void *data, mbedtls_x509_crt *crt, int depth, uint32_t *flags)
{
char buf[1024];
mbedtls_x509_crt_info(buf, sizeof(buf) - 1, "", crt);
if(*flags)
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: certificate verify\n%s\n", buf);
else
printf("\n[HTTPD] Certificate verified\n%s\n", buf);
return 0;
}
static void* _calloc_func(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
{
size_t mem_size;
void *ptr = NULL;
mem_size = nmemb * size;
ptr = pvPortMalloc(mem_size);
if(ptr)
memset(ptr, 0, mem_size);
return ptr;
}
#endif /* HTTPC_USE_POLARSSL */
static int _random_func(void *p_rng, unsigned char *output, size_t output_len)
{
rtw_get_random_bytes(output, output_len);
return 0;
}
int httpd_tls_setup_init(const char *server_cert, const char *server_key, const char *ca_certs)
{
#if (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL)
int ret = 0;
memory_set_own(pvPortMalloc, vPortFree);
memset(&httpd_certs, 0, sizeof(x509_crt));
memset(&httpd_key, 0, sizeof(pk_context));
x509_crt_init(&httpd_certs);
pk_init(&httpd_key);
// set server certificate for the first certificate
if((ret = x509_crt_parse(&httpd_certs, (const unsigned char *) server_cert, strlen(server_cert))) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: x509_crt_parse %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
// set trusted ca certificates next to server certificate
if((ret = x509_crt_parse(&httpd_certs, (const unsigned char *) ca_certs, strlen(ca_certs))) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: x509_crt_parse %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
if((ret = pk_parse_key(&httpd_key, (const unsigned char *) server_key, strlen(server_key), NULL, 0)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: pk_parse_key %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
exit:
if(ret) {
x509_crt_free(&httpd_certs);
pk_free(&httpd_key);
}
return ret;
#elif (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS)
int ret = 0;
mbedtls_platform_set_calloc_free(_calloc_func, vPortFree);
memset(&httpd_certs, 0, sizeof(mbedtls_x509_crt));
memset(&httpd_key, 0, sizeof(mbedtls_pk_context));
mbedtls_x509_crt_init(&httpd_certs);
mbedtls_pk_init(&httpd_key);
// set server certificate for the first certificate
if((ret = mbedtls_x509_crt_parse(&httpd_certs, (const unsigned char *) server_cert, strlen(server_cert) + 1)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: mbedtls_x509_crt_parse %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
// set trusted ca certificates next to server certificate
if((ret = mbedtls_x509_crt_parse(&httpd_certs, (const unsigned char *) ca_certs, strlen(ca_certs) + 1)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: mbedtls_x509_crt_parse %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
if((ret = mbedtls_pk_parse_key(&httpd_key, (const unsigned char *) server_key, strlen(server_key) + 1, NULL, 0)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: mbedtls_pk_parse_key %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
exit:
if(ret) {
mbedtls_x509_crt_free(&httpd_certs);
mbedtls_pk_free(&httpd_key);
}
return ret;
#endif
}
void httpd_tls_setup_free(void)
{
#if (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL)
x509_crt_free(&httpd_certs);
pk_free(&httpd_key);
#elif (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS)
mbedtls_x509_crt_free(&httpd_certs);
mbedtls_pk_free(&httpd_key);
#endif
}
void *httpd_tls_new_handshake(int *sock, uint8_t secure)
{
#if (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL)
int ret = 0;
struct httpd_tls *tls = NULL;
ssl_context *ssl = NULL;
if((tls = (struct httpd_tls *) malloc(sizeof(struct httpd_tls))) != NULL) {
memset(tls, 0, sizeof(struct httpd_tls));
ssl = &tls->ctx;
if((ret = ssl_init(ssl)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: ssl_init %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
ssl_set_endpoint(ssl, SSL_IS_SERVER);
ssl_set_authmode(ssl, SSL_VERIFY_NONE);
ssl_set_rng(ssl, _random_func, NULL);
ssl_set_bio(ssl, net_recv, sock, net_send, sock);
ssl_set_ca_chain(ssl, httpd_certs.next, NULL, NULL);
if(secure == HTTPD_SECURE_TLS_VERIFY) {
ssl_set_authmode(ssl, SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED);
ssl_set_verify(ssl, _verify_func, NULL);
}
if((ret = ssl_set_own_cert(ssl, &httpd_certs, &httpd_key)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: ssl_set_own_cert %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
if((ret = ssl_handshake(ssl)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: ssl_handshake %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
else {
printf("\n[HTTPD] Use ciphersuite %s\n", ssl_get_ciphersuite(ssl));
}
}
else {
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: httpd_malloc\n");
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
exit:
if(ret && tls) {
ssl_close_notify(ssl);
ssl_free(ssl);
free(tls);
tls = NULL;
}
return (void *) tls;
#elif (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS)
int ret = 0;
struct httpd_tls *tls = NULL;
mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl;
mbedtls_ssl_config *conf;
if((tls = (struct httpd_tls *) malloc(sizeof(struct httpd_tls))) != NULL) {
memset(tls, 0, sizeof(struct httpd_tls));
ssl = &tls->ctx;
conf = &tls->conf;
mbedtls_ssl_init(ssl);
mbedtls_ssl_config_init(conf);
if((ret = mbedtls_ssl_config_defaults(conf,
MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_SERVER,
MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_STREAM,
MBEDTLS_SSL_PRESET_DEFAULT)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: mbedtls_ssl_config_defaults %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
mbedtls_ssl_conf_authmode(conf, MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_NONE);
mbedtls_ssl_conf_rng(conf, _random_func, NULL);
mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain(conf, httpd_certs.next, NULL);
if(secure == HTTPD_SECURE_TLS_VERIFY) {
mbedtls_ssl_conf_authmode(conf, MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED);
mbedtls_ssl_conf_verify(conf, _verify_func, NULL);
}
if((ret = mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert(conf, &httpd_certs, &httpd_key)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
if((ret = mbedtls_ssl_setup(ssl, conf)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: mbedtls_ssl_setup %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
mbedtls_ssl_set_bio(ssl, sock, mbedtls_net_send, mbedtls_net_recv, NULL);
if((ret = mbedtls_ssl_handshake(ssl)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: mbedtls_ssl_handshake %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
else {
printf("\n[HTTPD] Use ciphersuite %s\n", mbedtls_ssl_get_ciphersuite(ssl));
}
}
else {
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: httpd_malloc\n");
ret = -1;
goto exit;
}
exit:
if(ret && tls) {
mbedtls_ssl_close_notify(ssl);
mbedtls_ssl_free(ssl);
mbedtls_ssl_config_free(conf);
free(tls);
tls = NULL;
}
return (void *) tls;
#endif
}
void httpd_tls_free(void *tls_in)
{
struct httpd_tls *tls = (struct httpd_tls *) tls_in;
#if (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL)
ssl_free(&tls->ctx);
free(tls);
#elif (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS)
mbedtls_ssl_free(&tls->ctx);
mbedtls_ssl_config_free(&tls->conf);
free(tls);
#endif
}
void httpd_tls_close(void *tls_in)
{
struct httpd_tls *tls = (struct httpd_tls *) tls_in;
#if (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL)
ssl_close_notify(&tls->ctx);
#elif (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS)
mbedtls_ssl_close_notify(&tls->ctx);
#endif
}
int httpd_tls_read(void *tls_in, uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_len)
{
struct httpd_tls *tls = (struct httpd_tls *) tls_in;
#if (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL)
return ssl_read(&tls->ctx, buf, buf_len);
#elif (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS)
return mbedtls_ssl_read(&tls->ctx, buf, buf_len);
#endif
}
int httpd_tls_write(void *tls_in, uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_len)
{
struct httpd_tls *tls = (struct httpd_tls *) tls_in;
#if (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL)
return ssl_write(&tls->ctx, buf, buf_len);
#elif (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS)
return mbedtls_ssl_write(&tls->ctx, buf, buf_len);
#endif
}
int httpd_base64_encode(uint8_t *data, size_t data_len, char *base64_buf, size_t buf_len)
{
#if (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL)
int ret = 0;
if((ret = base64_encode(base64_buf, &buf_len, data, data_len)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: base64_encode %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
}
return ret;
#elif (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS)
int ret = 0;
size_t output_len = 0;
if((ret = mbedtls_base64_encode(base64_buf, buf_len, &output_len, data, data_len)) != 0) {
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: mbedtls_base64_encode %d\n", ret);
ret = -1;
}
return ret;
#endif
}

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001, 2002 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/

View file

@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
src/ - The source code for the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
doc/ - The documentation for lwIP.
See also the FILES file in each subdirectory.

View file

@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
INTRODUCTION
lwIP is a small independent implementation of the TCP/IP protocol
suite that has been developed by Adam Dunkels at the Computer and
Networks Architectures (CNA) lab at the Swedish Institute of Computer
Science (SICS).
The focus of the lwIP TCP/IP implementation is to reduce the RAM usage
while still having a full scale TCP. This making lwIP suitable for use
in embedded systems with tens of kilobytes of free RAM and room for
around 40 kilobytes of code ROM.
FEATURES
* IP (Internet Protocol) including packet forwarding over multiple network
interfaces
* ICMP (Internet Control Message Protocol) for network maintenance and debugging
* IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) for multicast traffic management
* UDP (User Datagram Protocol) including experimental UDP-lite extensions
* TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) with congestion control, RTT estimation
and fast recovery/fast retransmit
* Specialized raw/native API for enhanced performance
* Optional Berkeley-like socket API
* DNS (Domain names resolver)
* SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)
* DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)
* AUTOIP (for IPv4, conform with RFC 3927)
* PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol)
* ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) for Ethernet
LICENSE
lwIP is freely available under a BSD license.
DEVELOPMENT
lwIP has grown into an excellent TCP/IP stack for embedded devices,
and developers using the stack often submit bug fixes, improvements,
and additions to the stack to further increase its usefulness.
Development of lwIP is hosted on Savannah, a central point for
software development, maintenance and distribution. Everyone can
help improve lwIP by use of Savannah's interface, CVS and the
mailing list. A core team of developers will commit changes to the
CVS source tree.
The lwIP TCP/IP stack is maintained in the 'lwip' CVS module and
contributions (such as platform ports) are in the 'contrib' module.
See doc/savannah.txt for details on CVS server access for users and
developers.
Last night's CVS tar ball can be downloaded from:
http://savannah.gnu.org/cvs.backups/lwip.tar.gz [CHANGED - NEEDS FIXING]
The current CVS trees are web-browsable:
http://savannah.nongnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/lwip/lwip/
http://savannah.nongnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/lwip/contrib/
Submit patches and bugs via the lwIP project page:
http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/lwip/
DOCUMENTATION
The original out-dated homepage of lwIP and Adam Dunkels' papers on
lwIP are at the official lwIP home page:
http://www.sics.se/~adam/lwip/
Self documentation of the source code is regularly extracted from the
current CVS sources and is available from this web page:
http://www.nongnu.org/lwip/
There is now a constantly growin wiki about lwIP at
http://lwip.wikia.com/wiki/LwIP_Wiki
Also, there are mailing lists you can subscribe at
http://savannah.nongnu.org/mail/?group=lwip
plus searchable archives:
http://lists.nongnu.org/archive/html/lwip-users/
http://lists.nongnu.org/archive/html/lwip-devel/
Reading Adam's papers, the files in docs/, browsing the source code
documentation and browsing the mailing list archives is a good way to
become familiar with the design of lwIP.
Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@gmx.net>

View file

@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
savannah.txt - How to obtain the current development source code.
contrib.txt - How to contribute to lwIP as a developer.
rawapi.txt - The documentation for the core API of lwIP.
Also provides an overview about the other APIs and multithreading.
snmp_agent.txt - The documentation for the lwIP SNMP agent.
sys_arch.txt - The documentation for a system abstraction layer of lwIP.

View file

@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
1 Introduction
This document describes some guidelines for people participating
in lwIP development.
2 How to contribute to lwIP
Here is a short list of suggestions to anybody working with lwIP and
trying to contribute bug reports, fixes, enhancements, platform ports etc.
First of all as you may already know lwIP is a volunteer project so feedback
to fixes or questions might often come late. Hopefully the bug and patch tracking
features of Savannah help us not lose users' input.
2.1 Source code style:
1. do not use tabs.
2. indentation is two spaces per level (i.e. per tab).
3. end debug messages with a trailing newline (\n).
4. one space between keyword and opening bracket.
5. no space between function and opening bracket.
6. one space and no newline before opening curly braces of a block.
7. closing curly brace on a single line.
8. spaces surrounding assignment and comparisons.
9. don't initialize static and/or global variables to zero, the compiler takes care of that.
10. use current source code style as further reference.
2.2 Source code documentation style:
1. JavaDoc compliant and Doxygen compatible.
2. Function documentation above functions in .c files, not .h files.
(This forces you to synchronize documentation and implementation.)
3. Use current documentation style as further reference.
2.3 Bug reports and patches:
1. Make sure you are reporting bugs or send patches against the latest
sources. (From the latest release and/or the current CVS sources.)
2. If you think you found a bug make sure it's not already filed in the
bugtracker at Savannah.
3. If you have a fix put the patch on Savannah. If it is a patch that affects
both core and arch specific stuff please separate them so that the core can
be applied separately while leaving the other patch 'open'. The prefered way
is to NOT touch archs you can't test and let maintainers take care of them.
This is a good way to see if they are used at all - the same goes for unix
netifs except tapif.
4. Do not file a bug and post a fix to it to the patch area. Either a bug report
or a patch will be enough.
If you correct an existing bug then attach the patch to the bug rather than creating a new entry in the patch area.
5. Trivial patches (compiler warning, indentation and spelling fixes or anything obvious which takes a line or two)
can go to the lwip-users list. This is still the fastest way of interaction and the list is not so crowded
as to allow for loss of fixes. Putting bugs on Savannah and subsequently closing them is too much an overhead
for reporting a compiler warning fix.
6. Patches should be specific to a single change or to related changes.Do not mix bugfixes with spelling and other
trivial fixes unless the bugfix is trivial too.Do not reorganize code and rename identifiers in the same patch you
change behaviour if not necessary.A patch is easier to read and understand if it's to the point and short than
if it's not to the point and long :) so the chances for it to be applied are greater.
2.4 Platform porters:
1. If you have ported lwIP to a platform (an OS, a uC/processor or a combination of these) and
you think it could benefit others[1] you might want discuss this on the mailing list. You
can also ask for CVS access to submit and maintain your port in the contrib CVS module.

View file

@ -1,478 +0,0 @@
Raw TCP/IP interface for lwIP
Authors: Adam Dunkels, Leon Woestenberg, Christiaan Simons
lwIP provides three Application Program's Interfaces (APIs) for programs
to use for communication with the TCP/IP code:
* low-level "core" / "callback" or "raw" API.
* higher-level "sequential" API.
* BSD-style socket API.
The sequential API provides a way for ordinary, sequential, programs
to use the lwIP stack. It is quite similar to the BSD socket API. The
model of execution is based on the blocking open-read-write-close
paradigm. Since the TCP/IP stack is event based by nature, the TCP/IP
code and the application program must reside in different execution
contexts (threads).
The socket API is a compatibility API for existing applications,
currently it is built on top of the sequential API. It is meant to
provide all functions needed to run socket API applications running
on other platforms (e.g. unix / windows etc.). However, due to limitations
in the specification of this API, there might be incompatibilities
that require small modifications of existing programs.
** Threading
lwIP started targeting single-threaded environments. When adding multi-
threading support, instead of making the core thread-safe, another
approach was chosen: there is one main thread running the lwIP core
(also known as the "tcpip_thread"). The raw API may only be used from
this thread! Application threads using the sequential- or socket API
communicate with this main thread through message passing.
As such, the list of functions that may be called from
other threads or an ISR is very limited! Only functions
from these API header files are thread-safe:
- api.h
- netbuf.h
- netdb.h
- netifapi.h
- sockets.h
- sys.h
Additionaly, memory (de-)allocation functions may be
called from multiple threads (not ISR!) with NO_SYS=0
since they are protected by SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT and/or
semaphores.
Only since 1.3.0, if SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT is set to 1
and LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT is set to 1,
pbuf_free() may also be called from another thread or
an ISR (since only then, mem_free - for PBUF_RAM - may
be called from an ISR: otherwise, the HEAP is only
protected by semaphores).
** The remainder of this document discusses the "raw" API. **
The raw TCP/IP interface allows the application program to integrate
better with the TCP/IP code. Program execution is event based by
having callback functions being called from within the TCP/IP
code. The TCP/IP code and the application program both run in the same
thread. The sequential API has a much higher overhead and is not very
well suited for small systems since it forces a multithreaded paradigm
on the application.
The raw TCP/IP interface is not only faster in terms of code execution
time but is also less memory intensive. The drawback is that program
development is somewhat harder and application programs written for
the raw TCP/IP interface are more difficult to understand. Still, this
is the preferred way of writing applications that should be small in
code size and memory usage.
Both APIs can be used simultaneously by different application
programs. In fact, the sequential API is implemented as an application
program using the raw TCP/IP interface.
--- Callbacks
Program execution is driven by callbacks. Each callback is an ordinary
C function that is called from within the TCP/IP code. Every callback
function is passed the current TCP or UDP connection state as an
argument. Also, in order to be able to keep program specific state,
the callback functions are called with a program specified argument
that is independent of the TCP/IP state.
The function for setting the application connection state is:
- void tcp_arg(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, void *arg)
Specifies the program specific state that should be passed to all
other callback functions. The "pcb" argument is the current TCP
connection control block, and the "arg" argument is the argument
that will be passed to the callbacks.
--- TCP connection setup
The functions used for setting up connections is similar to that of
the sequential API and of the BSD socket API. A new TCP connection
identifier (i.e., a protocol control block - PCB) is created with the
tcp_new() function. This PCB can then be either set to listen for new
incoming connections or be explicitly connected to another host.
- struct tcp_pcb *tcp_new(void)
Creates a new connection identifier (PCB). If memory is not
available for creating the new pcb, NULL is returned.
- err_t tcp_bind(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, struct ip_addr *ipaddr,
u16_t port)
Binds the pcb to a local IP address and port number. The IP address
can be specified as IP_ADDR_ANY in order to bind the connection to
all local IP addresses.
If another connection is bound to the same port, the function will
return ERR_USE, otherwise ERR_OK is returned.
- struct tcp_pcb *tcp_listen(struct tcp_pcb *pcb)
Commands a pcb to start listening for incoming connections. When an
incoming connection is accepted, the function specified with the
tcp_accept() function will be called. The pcb will have to be bound
to a local port with the tcp_bind() function.
The tcp_listen() function returns a new connection identifier, and
the one passed as an argument to the function will be
deallocated. The reason for this behavior is that less memory is
needed for a connection that is listening, so tcp_listen() will
reclaim the memory needed for the original connection and allocate a
new smaller memory block for the listening connection.
tcp_listen() may return NULL if no memory was available for the
listening connection. If so, the memory associated with the pcb
passed as an argument to tcp_listen() will not be deallocated.
- struct tcp_pcb *tcp_listen_with_backlog(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, u8_t backlog)
Same as tcp_listen, but limits the number of outstanding connections
in the listen queue to the value specified by the backlog argument.
To use it, your need to set TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG=1 in your lwipopts.h.
- void tcp_accepted(struct tcp_pcb *pcb)
Inform lwIP that an incoming connection has been accepted. This would
usually be called from the accept callback. This allows lwIP to perform
housekeeping tasks, such as allowing further incoming connections to be
queued in the listen backlog.
- void tcp_accept(struct tcp_pcb *pcb,
err_t (* accept)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *newpcb,
err_t err))
Specified the callback function that should be called when a new
connection arrives on a listening connection.
- err_t tcp_connect(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, struct ip_addr *ipaddr,
u16_t port, err_t (* connected)(void *arg,
struct tcp_pcb *tpcb,
err_t err));
Sets up the pcb to connect to the remote host and sends the
initial SYN segment which opens the connection.
The tcp_connect() function returns immediately; it does not wait for
the connection to be properly setup. Instead, it will call the
function specified as the fourth argument (the "connected" argument)
when the connection is established. If the connection could not be
properly established, either because the other host refused the
connection or because the other host didn't answer, the "err"
callback function of this pcb (registered with tcp_err, see below)
will be called.
The tcp_connect() function can return ERR_MEM if no memory is
available for enqueueing the SYN segment. If the SYN indeed was
enqueued successfully, the tcp_connect() function returns ERR_OK.
--- Sending TCP data
TCP data is sent by enqueueing the data with a call to
tcp_write(). When the data is successfully transmitted to the remote
host, the application will be notified with a call to a specified
callback function.
- err_t tcp_write(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, void *dataptr, u16_t len,
u8_t copy)
Enqueues the data pointed to by the argument dataptr. The length of
the data is passed as the len parameter. The copy argument is either
0 or 1 and indicates whether the new memory should be allocated for
the data to be copied into. If the argument is 0, no new memory
should be allocated and the data should only be referenced by
pointer.
The tcp_write() function will fail and return ERR_MEM if the length
of the data exceeds the current send buffer size or if the length of
the queue of outgoing segment is larger than the upper limit defined
in lwipopts.h. The number of bytes available in the output queue can
be retrieved with the tcp_sndbuf() function.
The proper way to use this function is to call the function with at
most tcp_sndbuf() bytes of data. If the function returns ERR_MEM,
the application should wait until some of the currently enqueued
data has been successfully received by the other host and try again.
- void tcp_sent(struct tcp_pcb *pcb,
err_t (* sent)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb,
u16_t len))
Specifies the callback function that should be called when data has
successfully been received (i.e., acknowledged) by the remote
host. The len argument passed to the callback function gives the
amount bytes that was acknowledged by the last acknowledgment.
--- Receiving TCP data
TCP data reception is callback based - an application specified
callback function is called when new data arrives. When the
application has taken the data, it has to call the tcp_recved()
function to indicate that TCP can advertise increase the receive
window.
- void tcp_recv(struct tcp_pcb *pcb,
err_t (* recv)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb,
struct pbuf *p, err_t err))
Sets the callback function that will be called when new data
arrives. The callback function will be passed a NULL pbuf to
indicate that the remote host has closed the connection. If
there are no errors and the callback function is to return
ERR_OK, then it must free the pbuf. Otherwise, it must not
free the pbuf so that lwIP core code can store it.
- void tcp_recved(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, u16_t len)
Must be called when the application has received the data. The len
argument indicates the length of the received data.
--- Application polling
When a connection is idle (i.e., no data is either transmitted or
received), lwIP will repeatedly poll the application by calling a
specified callback function. This can be used either as a watchdog
timer for killing connections that have stayed idle for too long, or
as a method of waiting for memory to become available. For instance,
if a call to tcp_write() has failed because memory wasn't available,
the application may use the polling functionality to call tcp_write()
again when the connection has been idle for a while.
- void tcp_poll(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, u8_t interval,
err_t (* poll)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb))
Specifies the polling interval and the callback function that should
be called to poll the application. The interval is specified in
number of TCP coarse grained timer shots, which typically occurs
twice a second. An interval of 10 means that the application would
be polled every 5 seconds.
--- Closing and aborting connections
- err_t tcp_close(struct tcp_pcb *pcb)
Closes the connection. The function may return ERR_MEM if no memory
was available for closing the connection. If so, the application
should wait and try again either by using the acknowledgment
callback or the polling functionality. If the close succeeds, the
function returns ERR_OK.
The pcb is deallocated by the TCP code after a call to tcp_close().
- void tcp_abort(struct tcp_pcb *pcb)
Aborts the connection by sending a RST (reset) segment to the remote
host. The pcb is deallocated. This function never fails.
If a connection is aborted because of an error, the application is
alerted of this event by the err callback. Errors that might abort a
connection are when there is a shortage of memory. The callback
function to be called is set using the tcp_err() function.
- void tcp_err(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, void (* err)(void *arg,
err_t err))
The error callback function does not get the pcb passed to it as a
parameter since the pcb may already have been deallocated.
--- Lower layer TCP interface
TCP provides a simple interface to the lower layers of the
system. During system initialization, the function tcp_init() has
to be called before any other TCP function is called. When the system
is running, the two timer functions tcp_fasttmr() and tcp_slowtmr()
must be called with regular intervals. The tcp_fasttmr() should be
called every TCP_FAST_INTERVAL milliseconds (defined in tcp.h) and
tcp_slowtmr() should be called every TCP_SLOW_INTERVAL milliseconds.
--- UDP interface
The UDP interface is similar to that of TCP, but due to the lower
level of complexity of UDP, the interface is significantly simpler.
- struct udp_pcb *udp_new(void)
Creates a new UDP pcb which can be used for UDP communication. The
pcb is not active until it has either been bound to a local address
or connected to a remote address.
- void udp_remove(struct udp_pcb *pcb)
Removes and deallocates the pcb.
- err_t udp_bind(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct ip_addr *ipaddr,
u16_t port)
Binds the pcb to a local address. The IP-address argument "ipaddr"
can be IP_ADDR_ANY to indicate that it should listen to any local IP
address. The function currently always return ERR_OK.
- err_t udp_connect(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct ip_addr *ipaddr,
u16_t port)
Sets the remote end of the pcb. This function does not generate any
network traffic, but only set the remote address of the pcb.
- err_t udp_disconnect(struct udp_pcb *pcb)
Remove the remote end of the pcb. This function does not generate
any network traffic, but only removes the remote address of the pcb.
- err_t udp_send(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p)
Sends the pbuf p. The pbuf is not deallocated.
- void udp_recv(struct udp_pcb *pcb,
void (* recv)(void *arg, struct udp_pcb *upcb,
struct pbuf *p,
struct ip_addr *addr,
u16_t port),
void *recv_arg)
Specifies a callback function that should be called when a UDP
datagram is received.
--- System initalization
A truly complete and generic sequence for initializing the lwip stack
cannot be given because it depends on the build configuration (lwipopts.h)
and additional initializations for your runtime environment (e.g. timers).
We can give you some idea on how to proceed when using the raw API.
We assume a configuration using a single Ethernet netif and the
UDP and TCP transport layers, IPv4 and the DHCP client.
Call these functions in the order of appearance:
- stats_init()
Clears the structure where runtime statistics are gathered.
- sys_init()
Not of much use since we set the NO_SYS 1 option in lwipopts.h,
to be called for easy configuration changes.
- mem_init()
Initializes the dynamic memory heap defined by MEM_SIZE.
- memp_init()
Initializes the memory pools defined by MEMP_NUM_x.
- pbuf_init()
Initializes the pbuf memory pool defined by PBUF_POOL_SIZE.
- etharp_init()
Initializes the ARP table and queue.
Note: you must call etharp_tmr at a ARP_TMR_INTERVAL (5 seconds) regular interval
after this initialization.
- ip_init()
Doesn't do much, it should be called to handle future changes.
- udp_init()
Clears the UDP PCB list.
- tcp_init()
Clears the TCP PCB list and clears some internal TCP timers.
Note: you must call tcp_fasttmr() and tcp_slowtmr() at the
predefined regular intervals after this initialization.
- netif_add(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *ipaddr,
struct ip_addr *netmask, struct ip_addr *gw,
void *state, err_t (* init)(struct netif *netif),
err_t (* input)(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif))
Adds your network interface to the netif_list. Allocate a struct
netif and pass a pointer to this structure as the first argument.
Give pointers to cleared ip_addr structures when using DHCP,
or fill them with sane numbers otherwise. The state pointer may be NULL.
The init function pointer must point to a initialization function for
your ethernet netif interface. The following code illustrates it's use.
err_t netif_if_init(struct netif *netif)
{
u8_t i;
for(i = 0; i < ETHARP_HWADDR_LEN; i++) netif->hwaddr[i] = some_eth_addr[i];
init_my_eth_device();
return ERR_OK;
}
For ethernet drivers, the input function pointer must point to the lwip
function ethernet_input() declared in "netif/etharp.h". Other drivers
must use ip_input() declared in "lwip/ip.h".
- netif_set_default(struct netif *netif)
Registers the default network interface.
- netif_set_up(struct netif *netif)
When the netif is fully configured this function must be called.
- dhcp_start(struct netif *netif)
Creates a new DHCP client for this interface on the first call.
Note: you must call dhcp_fine_tmr() and dhcp_coarse_tmr() at
the predefined regular intervals after starting the client.
You can peek in the netif->dhcp struct for the actual DHCP status.
--- Optimalization hints
The first thing you want to optimize is the lwip_standard_checksum()
routine from src/core/inet.c. You can override this standard
function with the #define LWIP_CHKSUM <your_checksum_routine>.
There are C examples given in inet.c or you might want to
craft an assembly function for this. RFC1071 is a good
introduction to this subject.
Other significant improvements can be made by supplying
assembly or inline replacements for htons() and htonl()
if you're using a little-endian architecture.
#define LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP 1
#define LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(x) <your_htons>
#define LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONL(x) <your_htonl>
Check your network interface driver if it reads at
a higher speed than the maximum wire-speed. If the
hardware isn't serviced frequently and fast enough
buffer overflows are likely to occur.
E.g. when using the cs8900 driver, call cs8900if_service(ethif)
as frequently as possible. When using an RTOS let the cs8900 interrupt
wake a high priority task that services your driver using a binary
semaphore or event flag. Some drivers might allow additional tuning
to match your application and network.
For a production release it is recommended to set LWIP_STATS to 0.
Note that speed performance isn't influenced much by simply setting
high values to the memory options.

View file

@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
Daily Use Guide for using Savannah for lwIP
Table of Contents:
1 - Obtaining lwIP from the CVS repository
2 - Committers/developers CVS access using SSH (to be written)
3 - Merging from DEVEL branch to main trunk (stable branch)
4 - How to release lwIP
1 Obtaining lwIP from the CVS repository
----------------------------------------
To perform an anonymous CVS checkout of the main trunk (this is where
bug fixes and incremental enhancements occur), do this:
cvs -z3 -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.sv.gnu.org:/sources/lwip checkout lwip
Or, obtain a stable branch (updated with bug fixes only) as follows:
cvs -z3 -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.sv.gnu.org:/sources/lwip checkout \
-r STABLE-0_7 -d lwip-0.7 lwip
Or, obtain a specific (fixed) release as follows:
cvs -z3 -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.sv.gnu.org:/sources/lwip checkout \
-r STABLE-0_7_0 -d lwip-0.7.0 lwip
3 Committers/developers CVS access using SSH
--------------------------------------------
The Savannah server uses SSH (Secure Shell) protocol 2 authentication and encryption.
As such, CVS commits to the server occur through a SSH tunnel for project members.
To create a SSH2 key pair in UNIX-like environments, do this:
ssh-keygen -t dsa
Under Windows, a recommended SSH client is "PuTTY", freely available with good
documentation and a graphic user interface. Use its key generator.
Now paste the id_dsa.pub contents into your Savannah account public key list. Wait
a while so that Savannah can update its configuration (This can take minutes).
Try to login using SSH:
ssh -v your_login@cvs.sv.gnu.org
If it tells you:
Authenticating with public key "your_key_name"...
Server refused to allocate pty
then you could login; Savannah refuses to give you a shell - which is OK, as we
are allowed to use SSH for CVS only. Now, you should be able to do this:
export CVS_RSH=ssh
cvs -z3 -d:ext:your_login@cvs.sv.gnu.org:/sources/lwip co lwip
after which you can edit your local files with bug fixes or new features and
commit them. Make sure you know what you are doing when using CVS to make
changes on the repository. If in doubt, ask on the lwip-members mailing list.
(If SSH asks about authenticity of the host, you can check the key
fingerprint against http://savannah.nongnu.org/cvs/?group=lwip)
3 Merging from DEVEL branch to main trunk (stable)
--------------------------------------------------
Merging is a delicate process in CVS and requires the
following disciplined steps in order to prevent conflicts
in the future. Conflicts can be hard to solve!
Merging from branch A to branch B requires that the A branch
has a tag indicating the previous merger. This tag is called
'merged_from_A_to_B'. After merging, the tag is moved in the
A branch to remember this merger for future merge actions.
IMPORTANT: AFTER COMMITTING A SUCCESFUL MERGE IN THE
REPOSITORY, THE TAG MUST BE SET ON THE SOURCE BRANCH OF THE
MERGE ACTION (REPLACING EXISTING TAGS WITH THE SAME NAME).
Merge all changes in DEVEL since our last merge to main:
In the working copy of the main trunk:
cvs update -P -jmerged_from_DEVEL_to_main -jDEVEL
(This will apply the changes between 'merged_from_DEVEL_to_main'
and 'DEVEL' to your work set of files)
We can now commit the merge result.
cvs commit -R -m "Merged from DEVEL to main."
If this worked out OK, we now move the tag in the DEVEL branch
to this merge point, so we can use this point for future merges:
cvs rtag -F -r DEVEL merged_from_DEVEL_to_main lwip
4 How to release lwIP
---------------------
First, checkout a clean copy of the branch to be released. Tag this set with
tag name "STABLE-0_6_3". (I use release number 0.6.3 throughout this example).
Login CVS using pserver authentication, then export a clean copy of the
tagged tree. Export is similar to a checkout, except that the CVS metadata
is not created locally.
export CVS_RSH=ssh
cvs -z3 -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.sv.gnu.org:/sources/lwip checkout \
-r STABLE-0_6_3 -d lwip-0.6.3 lwip
Archive this directory using tar, gzip'd, bzip2'd and zip'd.
tar czvf lwip-0.6.3.tar.gz lwip-0.6.3
tar cjvf lwip-0.6.3.tar.bz2 lwip-0.6.3
zip -r lwip-0.6.3.zip lwip-0.6.3
Now, sign the archives with a detached GPG binary signature as follows:
gpg -b lwip-0.6.3.tar.gz
gpg -b lwip-0.6.3.tar.bz2
gpg -b lwip-0.6.3.zip
Upload these files using anonymous FTP:
ncftp ftp://savannah.gnu.org/incoming/savannah/lwip
ncftp>mput *0.6.3.*
Additionally, you may post a news item on Savannah, like this:
A new 0.6.3 release is now available here:
http://savannah.nongnu.org/files/?group=lwip&highlight=0.6.3
You will have to submit this via the user News interface, then approve
this via the Administrator News interface.

View file

@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
SNMPv1 agent for lwIP
Author: Christiaan Simons
This is a brief introduction how to use and configure the SNMP agent.
Note the agent uses the raw-API UDP interface so you may also want to
read rawapi.txt to gain a better understanding of the SNMP message handling.
0 Agent Capabilities
====================
SNMPv1 per RFC1157
This is an old(er) standard but is still widely supported.
For SNMPv2c and v3 have a greater complexity and need many
more lines of code. IMHO this breaks the idea of "lightweight IP".
Note the S in SNMP stands for "Simple". Note that "Simple" is
relative. SNMP is simple compared to the complex ISO network
management protocols CMIP (Common Management Information Protocol)
and CMOT (CMip Over Tcp).
MIB II per RFC1213
The standard lwIP stack management information base.
This is a required MIB, so this is always enabled.
When builing lwIP without TCP, the mib-2.tcp group is omitted.
The groups EGP, CMOT and transmission are disabled by default.
Most mib-2 objects are not writable except:
sysName, sysLocation, sysContact, snmpEnableAuthenTraps.
Writing to or changing the ARP and IP address and route
tables is not possible.
Note lwIP has a very limited notion of IP routing. It currently
doen't have a route table and doesn't have a notion of the U,G,H flags.
Instead lwIP uses the interface list with only one default interface
acting as a single gateway interface (G) for the default route.
The agent returns a "virtual table" with the default route 0.0.0.0
for the default interface and network routes (no H) for each
network interface in the netif_list.
All routes are considered to be up (U).
Loading additional MIBs
MIBs can only be added in compile-time, not in run-time.
There is no MIB compiler thus additional MIBs must be hand coded.
Large SNMP message support
The packet decoding and encoding routines are designed
to use pbuf-chains. Larger payloads then the minimum
SNMP requirement of 484 octets are supported if the
PBUF_POOL_SIZE and IP_REASS_BUFSIZE are set to match your
local requirement.
1 Building the Agent
====================
First of all you'll need to add the following define
to your local lwipopts.h:
#define LWIP_SNMP 1
and add the source files in lwip/src/core/snmp
and some snmp headers in lwip/src/include/lwip to your makefile.
Note you'll might need to adapt you network driver to update
the mib2 variables for your interface.
2 Running the Agent
===================
The following function calls must be made in your program to
actually get the SNMP agent running.
Before starting the agent you should supply pointers
to non-volatile memory for sysContact, sysLocation,
and snmpEnableAuthenTraps. You can do this by calling
snmp_set_syscontact()
snmp_set_syslocation()
snmp_set_snmpenableauthentraps()
Additionally you may want to set
snmp_set_sysdescr()
snmp_set_sysobjid() (if you have a private MIB)
snmp_set_sysname()
Also before starting the agent you need to setup
one or more trap destinations using these calls:
snmp_trap_dst_enable();
snmp_trap_dst_ip_set();
In the lwIP initialisation sequence call snmp_init() just after
the call to udp_init().
Exactly every 10 msec the SNMP uptime timestamp must be updated with
snmp_inc_sysuptime(). You should call this from a timer interrupt
or a timer signal handler depending on your runtime environment.
An alternative way to update the SNMP uptime timestamp is to do a call like
snmp_add_sysuptime(100) each 1000ms (which is bigger "step", but call to
a lower frequency). Another one is to not call snmp_inc_sysuptime() or
snmp_add_sysuptime(), and to define the SNMP_GET_SYSUPTIME(sysuptime) macro.
This one is undefined by default in mib2.c. SNMP_GET_SYSUPTIME is called inside
snmp_get_sysuptime(u32_t *value), and enable to change "sysuptime" value only
when it's queried (any function which need "sysuptime" have to call
snmp_get_sysuptime).
3 Private MIBs
==============
If want to extend the agent with your own private MIB you'll need to
add the following define to your local lwipopts.h:
#define SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB 1
You must provide the private_mib.h and associated files yourself.
Note we don't have a "MIB compiler" that generates C source from a MIB,
so you're required to do some serious coding if you enable this!
Note the lwIP enterprise ID (26381) is assigned to the lwIP project,
ALL OBJECT IDENTIFIERS LIVING UNDER THIS ID ARE ASSIGNED BY THE lwIP
MAINTAINERS!
If you need to create your own private MIB you'll need
to apply for your own enterprise ID with IANA: http://www.iana.org/numbers.html
You can set it by passing a struct snmp_obj_id to the agent
using snmp_set_sysobjid(&my_object_id), just before snmp_init().
Note the object identifiers for thes MIB-2 and your private MIB
tree must be kept in sorted ascending (lexicographical) order.
This to ensure correct getnext operation.
An example for a private MIB is part of the "minimal Unix" project:
contrib/ports/unix/proj/minimal/lwip_prvmib.c
The next chapter gives a more detailed description of the
MIB-2 tree and the optional private MIB.
4 The Gory Details
==================
4.0 Object identifiers and the MIB tree.
We have three distinct parts for all object identifiers:
The prefix
.iso.org.dod.internet
the middle part
.mgmt.mib-2.ip.ipNetToMediaTable.ipNetToMediaEntry.ipNetToMediaPhysAddress
and the index part
.1.192.168.0.1
Objects located above the .internet hierarchy aren't supported.
Currently only the .mgmt sub-tree is available and
when the SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB is enabled the .private tree
becomes available too.
Object identifiers from incoming requests are checked
for a matching prefix, middle part and index part
or are expanded(*) for GetNext requests with short
or inexisting names in the request.
(* we call this "expansion" but this also
resembles the "auto-completion" operation)
The middle part is usually located in ROM (const)
to preserve precious RAM on small microcontrollers.
However RAM location is possible for an dynamically
changing private tree.
The index part is handled by functions which in
turn use dynamically allocated index trees from RAM.
These trees are updated by e.g. the etharp code
when new entries are made or removed form the ARP cache.
/** @todo more gory details */

View file

@ -1,228 +0,0 @@
sys_arch interface for lwIP 0.6++
Author: Adam Dunkels
The operating system emulation layer provides a common interface
between the lwIP code and the underlying operating system kernel. The
general idea is that porting lwIP to new architectures requires only
small changes to a few header files and a new sys_arch
implementation. It is also possible to do a sys_arch implementation
that does not rely on any underlying operating system.
The sys_arch provides semaphores and mailboxes to lwIP. For the full
lwIP functionality, multiple threads support can be implemented in the
sys_arch, but this is not required for the basic lwIP
functionality. Previous versions of lwIP required the sys_arch to
implement timer scheduling as well but as of lwIP 0.5 this is
implemented in a higher layer.
In addition to the source file providing the functionality of sys_arch,
the OS emulation layer must provide several header files defining
macros used throughout lwip. The files required and the macros they
must define are listed below the sys_arch description.
Semaphores can be either counting or binary - lwIP works with both
kinds. Mailboxes are used for message passing and can be implemented
either as a queue which allows multiple messages to be posted to a
mailbox, or as a rendez-vous point where only one message can be
posted at a time. lwIP works with both kinds, but the former type will
be more efficient. A message in a mailbox is just a pointer, nothing
more.
Semaphores are represented by the type "sys_sem_t" which is typedef'd
in the sys_arch.h file. Mailboxes are equivalently represented by the
type "sys_mbox_t". lwIP does not place any restrictions on how
sys_sem_t or sys_mbox_t are represented internally.
The following functions must be implemented by the sys_arch:
- void sys_init(void)
Is called to initialize the sys_arch layer.
- sys_sem_t sys_sem_new(u8_t count)
Creates and returns a new semaphore. The "count" argument specifies
the initial state of the semaphore.
- void sys_sem_free(sys_sem_t sem)
Deallocates a semaphore.
- void sys_sem_signal(sys_sem_t sem)
Signals a semaphore.
- u32_t sys_arch_sem_wait(sys_sem_t sem, u32_t timeout)
Blocks the thread while waiting for the semaphore to be
signaled. If the "timeout" argument is non-zero, the thread should
only be blocked for the specified time (measured in
milliseconds). If the "timeout" argument is zero, the thread should be
blocked until the semaphore is signalled.
If the timeout argument is non-zero, the return value is the number of
milliseconds spent waiting for the semaphore to be signaled. If the
semaphore wasn't signaled within the specified time, the return value is
SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT. If the thread didn't have to wait for the semaphore
(i.e., it was already signaled), the function may return zero.
Notice that lwIP implements a function with a similar name,
sys_sem_wait(), that uses the sys_arch_sem_wait() function.
- sys_mbox_t sys_mbox_new(int size)
Creates an empty mailbox for maximum "size" elements. Elements stored
in mailboxes are pointers. You have to define macros "_MBOX_SIZE"
in your lwipopts.h, or ignore this parameter in your implementation
and use a default size.
- void sys_mbox_free(sys_mbox_t mbox)
Deallocates a mailbox. If there are messages still present in the
mailbox when the mailbox is deallocated, it is an indication of a
programming error in lwIP and the developer should be notified.
- void sys_mbox_post(sys_mbox_t mbox, void *msg)
Posts the "msg" to the mailbox. This function have to block until
the "msg" is really posted.
- err_t sys_mbox_trypost(sys_mbox_t mbox, void *msg)
Try to post the "msg" to the mailbox. Returns ERR_MEM if this one
is full, else, ERR_OK if the "msg" is posted.
- u32_t sys_arch_mbox_fetch(sys_mbox_t mbox, void **msg, u32_t timeout)
Blocks the thread until a message arrives in the mailbox, but does
not block the thread longer than "timeout" milliseconds (similar to
the sys_arch_sem_wait() function). If "timeout" is 0, the thread should
be blocked until a message arrives. The "msg" argument is a result
parameter that is set by the function (i.e., by doing "*msg =
ptr"). The "msg" parameter maybe NULL to indicate that the message
should be dropped.
The return values are the same as for the sys_arch_sem_wait() function:
Number of milliseconds spent waiting or SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT if there was a
timeout.
Note that a function with a similar name, sys_mbox_fetch(), is
implemented by lwIP.
- u32_t sys_arch_mbox_tryfetch(sys_mbox_t mbox, void **msg)
This is similar to sys_arch_mbox_fetch, however if a message is not
present in the mailbox, it immediately returns with the code
SYS_MBOX_EMPTY. On success 0 is returned.
To allow for efficient implementations, this can be defined as a
function-like macro in sys_arch.h instead of a normal function. For
example, a naive implementation could be:
#define sys_arch_mbox_tryfetch(mbox,msg) \
sys_arch_mbox_fetch(mbox,msg,1)
although this would introduce unnecessary delays.
- struct sys_timeouts *sys_arch_timeouts(void)
Returns a pointer to the per-thread sys_timeouts structure. In lwIP,
each thread has a list of timeouts which is repressented as a linked
list of sys_timeout structures. The sys_timeouts structure holds a
pointer to a linked list of timeouts. This function is called by
the lwIP timeout scheduler and must not return a NULL value.
In a single thread sys_arch implementation, this function will
simply return a pointer to a global sys_timeouts variable stored in
the sys_arch module.
If threads are supported by the underlying operating system and if
such functionality is needed in lwIP, the following function will have
to be implemented as well:
- sys_thread_t sys_thread_new(char *name, void (* thread)(void *arg), void *arg, int stacksize, int prio)
Starts a new thread named "name" with priority "prio" that will begin its
execution in the function "thread()". The "arg" argument will be passed as an
argument to the thread() function. The stack size to used for this thread is
the "stacksize" parameter. The id of the new thread is returned. Both the id
and the priority are system dependent.
- sys_prot_t sys_arch_protect(void)
This optional function does a "fast" critical region protection and returns
the previous protection level. This function is only called during very short
critical regions. An embedded system which supports ISR-based drivers might
want to implement this function by disabling interrupts. Task-based systems
might want to implement this by using a mutex or disabling tasking. This
function should support recursive calls from the same task or interrupt. In
other words, sys_arch_protect() could be called while already protected. In
that case the return value indicates that it is already protected.
sys_arch_protect() is only required if your port is supporting an operating
system.
- void sys_arch_unprotect(sys_prot_t pval)
This optional function does a "fast" set of critical region protection to the
value specified by pval. See the documentation for sys_arch_protect() for
more information. This function is only required if your port is supporting
an operating system.
Note:
Be carefull with using mem_malloc() in sys_arch. When malloc() refers to
mem_malloc() you can run into a circular function call problem. In mem.c
mem_init() tries to allcate a semaphore using mem_malloc, which of course
can't be performed when sys_arch uses mem_malloc.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional files required for the "OS support" emulation layer:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cc.h - Architecture environment, some compiler specific, some
environment specific (probably should move env stuff
to sys_arch.h.)
Typedefs for the types used by lwip -
u8_t, s8_t, u16_t, s16_t, u32_t, s32_t, mem_ptr_t
Compiler hints for packing lwip's structures -
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x)
PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
PACK_STRUCT_END
Platform specific diagnostic output -
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(x) - non-fatal, print a message.
LWIP_PLATFORM_ASSERT(x) - fatal, print message and abandon execution.
Portability defines for printf formatters:
U16_F, S16_F, X16_F, U32_F, S32_F, X32_F, SZT_F
"lightweight" synchronization mechanisms -
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(x) - declare a protection state variable.
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(x) - enter protection mode.
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(x) - leave protection mode.
If the compiler does not provide memset() this file must include a
definition of it, or include a file which defines it.
This file must either include a system-local <errno.h> which defines
the standard *nix error codes, or it should #define LWIP_PROVIDE_ERRNO
to make lwip/arch.h define the codes which are used throughout.
perf.h - Architecture specific performance measurement.
Measurement calls made throughout lwip, these can be defined to nothing.
PERF_START - start measuring something.
PERF_STOP(x) - stop measuring something, and record the result.
sys_arch.h - Tied to sys_arch.c
Arch dependent types for the following objects:
sys_sem_t, sys_mbox_t, sys_thread_t,
And, optionally:
sys_prot_t
Defines to set vars of sys_mbox_t and sys_sem_t to NULL.
SYS_MBOX_NULL NULL
SYS_SEM_NULL NULL

View file

@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#if defined(__IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__)
#pragma pack(1)
#endif

View file

@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __CC_H__
#define __CC_H__
#include "cpu.h"
typedef unsigned char u8_t;
typedef signed char s8_t;
typedef unsigned short u16_t;
typedef signed short s16_t;
typedef unsigned int u32_t;
typedef signed long s32_t;
typedef u32_t mem_ptr_t;
typedef int sys_prot_t;
#define U16_F "d"
#define S16_F "d"
#define X16_F "x"
#define U32_F "d"
#define S32_F "d"
#define X32_F "x"
#define SZT_F "uz"
/* define compiler specific symbols */
#if defined (__ICCARM__)
#if !defined (__IARSTDLIB__)
#define _STRING
#ifndef memcmp
#define memcmp(dst, src, sz) _memcmp(dst, src, sz)
#endif
#ifndef memset
#define memset(dst, val, sz) _memset(dst, val, sz)
#endif
#ifndef memcpy
#define memcpy(dst, src, sz) _memcpy(dst, src, sz)
#endif
#endif // __IARSTDLIB__
#define PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
#define PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT
#define PACK_STRUCT_END
#define PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x) x
#define PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
#elif defined (__CC_ARM)
#define PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN __packed
#define PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT
#define PACK_STRUCT_END
#define PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x) x
#elif defined (__GNUC__)
#define PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
#define PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT __attribute__ ((__packed__))
#define PACK_STRUCT_END
#define PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x) x
#elif defined (__TASKING__)
#define PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
#define PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT
#define PACK_STRUCT_END
#define PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x) x
#endif
#define LWIP_PLATFORM_ASSERT(x) //do { if(!(x)) while(1); } while(0)
#endif /* __CC_H__ */

View file

@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __CPU_H__
#define __CPU_H__
#define BYTE_ORDER LITTLE_ENDIAN
#endif /* __CPU_H__ */

View file

@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#if defined(__IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__)
#pragma pack()
#endif

View file

@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __ARCH_INIT_H__
#define __ARCH_INIT_H__
#define TCPIP_INIT_DONE(arg) tcpip_init_done(arg)
void tcpip_init_done(void *);
int wait_for_tcpip_init(void);
#endif /* __ARCH_INIT_H__ */

View file

@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LIB_H__
#define __LIB_H__
#include <string.h>
#endif /* __LIB_H__ */

View file

@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __PERF_H__
#define __PERF_H__
#define PERF_START /* null definition */
#define PERF_STOP(x) /* null definition */
#endif /* __PERF_H__ */

View file

@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __SYS_RTXC_H__
#define __SYS_RTXC_H__
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "queue.h"
#include "semphr.h"
#define SYS_MBOX_NULL (xQueueHandle)0
#define SYS_SEM_NULL (xSemaphoreHandle)0
#define SYS_DEFAULT_THREAD_STACK_DEPTH configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
typedef xSemaphoreHandle sys_sem_t;
typedef xQueueHandle sys_mbox_t;
typedef xTaskHandle sys_thread_t;
typedef struct _sys_arch_state_t
{
// Task creation data.
char cTaskName[configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN];
unsigned short nStackDepth;
unsigned short nTaskCount;
} sys_arch_state_t;
//extern sys_arch_state_t s_sys_arch_state;
//void sys_set_default_state();
//void sys_set_state(signed char *pTaskName, unsigned short nStackSize);
/* Message queue constants. */
#define archMESG_QUEUE_LENGTH ( 6 )
#endif /* __SYS_RTXC_H__ */

View file

@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Ethernet Interface Skeleton
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
/*
* This file is a skeleton for developing Ethernet network interface
* drivers for lwIP. Add code to the low_level functions and do a
* search-and-replace for the word "ethernetif" to replace it with
* something that better describes your network interface.
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#include "lwip/sys.h"
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
#include "netif/etharp.h"
#include "err.h"
#include "ethernetif.h"
#include "queue.h"
#include <lwip_intf.h>
#include <platform/platform_stdlib.h>
#define netifMTU (1500)
#define netifINTERFACE_TASK_STACK_SIZE ( 350 )
#define netifINTERFACE_TASK_PRIORITY ( configMAX_PRIORITIES - 1 )
#define netifGUARD_BLOCK_TIME ( 250 )
/* The time to block waiting for input. */
#define emacBLOCK_TIME_WAITING_FOR_INPUT ( ( portTickType ) 100 )
#ifdef CONFIG_CONCURRENT_MODE
#define IF2NAME0 'r'
#define IF2NAME1 '2'
#endif
static void arp_timer(void *arg);
/**
* In this function, the hardware should be initialized.
* Called from ethernetif_init().
*
* @param netif the already initialized lwip network interface structure
* for this ethernetif
*/
static void low_level_init(struct netif *netif)
{
/* set netif MAC hardware address length */
netif->hwaddr_len = ETHARP_HWADDR_LEN;
/* set netif maximum transfer unit */
netif->mtu = 1500;
/* Accept broadcast address and ARP traffic */
netif->flags = NETIF_FLAG_BROADCAST | NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP;
/* Wlan interface is initialized later */
}
/**
* This function should do the actual transmission of the packet. The packet is
* contained in the pbuf that is passed to the function. This pbuf
* might be chained.
*
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure for this ethernetif
* @param p the MAC packet to send (e.g. IP packet including MAC addresses and type)
* @return ERR_OK if the packet could be sent
* an err_t value if the packet couldn't be sent
*
* @note Returning ERR_MEM here if a DMA queue of your MAC is full can lead to
* strange results. You might consider waiting for space in the DMA queue
* to become availale since the stack doesn't retry to send a packet
* dropped because of memory failure (except for the TCP timers).
*/
static err_t low_level_output(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p)
{
/* Refer to eCos lwip eth_drv_send() */
struct eth_drv_sg sg_list[MAX_ETH_DRV_SG];
int sg_len = 0;
struct pbuf *q;
if(!rltk_wlan_running(netif_get_idx(netif)))
return ERR_IF;
for (q = p; q != NULL && sg_len < MAX_ETH_DRV_SG; q = q->next) {
sg_list[sg_len].buf = (unsigned int) q->payload;
sg_list[sg_len++].len = q->len;
}
if (sg_len)
rltk_wlan_send(netif_get_idx(netif), sg_list, sg_len, p->tot_len);
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Should allocate a pbuf and transfer the bytes of the incoming
* packet from the interface into the pbuf.
*
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure for this ethernetif
* @return a pbuf filled with the received packet (including MAC header)
* NULL on memory error
*/
//static struct pbuf * low_level_input(struct netif *netif){}
/**
* This function is the ethernetif_input task, it is processed when a packet
* is ready to be read from the interface. It uses the function low_level_input()
* that should handle the actual reception of bytes from the network
* interface. Then the type of the received packet is determined and
* the appropriate input function is called.
*
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure for this ethernetif
*/
//void ethernetif_input( void * pvParameters )
/* Refer to eCos eth_drv_recv to do similarly in ethernetif_input */
void ethernetif_recv(struct netif *netif, int total_len)
{
struct eth_drv_sg sg_list[MAX_ETH_DRV_SG];
struct pbuf *p, *q;
int sg_len = 0;
if(!rltk_wlan_running(netif_get_idx(netif)))
return;
if ((total_len > MAX_ETH_MSG) || (total_len < 0))
total_len = MAX_ETH_MSG;
// Allocate buffer to store received packet
p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_RAW, total_len, PBUF_POOL);
if (p == NULL) {
printf("\n\rCannot allocate pbuf to receive packet");
return;
}
// Create scatter list
for (q = p; q != NULL && sg_len < MAX_ETH_DRV_SG; q = q->next) {
sg_list[sg_len].buf = (unsigned int) q->payload;
sg_list[sg_len++].len = q->len;
}
// Copy received packet to scatter list from wrapper rx skb
//printf("\n\rwlan:%c: Recv sg_len: %d, tot_len:%d", netif->name[1],sg_len, total_len);
rltk_wlan_recv(netif_get_idx(netif), sg_list, sg_len);
// Pass received packet to the interface
if (ERR_OK != netif->input(p, netif))
pbuf_free(p);
}
/**
* Should be called at the beginning of the program to set up the
* network interface. It calls the function low_level_init() to do the
* actual setup of the hardware.
*
* This function should be passed as a parameter to netif_add().
*
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure for this ethernetif
* @return ERR_OK if the loopif is initialized
* ERR_MEM if private data couldn't be allocated
* any other err_t on error
*/
err_t ethernetif_init(struct netif *netif)
{
LWIP_ASSERT("netif != NULL", (netif != NULL));
#if LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME
/* Initialize interface hostname */
if(netif->name[1] == '0')
netif->hostname = "lwip0";
else if(netif->name[1] == '1')
netif->hostname = "lwip1";
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME */
netif->output = etharp_output;
netif->linkoutput = low_level_output;
/* initialize the hardware */
low_level_init(netif);
etharp_init();
return ERR_OK;
}
static void arp_timer(void *arg)
{
etharp_tmr();
sys_timeout(ARP_TMR_INTERVAL, arp_timer, NULL);
}
/*
* For FreeRTOS tickless
*/
int lwip_tickless_used = 0;
int arp_timeout_exist(void)
{
struct sys_timeouts *timeouts;
struct sys_timeo *t;
timeouts = sys_arch_timeouts();
for(t = timeouts->next; t != NULL;t = t->next)
if(t->h == arp_timer)
return 1;
return 0;
}
//Called by rltk_wlan_PRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING()
void lwip_PRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING(void)
{
if(arp_timeout_exist()) {
tcpip_untimeout(arp_timer, NULL);
}
lwip_tickless_used = 1;
}
//Called in ips_leave() path, support tickless when wifi power wakeup due to ioctl or deinit
void lwip_POST_SLEEP_PROCESSING(void)
{
if(lwip_tickless_used) {
tcpip_timeout(ARP_TMR_INTERVAL, arp_timer, NULL);
}
}

View file

@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
#ifndef __ETHERNETIF_H__
#define __ETHERNETIF_H__
#include "lwip/err.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
//----- ------------------------------------------------------------------
// Ethernet Buffer
//----- ------------------------------------------------------------------
struct eth_drv_sg {
unsigned int buf;
unsigned int len;
};
#define MAX_ETH_DRV_SG 32
#define MAX_ETH_MSG 1540
void ethernetif_recv(struct netif *netif, int total_len);
err_t ethernetif_init(struct netif *netif);
void lwip_PRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING(void);
void lwip_POST_SLEEP_PROCESSING(void);
#endif

View file

@ -1,446 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
/* lwIP includes. */
#include "lwip/debug.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/sys.h"
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "queue.h"
xTaskHandle xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
struct timeoutlist
{
struct sys_timeouts timeouts;
xTaskHandle pid;
};
/* This is the number of threads that can be started with sys_thread_new() */
#define SYS_THREAD_MAX 6
static struct timeoutlist s_timeoutlist[SYS_THREAD_MAX];
static u16_t s_nextthread = 0;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
// Creates an empty mailbox.
sys_mbox_t sys_mbox_new(int size)
{
xQueueHandle mbox;
( void ) size;
mbox = xQueueCreate( archMESG_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( void * ) );
#if SYS_STATS
++lwip_stats.sys.mbox.used;
if (lwip_stats.sys.mbox.max < lwip_stats.sys.mbox.used) {
lwip_stats.sys.mbox.max = lwip_stats.sys.mbox.used;
}
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
return mbox;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
Deallocates a mailbox. If there are messages still present in the
mailbox when the mailbox is deallocated, it is an indication of a
programming error in lwIP and the developer should be notified.
*/
void sys_mbox_free(sys_mbox_t mbox)
{
if( uxQueueMessagesWaiting( mbox ) )
{
/* Line for breakpoint. Should never break here! */
portNOP();
#if SYS_STATS
lwip_stats.sys.mbox.err++;
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
// TODO notify the user of failure.
}
vQueueDelete( mbox );
#if SYS_STATS
--lwip_stats.sys.mbox.used;
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
// Posts the "msg" to the mailbox.
void sys_mbox_post(sys_mbox_t mbox, void *data)
{
while ( xQueueSendToBack(mbox, &data, portMAX_DELAY ) != pdTRUE ){}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
// Try to post the "msg" to the mailbox.
err_t sys_mbox_trypost(sys_mbox_t mbox, void *msg)
{
err_t result;
if ( xQueueSend( mbox, &msg, 0 ) == pdPASS )
{
result = ERR_OK;
}
else {
// could not post, queue must be full
result = ERR_MEM;
#if SYS_STATS
lwip_stats.sys.mbox.err++;
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
}
return result;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
Blocks the thread until a message arrives in the mailbox, but does
not block the thread longer than "timeout" milliseconds (similar to
the sys_arch_sem_wait() function). The "msg" argument is a result
parameter that is set by the function (i.e., by doing "*msg =
ptr"). The "msg" parameter maybe NULL to indicate that the message
should be dropped.
The return values are the same as for the sys_arch_sem_wait() function:
Number of milliseconds spent waiting or SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT if there was a
timeout.
Note that a function with a similar name, sys_mbox_fetch(), is
implemented by lwIP.
*/
u32_t sys_arch_mbox_fetch(sys_mbox_t mbox, void **msg, u32_t timeout)
{
void *dummyptr;
portTickType StartTime, EndTime, Elapsed;
StartTime = xTaskGetTickCount();
if ( msg == NULL )
{
msg = &dummyptr;
}
if ( timeout != 0 )
{
if ( pdTRUE == xQueueReceive( mbox, &(*msg), timeout / portTICK_RATE_MS ) )
{
EndTime = xTaskGetTickCount();
Elapsed = (EndTime - StartTime) * portTICK_RATE_MS;
return ( Elapsed );
}
else // timed out blocking for message
{
*msg = NULL;
return SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT;
}
}
else // block forever for a message.
{
while( pdTRUE != xQueueReceive( mbox, &(*msg), portMAX_DELAY ) ){} // time is arbitrary
EndTime = xTaskGetTickCount();
Elapsed = (EndTime - StartTime) * portTICK_RATE_MS;
return ( Elapsed ); // return time blocked TODO test
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
Similar to sys_arch_mbox_fetch, but if message is not ready immediately, we'll
return with SYS_MBOX_EMPTY. On success, 0 is returned.
*/
u32_t sys_arch_mbox_tryfetch(sys_mbox_t mbox, void **msg)
{
void *dummyptr;
if ( msg == NULL )
{
msg = &dummyptr;
}
if ( pdTRUE == xQueueReceive( mbox, &(*msg), 0 ) )
{
return ERR_OK;
}
else
{
return SYS_MBOX_EMPTY;
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
// Creates and returns a new semaphore. The "count" argument specifies
// the initial state of the semaphore.
sys_sem_t sys_sem_new(u8_t count)
{
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
if( xSemaphore == NULL )
{
#if SYS_STATS
++lwip_stats.sys.sem.err;
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
return SYS_SEM_NULL; // TODO need assert
}
if(count == 0) // Means it can't be taken
{
xSemaphoreTake(xSemaphore,1);
}
#if SYS_STATS
++lwip_stats.sys.sem.used;
if (lwip_stats.sys.sem.max < lwip_stats.sys.sem.used) {
lwip_stats.sys.sem.max = lwip_stats.sys.sem.used;
}
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
return xSemaphore;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
Blocks the thread while waiting for the semaphore to be
signaled. If the "timeout" argument is non-zero, the thread should
only be blocked for the specified time (measured in
milliseconds).
If the timeout argument is non-zero, the return value is the number of
milliseconds spent waiting for the semaphore to be signaled. If the
semaphore wasn't signaled within the specified time, the return value is
SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT. If the thread didn't have to wait for the semaphore
(i.e., it was already signaled), the function may return zero.
Notice that lwIP implements a function with a similar name,
sys_sem_wait(), that uses the sys_arch_sem_wait() function.
*/
u32_t sys_arch_sem_wait(sys_sem_t sem, u32_t timeout)
{
portTickType StartTime, EndTime, Elapsed;
StartTime = xTaskGetTickCount();
if( timeout != 0)
{
if( xSemaphoreTake( sem, timeout / portTICK_RATE_MS ) == pdTRUE )
{
EndTime = xTaskGetTickCount();
Elapsed = (EndTime - StartTime) * portTICK_RATE_MS;
return (Elapsed); // return time blocked TODO test
}
else
{
return SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT;
}
}
else // must block without a timeout
{
while( xSemaphoreTake( sem, portMAX_DELAY ) != pdTRUE ){}
EndTime = xTaskGetTickCount();
Elapsed = (EndTime - StartTime) * portTICK_RATE_MS;
return ( Elapsed ); // return time blocked
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
// Signals a semaphore
void sys_sem_signal(sys_sem_t sem)
{
xSemaphoreGive( sem );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
// Deallocates a semaphore
void sys_sem_free(sys_sem_t sem)
{
#if SYS_STATS
--lwip_stats.sys.sem.used;
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
vQueueDelete( sem );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
// Initialize sys arch
void sys_init(void)
{
int i;
// Initialize the the per-thread sys_timeouts structures
// make sure there are no valid pids in the list
for(i = 0; i < SYS_THREAD_MAX; i++)
{
s_timeoutlist[i].pid = 0;
s_timeoutlist[i].timeouts.next = NULL;
}
// keep track of how many threads have been created
s_nextthread = 0;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
Returns a pointer to the per-thread sys_timeouts structure. In lwIP,
each thread has a list of timeouts which is represented as a linked
list of sys_timeout structures. The sys_timeouts structure holds a
pointer to a linked list of timeouts. This function is called by
the lwIP timeout scheduler and must not return a NULL value.
In a single threaded sys_arch implementation, this function will
simply return a pointer to a global sys_timeouts variable stored in
the sys_arch module.
*/
struct sys_timeouts *sys_arch_timeouts(void)
{
int i;
xTaskHandle pid;
struct timeoutlist *tl;
pid = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
for(i = 0; i < s_nextthread; i++)
{
tl = &(s_timeoutlist[i]);
if(tl->pid == pid)
{
return &(tl->timeouts);
}
}
// Error
return NULL;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
// TODO
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
Starts a new thread with priority "prio" that will begin its execution in the
function "thread()". The "arg" argument will be passed as an argument to the
thread() function. The id of the new thread is returned. Both the id and
the priority are system dependent.
*/
sys_thread_t sys_thread_new(char *name, void (* thread)(void *arg), void *arg, int stacksize, int prio)
{
xTaskHandle CreatedTask;
int result;
if ( s_nextthread < SYS_THREAD_MAX )
{
vPortEnterCritical();
result = xTaskCreate( thread, ( const portCHAR * ) name, stacksize, arg, prio, &CreatedTask );
// For each task created, store the task handle (pid) in the timers array.
// This scheme doesn't allow for threads to be deleted
s_timeoutlist[s_nextthread++].pid = CreatedTask;
vPortExitCritical();
if(result == pdPASS)
{
return CreatedTask;
}
else
{
return NULL;
}
}
else
{
return NULL;
}
}
/*
This optional function does a "fast" critical region protection and returns
the previous protection level. This function is only called during very short
critical regions. An embedded system which supports ISR-based drivers might
want to implement this function by disabling interrupts. Task-based systems
might want to implement this by using a mutex or disabling tasking. This
function should support recursive calls from the same task or interrupt. In
other words, sys_arch_protect() could be called while already protected. In
that case the return value indicates that it is already protected.
sys_arch_protect() is only required if your port is supporting an operating
system.
*/
sys_prot_t sys_arch_protect(void)
{
vPortEnterCritical();
return 1;
}
/*
This optional function does a "fast" set of critical region protection to the
value specified by pval. See the documentation for sys_arch_protect() for
more information. This function is only required if your port is supporting
an operating system.
*/
void sys_arch_unprotect(sys_prot_t pval)
{
( void ) pval;
vPortExitCritical();
}
/*
* Prints an assertion messages and aborts execution.
*/
void sys_assert( const char *msg )
{
( void ) msg;
/*FSL:only needed for debugging
printf(msg);
printf("\n\r");
*/
vPortEnterCritical( );
for(;;)
;
}

View file

@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __SYS_RTXC_H__
#define __SYS_RTXC_H__
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "queue.h"
#include "semphr.h"
#define SYS_MBOX_NULL (xQueueHandle)0
#define SYS_SEM_NULL (xSemaphoreHandle)0
#define SYS_DEFAULT_THREAD_STACK_DEPTH configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
typedef xSemaphoreHandle sys_sem_t;
typedef xQueueHandle sys_mbox_t;
typedef xTaskHandle sys_thread_t;
typedef struct _sys_arch_state_t
{
// Task creation data.
char cTaskName[configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN];
unsigned short nStackDepth;
unsigned short nTaskCount;
} sys_arch_state_t;
//extern sys_arch_state_t s_sys_arch_state;
//void sys_set_default_state();
//void sys_set_state(signed char *pTaskName, unsigned short nStackSize);
/* Message queue constants. */
#define archMESG_QUEUE_LENGTH ( 6 )
#endif /* __SYS_RTXC_H__ */

View file

@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#if defined(__IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__)
#pragma pack(1)
#endif

View file

@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __CC_H__
#define __CC_H__
#include "cpu.h"
typedef unsigned char u8_t;
typedef signed char s8_t;
typedef unsigned short u16_t;
typedef signed short s16_t;
typedef unsigned long u32_t;
typedef signed long s32_t;
typedef u32_t mem_ptr_t;
typedef int sys_prot_t;
#define U16_F "hu"
#define S16_F "d"
#define X16_F "hx"
#define U32_F "u"
#define S32_F "d"
#define X32_F "x"
#define SZT_F "uz"
/* define compiler specific symbols */
#if defined (__ICCARM__)
#define PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
#define PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT
#define PACK_STRUCT_END
#define PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x) x
#define PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
#elif defined (__CC_ARM)
#define PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN __packed
#define PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT
#define PACK_STRUCT_END
#define PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x) x
#elif defined (__GNUC__)
#define PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
#define PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT __attribute__ ((__packed__))
#define PACK_STRUCT_END
#define PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x) x
#elif defined (__TASKING__)
#define PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
#define PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT
#define PACK_STRUCT_END
#define PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x) x
#endif
#define LWIP_PLATFORM_ASSERT(x) //do { if(!(x)) while(1); } while(0)
#endif /* __CC_H__ */

View file

@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __CPU_H__
#define __CPU_H__
#define BYTE_ORDER LITTLE_ENDIAN
#endif /* __CPU_H__ */

View file

@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#if defined(__IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__)
#pragma pack()
#endif

View file

@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __ARCH_INIT_H__
#define __ARCH_INIT_H__
#define TCPIP_INIT_DONE(arg) tcpip_init_done(arg)
void tcpip_init_done(void *);
int wait_for_tcpip_init(void);
#endif /* __ARCH_INIT_H__ */

View file

@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LIB_H__
#define __LIB_H__
#include <string.h>
#endif /* __LIB_H__ */

View file

@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __PERF_H__
#define __PERF_H__
#define PERF_START /* null definition */
#define PERF_STOP(x) /* null definition */
#endif /* __PERF_H__ */

View file

@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __SYS_RTXC_H__
#define __SYS_RTXC_H__
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "queue.h"
#include "semphr.h"
#define SYS_MBOX_NULL (xQueueHandle)0
#define SYS_SEM_NULL (xSemaphoreHandle)0
#define SYS_DEFAULT_THREAD_STACK_DEPTH configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
typedef xSemaphoreHandle sys_sem_t;
typedef xQueueHandle sys_mbox_t;
typedef xTaskHandle sys_thread_t;
typedef struct _sys_arch_state_t
{
// Task creation data.
char cTaskName[configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN];
unsigned short nStackDepth;
unsigned short nTaskCount;
} sys_arch_state_t;
//extern sys_arch_state_t s_sys_arch_state;
//void sys_set_default_state();
//void sys_set_state(signed char *pTaskName, unsigned short nStackSize);
/* Message queue constants. */
#define archMESG_QUEUE_LENGTH ( 6 )
#endif /* __SYS_RTXC_H__ */

View file

@ -1,649 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Ethernet Interface Skeleton
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
/*
* This file is a skeleton for developing Ethernet network interface
* drivers for lwIP. Add code to the low_level functions and do a
* search-and-replace for the word "ethernetif" to replace it with
* something that better describes your network interface.
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#include "lwip/sys.h"
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
#include "netif/etharp.h"
#include "err.h"
#include "ethernetif.h"
#include "queue.h"
#include "main.h" // for the definition of CONFIG_WLAN
#if !CONFIG_WLAN
#include "stm32f2x7_eth.h"
#else
#include <lwip_intf.h>
#endif
#include <platform/platform_stdlib.h>
#ifdef CONFIG_DONT_CARE_TP
#define netifMTU (576)
#else
#define netifMTU (1500)
#endif
#define netifINTERFACE_TASK_STACK_SIZE ( 350 )
#define netifINTERFACE_TASK_PRIORITY ( configMAX_PRIORITIES - 1 )
#define netifGUARD_BLOCK_TIME ( 250 )
/* The time to block waiting for input. */
#define emacBLOCK_TIME_WAITING_FOR_INPUT ( ( portTickType ) 100 )
#define FAKE_PING_REPLY 0
#if !CONFIG_WLAN
/* Define those to better describe your network interface. */
#define IFNAME0 's'
#define IFNAME1 't'
static struct netif *s_pxNetIf = NULL;
xSemaphoreHandle s_xSemaphore = NULL;
/* Ethernet Rx & Tx DMA Descriptors */
extern ETH_DMADESCTypeDef DMARxDscrTab[ETH_RXBUFNB], DMATxDscrTab[ETH_TXBUFNB];
/* Ethernet Receive buffers */
extern uint8_t Rx_Buff[ETH_RXBUFNB][ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE];
/* Ethernet Transmit buffers */
extern uint8_t Tx_Buff[ETH_TXBUFNB][ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE];
/* Global pointers to track current transmit and receive descriptors */
extern ETH_DMADESCTypeDef *DMATxDescToSet;
extern ETH_DMADESCTypeDef *DMARxDescToGet;
/* Global pointer for last received frame infos */
extern ETH_DMA_Rx_Frame_infos *DMA_RX_FRAME_infos;
static void ethernetif_input( void * pvParameters );
#endif
static void arp_timer(void *arg);
/**
* In this function, the hardware should be initialized.
* Called from ethernetif_init().
*
* @param netif the already initialized lwip network interface structure
* for this ethernetif
*/
static void low_level_init(struct netif *netif)
{
/* set netif MAC hardware address length */
netif->hwaddr_len = ETHARP_HWADDR_LEN;
#if !CONFIG_WLAN
/* set netif MAC hardware address */
netif->hwaddr[0] = MAC_ADDR0;
netif->hwaddr[1] = MAC_ADDR1;
netif->hwaddr[2] = MAC_ADDR2;
netif->hwaddr[3] = MAC_ADDR3;
netif->hwaddr[4] = MAC_ADDR4;
netif->hwaddr[5] = MAC_ADDR5;
#endif
/* set netif maximum transfer unit */
netif->mtu = netifMTU;
/* Accept broadcast address and ARP traffic */
netif->flags = NETIF_FLAG_BROADCAST | NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP;
#if !CONFIG_WLAN
s_pxNetIf =netif;
/* create binary semaphore used for informing ethernetif of frame reception */
if (s_xSemaphore == NULL)
{
s_xSemaphore= xSemaphoreCreateCounting(20,0);
}
/* initialize MAC address in ethernet MAC */
ETH_MACAddressConfig(ETH_MAC_Address0, netif->hwaddr);
/* Initialize Tx Descriptors list: Chain Mode */
ETH_DMATxDescChainInit(DMATxDscrTab, &Tx_Buff[0][0], ETH_TXBUFNB);
/* Initialize Rx Descriptors list: Chain Mode */
ETH_DMARxDescChainInit(DMARxDscrTab, &Rx_Buff[0][0], ETH_RXBUFNB);
/* Enable Ethernet Rx interrrupt */
{
uint32_t i;
for(i=0; i<ETH_RXBUFNB; i++)
{
ETH_DMARxDescReceiveITConfig(&DMARxDscrTab[i], ENABLE);
}
}
#ifdef CHECKSUM_BY_HARDWARE
/* Enable the checksum insertion for the Tx frames */
{
uint32_t i;
for(i=0; i<ETH_TXBUFNB; i++)
{
ETH_DMATxDescChecksumInsertionConfig(&DMATxDscrTab[i], ETH_DMATxDesc_ChecksumTCPUDPICMPFull);
}
}
#endif
/* create the task that handles the ETH_MAC */
xTaskCreate(ethernetif_input, (signed char*) "Eth_if", netifINTERFACE_TASK_STACK_SIZE, NULL,
netifINTERFACE_TASK_PRIORITY,NULL);
/* Enable MAC and DMA transmission and reception */
ETH_Start();
#else //#if !CONFIG_WLAN
/* WLAN interface is initialized later */
#endif
}
#if FAKE_PING_REPLY
void fake_arp_reply(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p)
{
struct pbuf *q, *tq, *tp;
int q_len, p_len;
struct eth_hdr *p_eth, *q_eth;
struct etharp_hdr *p_arp, *q_arp;
struct eth_addr fake_src_mac = {0xb0, 0x48, 0x7a, 0xfe, 0xea, 0xe0};
// Allocate buffer to store received packet
q = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_RAW, p->tot_len, PBUF_POOL);
if (p == NULL) {
printf("\n\rCannot allocate pbuf to receive packet");
return;
}
for (tq = q, tp = p, q_len = tq->len; tp != NULL ; tp = tp->next)
{
p_len = tp->len;
while(p_len)
{
if(q_len > p_len) {
memcpy((char*)tq->payload + (tq->len - q_len), (char*)tp->payload + (tp->len - p_len), p_len);
q_len -= p_len;
p_len = 0;
}else{
memcpy((char*)tq->payload + (tq->len - q_len), (char*)tp->payload + (tp->len - p_len), q_len);
p_len -= q_len;
tq = tq->next;
q_len = tq->len;
}
}
}
p_eth = (struct eth_hdr *)p->payload;
q_eth = (struct eth_hdr *)q->payload;
p_arp = (struct etharp_hdr *)((char*)(p->payload) + sizeof(struct eth_hdr));
q_arp = (struct etharp_hdr *)((char*)(q->payload) + sizeof(struct eth_hdr));
q_eth->dest = p_eth->src;
q_eth->src = fake_src_mac;
q_arp->opcode = htons(ARP_REPLY);
q_arp->shwaddr = fake_src_mac;
q_arp->sipaddr = p_arp->dipaddr;
q_arp->dhwaddr = p_eth->src;
q_arp->dipaddr = p_arp->sipaddr;
if(0){
int i;
char *buf = q->payload;
printf("\n\r");
for(i=0;i<q->tot_len;i++)
printf("0x%02x, ", buf[i]);
printf("\n\r");
}
if (ERR_OK != netif->input(q, netif)){
printf("\n\rfake_arp_reply input error");
pbuf_free(q);
}else
printf("\n\rfake arp reply \n\r");
}
void fake_echo_reply(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p)
{
struct pbuf *q, *tq, *tp;
int q_len, p_len;
struct eth_hdr *p_eth, *q_eth;
struct ip_hdr *p_ip, *q_ip;
struct icmp_echo_hdr *p_echo, *q_echo;
// Allocate buffer to store received packet
q = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_RAW, p->tot_len, PBUF_POOL);
if (p == NULL) {
printf("\n\rCannot allocate pbuf to receive packet");
return;
}
for (tq = q, tp = p, q_len = tq->len; tp != NULL ; tp = tp->next)
{
p_len = tp->len;
while(p_len)
{
if(q_len > p_len) {
memcpy((char*)tq->payload + (tq->len - q_len), (char*)tp->payload + (tp->len - p_len), p_len);
q_len -= p_len;
p_len = 0;
}else{
memcpy((char*)tq->payload + (tq->len - q_len), (char*)tp->payload + (tp->len - p_len), q_len);
p_len -= q_len;
tq = tq->next;
q_len = tq->len;
}
}
}
p_eth = (struct eth_hdr *)p->payload;
q_eth = (struct eth_hdr *)q->payload;
p_ip = (struct ip_hdr *)((char*)(p->payload) + sizeof(struct eth_hdr));
q_ip = (struct ip_hdr *)((char*)(q->payload) + sizeof(struct eth_hdr));
p_echo = (struct icmp_echo_hdr *)((char*)(p->payload) + sizeof(struct eth_hdr) + sizeof(struct ip_hdr));
q_echo = (struct icmp_echo_hdr *)((char*)(q->payload) + sizeof(struct eth_hdr) + sizeof(struct ip_hdr));
q_eth->dest = p_eth->src;
q_eth->src = p_eth->dest;
q_ip->src.addr = p_ip->dest.addr;
q_ip->dest.addr = p_ip->src.addr;
q_ip->_chksum = 0;
q_ip->_chksum = inet_chksum(q_ip, sizeof(struct ip_hdr));
q_echo->type = ICMP_ER;
q_echo->code = 0;
q_echo->chksum = 0;
q_echo->chksum = inet_chksum(q_echo, q->tot_len - sizeof(struct eth_hdr) - sizeof(struct ip_hdr));
if(0){
int i;
char *buf = q->payload;
printf("\n\r");
for(i=0;i<q->tot_len;i++)
printf("0x%02x, ", buf[i]);
printf("\n\r");
}
if (ERR_OK != netif->input(q, netif)){
printf("\n\rfake_echo_reply input error");
pbuf_free(q);
}else
printf("\n\rfake echo reply \n\r");
}
#endif // #if FAKE_PING_REPLY
/**
* This function should do the actual transmission of the packet. The packet is
* contained in the pbuf that is passed to the function. This pbuf
* might be chained.
*
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure for this ethernetif
* @param p the MAC packet to send (e.g. IP packet including MAC addresses and type)
* @return ERR_OK if the packet could be sent
* an err_t value if the packet couldn't be sent
*
* @note Returning ERR_MEM here if a DMA queue of your MAC is full can lead to
* strange results. You might consider waiting for space in the DMA queue
* to become availale since the stack doesn't retry to send a packet
* dropped because of memory failure (except for the TCP timers).
*/
static err_t low_level_output(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p)
{
#if !CONFIG_WLAN
static xSemaphoreHandle xTxSemaphore = NULL;
struct pbuf *q;
uint32_t l = 0;
u8 *buffer ;
if (xTxSemaphore == NULL)
{
vSemaphoreCreateBinary (xTxSemaphore);
}
if (xSemaphoreTake(xTxSemaphore, netifGUARD_BLOCK_TIME))
{
buffer = (u8 *)(DMATxDescToSet->Buffer1Addr);
for(q = p; q != NULL; q = q->next)
{
memcpy((u8_t*)&buffer[l], q->payload, q->len);
l = l + q->len;
}
ETH_Prepare_Transmit_Descriptors(l);
xSemaphoreGive(xTxSemaphore);
}
#else
/* Refer to eCos lwip eth_drv_send() */
struct eth_drv_sg sg_list[MAX_ETH_DRV_SG];
int sg_len = 0;
struct pbuf *q;
if(!rltk_wlan_running(netif_get_idx(netif)))
return ERR_IF;
for (q = p; q != NULL && sg_len < MAX_ETH_DRV_SG; q = q->next) {
sg_list[sg_len].buf = (unsigned int) q->payload;
sg_list[sg_len++].len = q->len;
}
#if FAKE_PING_REPLY
{
char *header = p->payload;
if(header[12] == 0x08 && header[13] == 0x06)
{ // arp packet
if(header[21] == 0x01)
{ // arp request packet
printf("\n\rfake_ping: arp request packet.");
if(0)
{
int i;
printf("\n\r");
for (q = p; q != NULL; q = q->next)
{
char *buf = q->payload;
for(i=0;i<q->len;i++)
printf("0x%02x, ", buf[i]);
}
printf("\n\r");
}
fake_arp_reply(netif, p);
return ERR_OK;
}
}else if(header[12] == 0x08 && header[13] == 0x00)
{ // ip packet
if(header[15] == 0x00 && header[23] == 0x01)
{ // icmp packet
printf("\n\rfake_ping: icmp packet.");
if(0){
int i;
printf("\n\r");
for (q = p; q != NULL; q = q->next)
{
char *buf = q->payload;
for(i=0;i<q->len;i++)
printf("0x%02x, ", buf[i]);
}
printf("\n\r");
}
fake_echo_reply(netif, p);
return ERR_OK;
}
}
}
#endif // #if FAKE_PING_REPLY
if (sg_len)
rltk_wlan_send(netif_get_idx(netif), sg_list, sg_len, p->tot_len);
#endif // #if !CONFIG_WLAN
return ERR_OK;
}
#if !CONFIG_WLAN
/**
* Should allocate a pbuf and transfer the bytes of the incoming
* packet from the interface into the pbuf.
*
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure for this ethernetif
* @return a pbuf filled with the received packet (including MAC header)
* NULL on memory error
*/
static struct pbuf * low_level_input(struct netif *netif)
{
struct pbuf *p, *q;
u16_t len;
uint32_t l=0,i =0;
FrameTypeDef frame;
u8 *buffer;
__IO ETH_DMADESCTypeDef *DMARxNextDesc;
p = NULL;
/* Get received frame */
frame = ETH_Get_Received_Frame_interrupt();
/* check that frame has no error */
if ((frame.descriptor->Status & ETH_DMARxDesc_ES) == (uint32_t)RESET)
{
/* Obtain the size of the packet and put it into the "len" variable. */
len = frame.length;
buffer = (u8 *)frame.buffer;
/* We allocate a pbuf chain of pbufs from the pool. */
p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_RAW, len, PBUF_POOL);
/* Copy received frame from ethernet driver buffer to stack buffer */
if (p != NULL)
{
for (q = p; q != NULL; q = q->next)
{
memcpy((u8_t*)q->payload, (u8_t*)&buffer[l], q->len);
l = l + q->len;
}
}
}
/* Release descriptors to DMA */
/* Check if received frame with multiple DMA buffer segments */
if (DMA_RX_FRAME_infos->Seg_Count > 1)
{
DMARxNextDesc = DMA_RX_FRAME_infos->FS_Rx_Desc;
}
else
{
DMARxNextDesc = frame.descriptor;
}
/* Set Own bit in Rx descriptors: gives the buffers back to DMA */
for (i=0; i<DMA_RX_FRAME_infos->Seg_Count; i++)
{
DMARxNextDesc->Status = ETH_DMARxDesc_OWN;
DMARxNextDesc = (ETH_DMADESCTypeDef *)(DMARxNextDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr);
}
/* Clear Segment_Count */
DMA_RX_FRAME_infos->Seg_Count =0;
/* When Rx Buffer unavailable flag is set: clear it and resume reception */
if ((ETH->DMASR & ETH_DMASR_RBUS) != (u32)RESET)
{
/* Clear RBUS ETHERNET DMA flag */
ETH->DMASR = ETH_DMASR_RBUS;
/* Resume DMA reception */
ETH->DMARPDR = 0;
}
return p;
}
/**
* This function is the ethernetif_input task, it is processed when a packet
* is ready to be read from the interface. It uses the function low_level_input()
* that should handle the actual reception of bytes from the network
* interface. Then the type of the received packet is determined and
* the appropriate input function is called.
*
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure for this ethernetif
*/
void ethernetif_input( void * pvParameters )
{
struct pbuf *p;
for( ;; )
{
if (xSemaphoreTake( s_xSemaphore, emacBLOCK_TIME_WAITING_FOR_INPUT)==pdTRUE)
{
p = low_level_input( s_pxNetIf );
if (ERR_OK != s_pxNetIf->input( p, s_pxNetIf))
{
pbuf_free(p);
p=NULL;
}
}
}
}
#endif
/* Refer to eCos eth_drv_recv to do similarly in ethernetif_input */
void ethernetif_recv(struct netif *netif, int total_len)
{
#if CONFIG_WLAN
struct eth_drv_sg sg_list[MAX_ETH_DRV_SG];
struct pbuf *p, *q;
int sg_len = 0;
if(!rltk_wlan_running(netif_get_idx(netif)))
return;
if ((total_len > MAX_ETH_MSG) || (total_len < 0))
total_len = MAX_ETH_MSG;
// Allocate buffer to store received packet
p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_RAW, total_len, PBUF_POOL);
if (p == NULL) {
printf("\n\rCannot allocate pbuf to receive packet");
return;
}
// Create scatter list
for (q = p; q != NULL && sg_len < MAX_ETH_DRV_SG; q = q->next) {
sg_list[sg_len].buf = (unsigned int) q->payload;
sg_list[sg_len++].len = q->len;
}
// Copy received packet to scatter list from wrapper rx skb
//printf("\n\rwlan:%c: Recv sg_len: %d, tot_len:%d", netif->name[1],sg_len, total_len);
rltk_wlan_recv(netif_get_idx(netif), sg_list, sg_len);
// Pass received packet to the interface
if (ERR_OK != netif->input(p, netif))
pbuf_free(p);
#endif
}
/**
* Should be called at the beginning of the program to set up the
* network interface. It calls the function low_level_init() to do the
* actual setup of the hardware.
*
* This function should be passed as a parameter to netif_add().
*
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure for this ethernetif
* @return ERR_OK if the loopif is initialized
* ERR_MEM if private data couldn't be allocated
* any other err_t on error
*/
err_t ethernetif_init(struct netif *netif)
{
LWIP_ASSERT("netif != NULL", (netif != NULL));
#if !CONFIG_WLAN
/* ethernet */
netif->name[0] = IFNAME0;
netif->name[1] = IFNAME1;
#else
/* wlan interface*/
#if LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME
/* Initialize interface hostname */
if(netif->name[1] == '0')
netif->hostname = "lwip0";
else if(netif->name[1] == '1')
netif->hostname = "lwip1";
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME */
#endif // WLAN
netif->output = etharp_output;
netif->linkoutput = low_level_output;
/* initialize the hardware */
low_level_init(netif);
etharp_init();
return ERR_OK;
}
static void arp_timer(void *arg)
{
etharp_tmr();
sys_timeout(ARP_TMR_INTERVAL, arp_timer, NULL);
}
/*
* For FreeRTOS tickless
*/
int lwip_tickless_used = 0;
int arp_timeout_exist(void)
{
struct sys_timeouts *timeouts;
struct sys_timeo *t;
timeouts = sys_arch_timeouts();
for(t = timeouts->next; t != NULL;t = t->next)
if(t->h == arp_timer)
return 1;
return 0;
}
//Called by rltk_wlan_PRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING()
void lwip_PRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING(void)
{
if(arp_timeout_exist()) {
tcpip_untimeout(arp_timer, NULL);
}
lwip_tickless_used = 1;
}
//Called in ips_leave() path, support tickless when wifi power wakeup due to ioctl or deinit
void lwip_POST_SLEEP_PROCESSING(void)
{
if(lwip_tickless_used) {
tcpip_timeout(ARP_TMR_INTERVAL, arp_timer, NULL);
}
}

View file

@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
#ifndef __ETHERNETIF_H__
#define __ETHERNETIF_H__
#include "lwip/err.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
void ethernetif_recv(struct netif *netif, int total_len);
err_t ethernetif_init(struct netif *netif);
void lwip_PRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING(void);
void lwip_POST_SLEEP_PROCESSING(void);
#endif

View file

@ -1,446 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
/* lwIP includes. */
#include "lwip/debug.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/sys.h"
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "queue.h"
xTaskHandle xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
struct timeoutlist
{
struct sys_timeouts timeouts;
xTaskHandle pid;
};
/* This is the number of threads that can be started with sys_thread_new() */
#define SYS_THREAD_MAX 6
static struct timeoutlist s_timeoutlist[SYS_THREAD_MAX];
static u16_t s_nextthread = 0;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
// Creates an empty mailbox.
sys_mbox_t sys_mbox_new(int size)
{
xQueueHandle mbox;
( void ) size;
mbox = xQueueCreate( archMESG_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( void * ) );
#if SYS_STATS
++lwip_stats.sys.mbox.used;
if (lwip_stats.sys.mbox.max < lwip_stats.sys.mbox.used) {
lwip_stats.sys.mbox.max = lwip_stats.sys.mbox.used;
}
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
return mbox;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
Deallocates a mailbox. If there are messages still present in the
mailbox when the mailbox is deallocated, it is an indication of a
programming error in lwIP and the developer should be notified.
*/
void sys_mbox_free(sys_mbox_t mbox)
{
if( uxQueueMessagesWaiting( mbox ) )
{
/* Line for breakpoint. Should never break here! */
portNOP();
#if SYS_STATS
lwip_stats.sys.mbox.err++;
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
// TODO notify the user of failure.
}
vQueueDelete( mbox );
#if SYS_STATS
--lwip_stats.sys.mbox.used;
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
// Posts the "msg" to the mailbox.
void sys_mbox_post(sys_mbox_t mbox, void *data)
{
while ( xQueueSendToBack(mbox, &data, portMAX_DELAY ) != pdTRUE ){}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
// Try to post the "msg" to the mailbox.
err_t sys_mbox_trypost(sys_mbox_t mbox, void *msg)
{
err_t result;
if ( xQueueSend( mbox, &msg, 0 ) == pdPASS )
{
result = ERR_OK;
}
else {
// could not post, queue must be full
result = ERR_MEM;
#if SYS_STATS
lwip_stats.sys.mbox.err++;
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
}
return result;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
Blocks the thread until a message arrives in the mailbox, but does
not block the thread longer than "timeout" milliseconds (similar to
the sys_arch_sem_wait() function). The "msg" argument is a result
parameter that is set by the function (i.e., by doing "*msg =
ptr"). The "msg" parameter maybe NULL to indicate that the message
should be dropped.
The return values are the same as for the sys_arch_sem_wait() function:
Number of milliseconds spent waiting or SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT if there was a
timeout.
Note that a function with a similar name, sys_mbox_fetch(), is
implemented by lwIP.
*/
u32_t sys_arch_mbox_fetch(sys_mbox_t mbox, void **msg, u32_t timeout)
{
void *dummyptr;
portTickType StartTime, EndTime, Elapsed;
StartTime = xTaskGetTickCount();
if ( msg == NULL )
{
msg = &dummyptr;
}
if ( timeout != 0 )
{
if ( pdTRUE == xQueueReceive( mbox, &(*msg), timeout / portTICK_RATE_MS ) )
{
EndTime = xTaskGetTickCount();
Elapsed = (EndTime - StartTime) * portTICK_RATE_MS;
return ( Elapsed );
}
else // timed out blocking for message
{
*msg = NULL;
return SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT;
}
}
else // block forever for a message.
{
while( pdTRUE != xQueueReceive( mbox, &(*msg), portMAX_DELAY ) ){} // time is arbitrary
EndTime = xTaskGetTickCount();
Elapsed = (EndTime - StartTime) * portTICK_RATE_MS;
return ( Elapsed ); // return time blocked TODO test
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
Similar to sys_arch_mbox_fetch, but if message is not ready immediately, we'll
return with SYS_MBOX_EMPTY. On success, 0 is returned.
*/
u32_t sys_arch_mbox_tryfetch(sys_mbox_t mbox, void **msg)
{
void *dummyptr;
if ( msg == NULL )
{
msg = &dummyptr;
}
if ( pdTRUE == xQueueReceive( mbox, &(*msg), 0 ) )
{
return ERR_OK;
}
else
{
return SYS_MBOX_EMPTY;
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
// Creates and returns a new semaphore. The "count" argument specifies
// the initial state of the semaphore.
sys_sem_t sys_sem_new(u8_t count)
{
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
if( xSemaphore == NULL )
{
#if SYS_STATS
++lwip_stats.sys.sem.err;
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
return SYS_SEM_NULL; // TODO need assert
}
if(count == 0) // Means it can't be taken
{
xSemaphoreTake(xSemaphore,1);
}
#if SYS_STATS
++lwip_stats.sys.sem.used;
if (lwip_stats.sys.sem.max < lwip_stats.sys.sem.used) {
lwip_stats.sys.sem.max = lwip_stats.sys.sem.used;
}
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
return xSemaphore;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
Blocks the thread while waiting for the semaphore to be
signaled. If the "timeout" argument is non-zero, the thread should
only be blocked for the specified time (measured in
milliseconds).
If the timeout argument is non-zero, the return value is the number of
milliseconds spent waiting for the semaphore to be signaled. If the
semaphore wasn't signaled within the specified time, the return value is
SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT. If the thread didn't have to wait for the semaphore
(i.e., it was already signaled), the function may return zero.
Notice that lwIP implements a function with a similar name,
sys_sem_wait(), that uses the sys_arch_sem_wait() function.
*/
u32_t sys_arch_sem_wait(sys_sem_t sem, u32_t timeout)
{
portTickType StartTime, EndTime, Elapsed;
StartTime = xTaskGetTickCount();
if( timeout != 0)
{
if( xSemaphoreTake( sem, timeout / portTICK_RATE_MS ) == pdTRUE )
{
EndTime = xTaskGetTickCount();
Elapsed = (EndTime - StartTime) * portTICK_RATE_MS;
return (Elapsed); // return time blocked TODO test
}
else
{
return SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT;
}
}
else // must block without a timeout
{
while( xSemaphoreTake( sem, portMAX_DELAY ) != pdTRUE ){}
EndTime = xTaskGetTickCount();
Elapsed = (EndTime - StartTime) * portTICK_RATE_MS;
return ( Elapsed ); // return time blocked
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
// Signals a semaphore
void sys_sem_signal(sys_sem_t sem)
{
xSemaphoreGive( sem );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
// Deallocates a semaphore
void sys_sem_free(sys_sem_t sem)
{
#if SYS_STATS
--lwip_stats.sys.sem.used;
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
vQueueDelete( sem );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
// Initialize sys arch
void sys_init(void)
{
int i;
// Initialize the the per-thread sys_timeouts structures
// make sure there are no valid pids in the list
for(i = 0; i < SYS_THREAD_MAX; i++)
{
s_timeoutlist[i].pid = 0;
s_timeoutlist[i].timeouts.next = NULL;
}
// keep track of how many threads have been created
s_nextthread = 0;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
Returns a pointer to the per-thread sys_timeouts structure. In lwIP,
each thread has a list of timeouts which is represented as a linked
list of sys_timeout structures. The sys_timeouts structure holds a
pointer to a linked list of timeouts. This function is called by
the lwIP timeout scheduler and must not return a NULL value.
In a single threaded sys_arch implementation, this function will
simply return a pointer to a global sys_timeouts variable stored in
the sys_arch module.
*/
struct sys_timeouts *sys_arch_timeouts(void)
{
int i;
xTaskHandle pid;
struct timeoutlist *tl;
pid = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
for(i = 0; i < s_nextthread; i++)
{
tl = &(s_timeoutlist[i]);
if(tl->pid == pid)
{
return &(tl->timeouts);
}
}
// Error
return NULL;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
// TODO
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
Starts a new thread with priority "prio" that will begin its execution in the
function "thread()". The "arg" argument will be passed as an argument to the
thread() function. The id of the new thread is returned. Both the id and
the priority are system dependent.
*/
sys_thread_t sys_thread_new(char *name, void (* thread)(void *arg), void *arg, int stacksize, int prio)
{
xTaskHandle CreatedTask;
int result;
if ( s_nextthread < SYS_THREAD_MAX )
{
vPortEnterCritical();
result = xTaskCreate( thread, ( char const * ) name, stacksize, arg, prio, &CreatedTask );
// For each task created, store the task handle (pid) in the timers array.
// This scheme doesn't allow for threads to be deleted
s_timeoutlist[s_nextthread++].pid = CreatedTask;
vPortExitCritical();
if(result == pdPASS)
{
return CreatedTask;
}
else
{
return NULL;
}
}
else
{
return NULL;
}
}
/*
This optional function does a "fast" critical region protection and returns
the previous protection level. This function is only called during very short
critical regions. An embedded system which supports ISR-based drivers might
want to implement this function by disabling interrupts. Task-based systems
might want to implement this by using a mutex or disabling tasking. This
function should support recursive calls from the same task or interrupt. In
other words, sys_arch_protect() could be called while already protected. In
that case the return value indicates that it is already protected.
sys_arch_protect() is only required if your port is supporting an operating
system.
*/
sys_prot_t sys_arch_protect(void)
{
vPortEnterCritical();
return 1;
}
/*
This optional function does a "fast" set of critical region protection to the
value specified by pval. See the documentation for sys_arch_protect() for
more information. This function is only required if your port is supporting
an operating system.
*/
void sys_arch_unprotect(sys_prot_t pval)
{
( void ) pval;
vPortExitCritical();
}
/*
* Prints an assertion messages and aborts execution.
*/
void sys_assert( const char *msg )
{
( void ) msg;
/*FSL:only needed for debugging
printf(msg);
printf("\n\r");
*/
vPortEnterCritical( );
for(;;)
;
}

View file

@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __SYS_RTXC_H__
#define __SYS_RTXC_H__
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "queue.h"
#include "semphr.h"
#define SYS_MBOX_NULL (xQueueHandle)0
#define SYS_SEM_NULL (xSemaphoreHandle)0
#define SYS_DEFAULT_THREAD_STACK_DEPTH configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
typedef xSemaphoreHandle sys_sem_t;
typedef xQueueHandle sys_mbox_t;
typedef xTaskHandle sys_thread_t;
typedef struct _sys_arch_state_t
{
// Task creation data.
char cTaskName[configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN];
unsigned short nStackDepth;
unsigned short nTaskCount;
} sys_arch_state_t;
//extern sys_arch_state_t s_sys_arch_state;
//void sys_set_default_state();
//void sys_set_state(signed char *pTaskName, unsigned short nStackSize);
/* Message queue constants. */
#define archMESG_QUEUE_LENGTH ( 6 )
#endif /* __SYS_RTXC_H__ */

View file

@ -1,304 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Ethernet Interface for standalone applications (without RTOS) - works only for
* ethernet polling mode (polling for ethernet frame reception)
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include "netif/etharp.h"
#include "ethernetif.h"
#include "stm32f2x7_eth.h"
#include "main.h"
#include <string.h>
/* Network interface name */
#define IFNAME0 's'
#define IFNAME1 't'
/* Ethernet Rx & Tx DMA Descriptors */
extern ETH_DMADESCTypeDef DMARxDscrTab[ETH_RXBUFNB], DMATxDscrTab[ETH_TXBUFNB];
/* Ethernet Driver Receive buffers */
extern uint8_t Rx_Buff[ETH_RXBUFNB][ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE];
/* Ethernet Driver Transmit buffers */
extern uint8_t Tx_Buff[ETH_TXBUFNB][ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE];
/* Global pointers to track current transmit and receive descriptors */
extern ETH_DMADESCTypeDef *DMATxDescToSet;
extern ETH_DMADESCTypeDef *DMARxDescToGet;
/* Global pointer for last received frame infos */
extern ETH_DMA_Rx_Frame_infos *DMA_RX_FRAME_infos;
/**
* In this function, the hardware should be initialized.
* Called from ethernetif_init().
*
* @param netif the already initialized lwip network interface structure
* for this ethernetif
*/
static void low_level_init(struct netif *netif)
{
#ifdef CHECKSUM_BY_HARDWARE
int i;
#endif
/* set MAC hardware address length */
netif->hwaddr_len = ETHARP_HWADDR_LEN;
/* set MAC hardware address */
netif->hwaddr[0] = MAC_ADDR0;
netif->hwaddr[1] = MAC_ADDR1;
netif->hwaddr[2] = MAC_ADDR2;
netif->hwaddr[3] = MAC_ADDR3;
netif->hwaddr[4] = MAC_ADDR4;
netif->hwaddr[5] = MAC_ADDR5;
/* initialize MAC address in ethernet MAC */
ETH_MACAddressConfig(ETH_MAC_Address0, netif->hwaddr);
/* maximum transfer unit */
netif->mtu = 1500;
/* device capabilities */
/* don't set NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP if this device is not an ethernet one */
netif->flags = NETIF_FLAG_BROADCAST | NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP | NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP;
/* Initialize Tx Descriptors list: Chain Mode */
ETH_DMATxDescChainInit(DMATxDscrTab, &Tx_Buff[0][0], ETH_TXBUFNB);
/* Initialize Rx Descriptors list: Chain Mode */
ETH_DMARxDescChainInit(DMARxDscrTab, &Rx_Buff[0][0], ETH_RXBUFNB);
#ifdef CHECKSUM_BY_HARDWARE
/* Enable the TCP, UDP and ICMP checksum insertion for the Tx frames */
for(i=0; i<ETH_TXBUFNB; i++)
{
ETH_DMATxDescChecksumInsertionConfig(&DMATxDscrTab[i], ETH_DMATxDesc_ChecksumTCPUDPICMPFull);
}
#endif
/* Note: TCP, UDP, ICMP checksum checking for received frame are enabled in DMA config */
/* Enable MAC and DMA transmission and reception */
ETH_Start();
}
/**
* This function should do the actual transmission of the packet. The packet is
* contained in the pbuf that is passed to the function. This pbuf
* might be chained.
*
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure for this ethernetif
* @param p the MAC packet to send (e.g. IP packet including MAC addresses and type)
* @return ERR_OK if the packet could be sent
* an err_t value if the packet couldn't be sent
*
* @note Returning ERR_MEM here if a DMA queue of your MAC is full can lead to
* strange results. You might consider waiting for space in the DMA queue
* to become availale since the stack doesn't retry to send a packet
* dropped because of memory failure (except for the TCP timers).
*/
static err_t low_level_output(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p)
{
struct pbuf *q;
int framelength = 0;
u8 *buffer = (u8 *)(DMATxDescToSet->Buffer1Addr);
/* copy frame from pbufs to driver buffers */
for(q = p; q != NULL; q = q->next)
{
memcpy((u8_t*)&buffer[framelength], q->payload, q->len);
framelength = framelength + q->len;
}
/* Note: padding and CRC for transmitted frame
are automatically inserted by DMA */
/* Prepare transmit descriptors to give to DMA*/
ETH_Prepare_Transmit_Descriptors(framelength);
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Should allocate a pbuf and transfer the bytes of the incoming
* packet from the interface into the pbuf.
*
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure for this ethernetif
* @return a pbuf filled with the received packet (including MAC header)
* NULL on memory error
*/
static struct pbuf * low_level_input(struct netif *netif)
{
struct pbuf *p, *q;
u16_t len;
int l =0;
FrameTypeDef frame;
u8 *buffer;
uint32_t i=0;
__IO ETH_DMADESCTypeDef *DMARxNextDesc;
p = NULL;
/* get received frame */
frame = ETH_Get_Received_Frame();
/* Obtain the size of the packet and put it into the "len" variable. */
len = frame.length;
buffer = (u8 *)frame.buffer;
/* We allocate a pbuf chain of pbufs from the Lwip buffer pool */
p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_RAW, len, PBUF_POOL);
/* copy received frame to pbuf chain */
if (p != NULL)
{
for (q = p; q != NULL; q = q->next)
{
memcpy((u8_t*)q->payload, (u8_t*)&buffer[l], q->len);
l = l + q->len;
}
}
/* Release descriptors to DMA */
/* Check if frame with multiple DMA buffer segments */
if (DMA_RX_FRAME_infos->Seg_Count > 1)
{
DMARxNextDesc = DMA_RX_FRAME_infos->FS_Rx_Desc;
}
else
{
DMARxNextDesc = frame.descriptor;
}
/* Set Own bit in Rx descriptors: gives the buffers back to DMA */
for (i=0; i<DMA_RX_FRAME_infos->Seg_Count; i++)
{
DMARxNextDesc->Status = ETH_DMARxDesc_OWN;
DMARxNextDesc = (ETH_DMADESCTypeDef *)(DMARxNextDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr);
}
/* Clear Segment_Count */
DMA_RX_FRAME_infos->Seg_Count =0;
/* When Rx Buffer unavailable flag is set: clear it and resume reception */
if ((ETH->DMASR & ETH_DMASR_RBUS) != (u32)RESET)
{
/* Clear RBUS ETHERNET DMA flag */
ETH->DMASR = ETH_DMASR_RBUS;
/* Resume DMA reception */
ETH->DMARPDR = 0;
}
return p;
}
/**
* This function should be called when a packet is ready to be read
* from the interface. It uses the function low_level_input() that
* should handle the actual reception of bytes from the network
* interface. Then the type of the received packet is determined and
* the appropriate input function is called.
*
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure for this ethernetif
*/
err_t ethernetif_input(struct netif *netif)
{
err_t err;
struct pbuf *p;
/* move received packet into a new pbuf */
p = low_level_input(netif);
/* no packet could be read, silently ignore this */
if (p == NULL) return ERR_MEM;
/* entry point to the LwIP stack */
err = netif->input(p, netif);
if (err != ERR_OK)
{
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("ethernetif_input: IP input error\n"));
pbuf_free(p);
p = NULL;
}
return err;
}
/**
* Should be called at the beginning of the program to set up the
* network interface. It calls the function low_level_init() to do the
* actual setup of the hardware.
*
* This function should be passed as a parameter to netif_add().
*
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure for this ethernetif
* @return ERR_OK if the loopif is initialized
* ERR_MEM if private data couldn't be allocated
* any other err_t on error
*/
err_t ethernetif_init(struct netif *netif)
{
LWIP_ASSERT("netif != NULL", (netif != NULL));
#if LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME
/* Initialize interface hostname */
netif->hostname = "lwip";
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME */
netif->name[0] = IFNAME0;
netif->name[1] = IFNAME1;
/* We directly use etharp_output() here to save a function call.
* You can instead declare your own function an call etharp_output()
* from it if you have to do some checks before sending (e.g. if link
* is available...) */
netif->output = etharp_output;
netif->linkoutput = low_level_output;
/* initialize the hardware */
low_level_init(netif);
return ERR_OK;
}

View file

@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
#ifndef __ETHERNETIF_H__
#define __ETHERNETIF_H__
#include "lwip/err.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
err_t ethernetif_init(struct netif *netif);
err_t ethernetif_input(struct netif *netif);
#endif

View file

@ -1,568 +0,0 @@
/*
* @file
* Sequential API External module
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
/* This is the part of the API that is linked with
the application */
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_NETCONN /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/api.h"
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
#include "lwip/memp.h"
#include "lwip/ip.h"
#include "lwip/raw.h"
#include "lwip/udp.h"
#include "lwip/tcp.h"
#include <string.h>
/**
* Create a new netconn (of a specific type) that has a callback function.
* The corresponding pcb is also created.
*
* @param t the type of 'connection' to create (@see enum netconn_type)
* @param proto the IP protocol for RAW IP pcbs
* @param callback a function to call on status changes (RX available, TX'ed)
* @return a newly allocated struct netconn or
* NULL on memory error
*/
struct netconn*
netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(enum netconn_type t, u8_t proto, netconn_callback callback)
{
struct netconn *conn;
struct api_msg msg;
conn = netconn_alloc(t, callback);
if (conn != NULL ) {
msg.function = do_newconn;
msg.msg.msg.n.proto = proto;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
if (conn->err != ERR_OK) {
LWIP_ASSERT("freeing conn without freeing pcb", conn->pcb.tcp == NULL);
LWIP_ASSERT("conn has no op_completed", conn->op_completed != SYS_SEM_NULL);
LWIP_ASSERT("conn has no recvmbox", conn->recvmbox != SYS_MBOX_NULL);
LWIP_ASSERT("conn->acceptmbox shouldn't exist", conn->acceptmbox == SYS_MBOX_NULL);
sys_sem_free(conn->op_completed);
sys_mbox_free(conn->recvmbox);
memp_free(MEMP_NETCONN, conn);
return NULL;
}
}
return conn;
}
/**
* Close a netconn 'connection' and free its resources.
* UDP and RAW connection are completely closed, TCP pcbs might still be in a waitstate
* after this returns.
*
* @param conn the netconn to delete
* @return ERR_OK if the connection was deleted
*/
err_t
netconn_delete(struct netconn *conn)
{
struct api_msg msg;
/* No ASSERT here because possible to get a (conn == NULL) if we got an accept error */
if (conn == NULL) {
return ERR_OK;
}
msg.function = do_delconn;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
tcpip_apimsg(&msg);
conn->pcb.tcp = NULL;
netconn_free(conn);
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Get the local or remote IP address and port of a netconn.
* For RAW netconns, this returns the protocol instead of a port!
*
* @param conn the netconn to query
* @param addr a pointer to which to save the IP address
* @param port a pointer to which to save the port (or protocol for RAW)
* @param local 1 to get the local IP address, 0 to get the remote one
* @return ERR_CONN for invalid connections
* ERR_OK if the information was retrieved
*/
err_t
netconn_getaddr(struct netconn *conn, struct ip_addr *addr, u16_t *port, u8_t local)
{
struct api_msg msg;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_getaddr: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_getaddr: invalid addr", (addr != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_getaddr: invalid port", (port != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
msg.function = do_getaddr;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
msg.msg.msg.ad.ipaddr = addr;
msg.msg.msg.ad.port = port;
msg.msg.msg.ad.local = local;
TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
return conn->err;
}
/**
* Bind a netconn to a specific local IP address and port.
* Binding one netconn twice might not always be checked correctly!
*
* @param conn the netconn to bind
* @param addr the local IP address to bind the netconn to (use IP_ADDR_ANY
* to bind to all addresses)
* @param port the local port to bind the netconn to (not used for RAW)
* @return ERR_OK if bound, any other err_t on failure
*/
err_t
netconn_bind(struct netconn *conn, struct ip_addr *addr, u16_t port)
{
struct api_msg msg;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_bind: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
msg.function = do_bind;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
msg.msg.msg.bc.ipaddr = addr;
msg.msg.msg.bc.port = port;
TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
return conn->err;
}
/**
* Connect a netconn to a specific remote IP address and port.
*
* @param conn the netconn to connect
* @param addr the remote IP address to connect to
* @param port the remote port to connect to (no used for RAW)
* @return ERR_OK if connected, return value of tcp_/udp_/raw_connect otherwise
*/
err_t
netconn_connect(struct netconn *conn, struct ip_addr *addr, u16_t port)
{
struct api_msg msg;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_connect: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
msg.function = do_connect;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
msg.msg.msg.bc.ipaddr = addr;
msg.msg.msg.bc.port = port;
/* This is the only function which need to not block tcpip_thread */
tcpip_apimsg(&msg);
return conn->err;
}
/**
* Disconnect a netconn from its current peer (only valid for UDP netconns).
*
* @param conn the netconn to disconnect
* @return TODO: return value is not set here...
*/
err_t
netconn_disconnect(struct netconn *conn)
{
struct api_msg msg;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_disconnect: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
msg.function = do_disconnect;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
return conn->err;
}
/**
* Set a TCP netconn into listen mode
*
* @param conn the tcp netconn to set to listen mode
* @param backlog the listen backlog, only used if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG==1
* @return ERR_OK if the netconn was set to listen (UDP and RAW netconns
* don't return any error (yet?))
*/
err_t
netconn_listen_with_backlog(struct netconn *conn, u8_t backlog)
{
struct api_msg msg;
/* This does no harm. If TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG is off, backlog is unused. */
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(backlog);
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_listen: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
msg.function = do_listen;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
msg.msg.msg.lb.backlog = backlog;
#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
return conn->err;
}
/**
* Accept a new connection on a TCP listening netconn.
*
* @param conn the TCP listen netconn
* @return the newly accepted netconn or NULL on timeout
*/
struct netconn *
netconn_accept(struct netconn *conn)
{
struct netconn *newconn;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_accept: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return NULL;);
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_accept: invalid acceptmbox", (conn->acceptmbox != SYS_MBOX_NULL), return NULL;);
#if LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO
if (sys_arch_mbox_fetch(conn->acceptmbox, (void *)&newconn, conn->recv_timeout) == SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT) {
newconn = NULL;
} else
#else
sys_arch_mbox_fetch(conn->acceptmbox, (void *)&newconn, 0);
#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO*/
{
/* Register event with callback */
API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVMINUS, 0);
#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
if (newconn != NULL) {
/* Let the stack know that we have accepted the connection. */
struct api_msg msg;
msg.function = do_recv;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
}
#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
}
return newconn;
}
/**
* Receive data (in form of a netbuf containing a packet buffer) from a netconn
*
* @param conn the netconn from which to receive data
* @return a new netbuf containing received data or NULL on memory error or timeout
*/
struct netbuf *
netconn_recv(struct netconn *conn)
{
struct api_msg msg;
struct netbuf *buf = NULL;
struct pbuf *p;
u16_t len;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_recv: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return NULL;);
if (conn->recvmbox == SYS_MBOX_NULL) {
/* @todo: should calling netconn_recv on a TCP listen conn be fatal (ERR_CONN)?? */
/* TCP listen conns don't have a recvmbox! */
conn->err = ERR_CONN;
return NULL;
}
if (ERR_IS_FATAL(conn->err)) {
return NULL;
}
if (conn->type == NETCONN_TCP) {
#if LWIP_TCP
if (conn->state == NETCONN_LISTEN) {
/* @todo: should calling netconn_recv on a TCP listen conn be fatal?? */
conn->err = ERR_CONN;
return NULL;
}
buf = memp_malloc(MEMP_NETBUF);
if (buf == NULL) {
conn->err = ERR_MEM;
return NULL;
}
#if LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO
if (sys_arch_mbox_fetch(conn->recvmbox, (void *)&p, conn->recv_timeout)==SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT) {
memp_free(MEMP_NETBUF, buf);
conn->err = ERR_TIMEOUT;
return NULL;
}
#else
sys_arch_mbox_fetch(conn->recvmbox, (void *)&p, 0);
#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO*/
if (p != NULL) {
len = p->tot_len;
SYS_ARCH_DEC(conn->recv_avail, len);
} else {
len = 0;
}
/* Register event with callback */
API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVMINUS, len);
/* If we are closed, we indicate that we no longer wish to use the socket */
if (p == NULL) {
memp_free(MEMP_NETBUF, buf);
/* Avoid to lose any previous error code */
if (conn->err == ERR_OK) {
conn->err = ERR_CLSD;
}
return NULL;
}
buf->p = p;
buf->ptr = p;
buf->port = 0;
buf->addr = NULL;
/* Let the stack know that we have taken the data. */
msg.function = do_recv;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
if (buf != NULL) {
msg.msg.msg.r.len = buf->p->tot_len;
} else {
msg.msg.msg.r.len = 1;
}
TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
} else {
#if (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW)
#if LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO
if (sys_arch_mbox_fetch(conn->recvmbox, (void *)&buf, conn->recv_timeout)==SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT) {
buf = NULL;
}
#else
sys_arch_mbox_fetch(conn->recvmbox, (void *)&buf, 0);
#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO*/
if (buf!=NULL) {
SYS_ARCH_DEC(conn->recv_avail, buf->p->tot_len);
/* Register event with callback */
API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVMINUS, buf->p->tot_len);
}
#endif /* (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW) */
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(API_LIB_DEBUG, ("netconn_recv: received %p (err %d)\n", (void *)buf, conn->err));
return buf;
}
/**
* Send data (in form of a netbuf) to a specific remote IP address and port.
* Only to be used for UDP and RAW netconns (not TCP).
*
* @param conn the netconn over which to send data
* @param buf a netbuf containing the data to send
* @param addr the remote IP address to which to send the data
* @param port the remote port to which to send the data
* @return ERR_OK if data was sent, any other err_t on error
*/
err_t
netconn_sendto(struct netconn *conn, struct netbuf *buf, struct ip_addr *addr, u16_t port)
{
if (buf != NULL) {
buf->addr = addr;
buf->port = port;
return netconn_send(conn, buf);
}
return ERR_VAL;
}
/**
* Send data over a UDP or RAW netconn (that is already connected).
*
* @param conn the UDP or RAW netconn over which to send data
* @param buf a netbuf containing the data to send
* @return ERR_OK if data was sent, any other err_t on error
*/
err_t
netconn_send(struct netconn *conn, struct netbuf *buf)
{
struct api_msg msg;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_send: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
LWIP_DEBUGF(API_LIB_DEBUG, ("netconn_send: sending %"U16_F" bytes\n", buf->p->tot_len));
msg.function = do_send;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
msg.msg.msg.b = buf;
TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
return conn->err;
}
/**
* Send data over a TCP netconn.
*
* @param conn the TCP netconn over which to send data
* @param dataptr pointer to the application buffer that contains the data to send
* @param size size of the application data to send
* @param apiflags combination of following flags :
* - NETCONN_COPY (0x01) data will be copied into memory belonging to the stack
* - NETCONN_MORE (0x02) for TCP connection, PSH flag will be set on last segment sent
* @return ERR_OK if data was sent, any other err_t on error
*/
err_t
netconn_write(struct netconn *conn, const void *dataptr, size_t size, u8_t apiflags)
{
struct api_msg msg;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_write: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_write: invalid conn->type", (conn->type == NETCONN_TCP), return ERR_VAL;);
msg.function = do_write;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
msg.msg.msg.w.dataptr = dataptr;
msg.msg.msg.w.apiflags = apiflags;
msg.msg.msg.w.len = size;
/* For locking the core: this _can_ be delayed on low memory/low send buffer,
but if it is, this is done inside api_msg.c:do_write(), so we can use the
non-blocking version here. */
TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
return conn->err;
}
/**
* Close a TCP netconn (doesn't delete it).
*
* @param conn the TCP netconn to close
* @return ERR_OK if the netconn was closed, any other err_t on error
*/
err_t
netconn_close(struct netconn *conn)
{
struct api_msg msg;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_close: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
msg.function = do_close;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
tcpip_apimsg(&msg);
return conn->err;
}
#if LWIP_IGMP
/**
* Join multicast groups for UDP netconns.
*
* @param conn the UDP netconn for which to change multicast addresses
* @param multiaddr IP address of the multicast group to join or leave
* @param interface the IP address of the network interface on which to send
* the igmp message
* @param join_or_leave flag whether to send a join- or leave-message
* @return ERR_OK if the action was taken, any err_t on error
*/
err_t
netconn_join_leave_group(struct netconn *conn,
struct ip_addr *multiaddr,
struct ip_addr *interface,
enum netconn_igmp join_or_leave)
{
struct api_msg msg;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_join_leave_group: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
msg.function = do_join_leave_group;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
msg.msg.msg.jl.multiaddr = multiaddr;
msg.msg.msg.jl.interface = interface;
msg.msg.msg.jl.join_or_leave = join_or_leave;
TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
return conn->err;
}
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#if LWIP_DNS
/**
* Execute a DNS query, only one IP address is returned
*
* @param name a string representation of the DNS host name to query
* @param addr a preallocated struct ip_addr where to store the resolved IP address
* @return ERR_OK: resolving succeeded
* ERR_MEM: memory error, try again later
* ERR_ARG: dns client not initialized or invalid hostname
* ERR_VAL: dns server response was invalid
*/
err_t
netconn_gethostbyname(const char *name, struct ip_addr *addr)
{
struct dns_api_msg msg;
err_t err;
sys_sem_t sem;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_gethostbyname: invalid name", (name != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_gethostbyname: invalid addr", (addr != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
sem = sys_sem_new(0);
if (sem == SYS_SEM_NULL) {
return ERR_MEM;
}
msg.name = name;
msg.addr = addr;
msg.err = &err;
msg.sem = sem;
tcpip_callback(do_gethostbyname, &msg);
sys_sem_wait(sem);
sys_sem_free(sem);
return err;
}
#endif /* LWIP_DNS*/
err_t netconn_abort(struct netconn *conn)
{
if (conn->acceptmbox != SYS_MBOX_NULL) {
/* Register event with callback */
API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVPLUS, 0);
sys_mbox_post(conn->acceptmbox, NULL);
}
return ERR_OK;
}
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */

View file

@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
/*
* @file
* Error Management module
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/err.h"
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
static const char *err_strerr[] = {
"Ok.", /* ERR_OK 0 */
"Out of memory error.", /* ERR_MEM -1 */
"Buffer error.", /* ERR_BUF -2 */
"Timeout.", /* ERR_TIMEOUT -3 */
"Routing problem.", /* ERR_RTE -4 */
"Connection aborted.", /* ERR_ABRT -5 */
"Connection reset.", /* ERR_RST -6 */
"Connection closed.", /* ERR_CLSD -7 */
"Not connected.", /* ERR_CONN -8 */
"Illegal value.", /* ERR_VAL -9 */
"Illegal argument.", /* ERR_ARG -10 */
"Address in use.", /* ERR_USE -11 */
"Low-level netif error.", /* ERR_IF -12 */
"Already connected.", /* ERR_ISCONN -13 */
"Operation in progress." /* ERR_INPROGRESS -14 */
};
/**
* Convert an lwip internal error to a string representation.
*
* @param err an lwip internal err_t
* @return a string representation for err
*/
const char *
lwip_strerr(err_t err)
{
return err_strerr[-err];
}
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */

View file

@ -1,240 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Network buffer management
*
**/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_NETCONN /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/netbuf.h"
#include "lwip/memp.h"
#include <string.h>
/**
* Create (allocate) and initialize a new netbuf.
* The netbuf doesn't yet contain a packet buffer!
*
* @return a pointer to a new netbuf
* NULL on lack of memory
*/
struct
netbuf *netbuf_new(void)
{
struct netbuf *buf;
buf = memp_malloc(MEMP_NETBUF);
if (buf != NULL) {
buf->p = NULL;
buf->ptr = NULL;
buf->addr = NULL;
buf->port = 0;
#if LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO
buf->toaddr = NULL;
buf->toport = 0;
#endif /* LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO */
return buf;
} else {
return NULL;
}
}
/**
* Deallocate a netbuf allocated by netbuf_new().
*
* @param buf pointer to a netbuf allocated by netbuf_new()
*/
void
netbuf_delete(struct netbuf *buf)
{
if (buf != NULL) {
if (buf->p != NULL) {
pbuf_free(buf->p);
buf->p = buf->ptr = NULL;
}
memp_free(MEMP_NETBUF, buf);
}
}
/**
* Allocate memory for a packet buffer for a given netbuf.
*
* @param buf the netbuf for which to allocate a packet buffer
* @param size the size of the packet buffer to allocate
* @return pointer to the allocated memory
* NULL if no memory could be allocated
*/
void *
netbuf_alloc(struct netbuf *buf, u16_t size)
{
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_alloc: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return NULL;);
/* Deallocate any previously allocated memory. */
if (buf->p != NULL) {
pbuf_free(buf->p);
}
buf->p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_TRANSPORT, size, PBUF_RAM);
if (buf->p == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold size",
(buf->p->len >= size));
buf->ptr = buf->p;
return buf->p->payload;
}
/**
* Free the packet buffer included in a netbuf
*
* @param buf pointer to the netbuf which contains the packet buffer to free
*/
void
netbuf_free(struct netbuf *buf)
{
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_free: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return;);
if (buf->p != NULL) {
pbuf_free(buf->p);
}
buf->p = buf->ptr = NULL;
}
/**
* Let a netbuf reference existing (non-volatile) data.
*
* @param buf netbuf which should reference the data
* @param dataptr pointer to the data to reference
* @param size size of the data
* @return ERR_OK if data is referenced
* ERR_MEM if data couldn't be referenced due to lack of memory
*/
err_t
netbuf_ref(struct netbuf *buf, const void *dataptr, u16_t size)
{
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_ref: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
if (buf->p != NULL) {
pbuf_free(buf->p);
}
buf->p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_TRANSPORT, 0, PBUF_REF);
if (buf->p == NULL) {
buf->ptr = NULL;
return ERR_MEM;
}
buf->p->payload = (void*)dataptr;
buf->p->len = buf->p->tot_len = size;
buf->ptr = buf->p;
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Chain one netbuf to another (@see pbuf_chain)
*
* @param head the first netbuf
* @param tail netbuf to chain after head, freed by this function, may not be reference after returning
*/
void
netbuf_chain(struct netbuf *head, struct netbuf *tail)
{
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_ref: invalid head", (head != NULL), return;);
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_chain: invalid tail", (tail != NULL), return;);
pbuf_cat(head->p, tail->p);
head->ptr = head->p;
memp_free(MEMP_NETBUF, tail);
}
/**
* Get the data pointer and length of the data inside a netbuf.
*
* @param buf netbuf to get the data from
* @param dataptr pointer to a void pointer where to store the data pointer
* @param len pointer to an u16_t where the length of the data is stored
* @return ERR_OK if the information was retreived,
* ERR_BUF on error.
*/
err_t
netbuf_data(struct netbuf *buf, void **dataptr, u16_t *len)
{
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_data: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_data: invalid dataptr", (dataptr != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_data: invalid len", (len != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
if (buf->ptr == NULL) {
return ERR_BUF;
}
*dataptr = buf->ptr->payload;
*len = buf->ptr->len;
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Move the current data pointer of a packet buffer contained in a netbuf
* to the next part.
* The packet buffer itself is not modified.
*
* @param buf the netbuf to modify
* @return -1 if there is no next part
* 1 if moved to the next part but now there is no next part
* 0 if moved to the next part and there are still more parts
*/
s8_t
netbuf_next(struct netbuf *buf)
{
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_free: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return -1;);
if (buf->ptr->next == NULL) {
return -1;
}
buf->ptr = buf->ptr->next;
if (buf->ptr->next == NULL) {
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
/**
* Move the current data pointer of a packet buffer contained in a netbuf
* to the beginning of the packet.
* The packet buffer itself is not modified.
*
* @param buf the netbuf to modify
*/
void
netbuf_first(struct netbuf *buf)
{
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_free: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return;);
buf->ptr = buf->p;
}
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */

View file

@ -1,346 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* API functions for name resolving
*
**/
/*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Simon Goldschmidt
*
*/
#include "lwip/netdb.h"
#if LWIP_DNS && LWIP_SOCKET
#include "lwip/err.h"
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/api.h"
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
/** helper struct for gethostbyname_r to access the char* buffer */
struct gethostbyname_r_helper {
struct ip_addr *addrs;
struct ip_addr addr;
char *aliases;
};
/** h_errno is exported in netdb.h for access by applications. */
#if LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_H_ERRNO
int h_errno;
#endif /* LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_H_ERRNO */
/** define "hostent" variables storage: 0 if we use a static (but unprotected)
* set of variables for lwip_gethostbyname, 1 if we use a local storage */
#ifndef LWIP_DNS_API_HOSTENT_STORAGE
#define LWIP_DNS_API_HOSTENT_STORAGE 0
#endif
/** define "hostent" variables storage */
#if LWIP_DNS_API_HOSTENT_STORAGE
#define HOSTENT_STORAGE
#else
#define HOSTENT_STORAGE static
#endif /* LWIP_DNS_API_STATIC_HOSTENT */
/**
* Returns an entry containing addresses of address family AF_INET
* for the host with name name.
* Due to dns_gethostbyname limitations, only one address is returned.
*
* @param name the hostname to resolve
* @return an entry containing addresses of address family AF_INET
* for the host with name name
*/
struct hostent*
lwip_gethostbyname(const char *name)
{
err_t err;
struct ip_addr addr;
/* buffer variables for lwip_gethostbyname() */
HOSTENT_STORAGE struct hostent s_hostent;
HOSTENT_STORAGE char *s_aliases;
HOSTENT_STORAGE struct ip_addr s_hostent_addr;
HOSTENT_STORAGE struct ip_addr *s_phostent_addr;
/* query host IP address */
err = netconn_gethostbyname(name, &addr);
if (err != ERR_OK) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("lwip_gethostbyname(%s) failed, err=%d\n", name, err));
h_errno = HOST_NOT_FOUND;
return NULL;
}
/* fill hostent */
s_hostent_addr = addr;
s_phostent_addr = &s_hostent_addr;
s_hostent.h_name = (char*)name;
s_hostent.h_aliases = &s_aliases;
s_hostent.h_addrtype = AF_INET;
s_hostent.h_length = sizeof(struct ip_addr);
s_hostent.h_addr_list = (char**)&s_phostent_addr;
#if DNS_DEBUG
/* dump hostent */
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_name == %s\n", s_hostent.h_name));
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_aliases == %p\n", s_hostent.h_aliases));
if (s_hostent.h_aliases != NULL) {
u8_t idx;
for ( idx=0; s_hostent.h_aliases[idx]; idx++) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_aliases[%i]-> == %p\n", idx, s_hostent.h_aliases[idx]));
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_aliases[%i]-> == %s\n", idx, s_hostent.h_aliases[idx]));
}
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_addrtype == %d\n", s_hostent.h_addrtype));
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_length == %d\n", s_hostent.h_length));
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_addr_list == %p\n", s_hostent.h_addr_list));
if (s_hostent.h_addr_list != NULL) {
u8_t idx;
for ( idx=0; s_hostent.h_addr_list[idx]; idx++) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_addr_list[%i] == %p\n", idx, s_hostent.h_addr_list[idx]));
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_addr_list[%i]-> == %s\n", idx, ip_ntoa(s_hostent.h_addr_list[idx])));
}
}
#endif /* DNS_DEBUG */
#if LWIP_DNS_API_HOSTENT_STORAGE
/* this function should return the "per-thread" hostent after copy from s_hostent */
return sys_thread_hostent(&s_hostent);
#else
return &s_hostent;
#endif /* LWIP_DNS_API_HOSTENT_STORAGE */
}
/**
* Thread-safe variant of lwip_gethostbyname: instead of using a static
* buffer, this function takes buffer and errno pointers as arguments
* and uses these for the result.
*
* @param name the hostname to resolve
* @param ret pre-allocated struct where to store the result
* @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to store additional data
* @param buflen the size of buf
* @param result pointer to a hostent pointer that is set to ret on success
* and set to zero on error
* @param h_errnop pointer to an int where to store errors (instead of modifying
* the global h_errno)
* @return 0 on success, non-zero on error, additional error information
* is stored in *h_errnop instead of h_errno to be thread-safe
*/
int
lwip_gethostbyname_r(const char *name, struct hostent *ret, char *buf,
size_t buflen, struct hostent **result, int *h_errnop)
{
err_t err;
struct gethostbyname_r_helper *h;
char *hostname;
size_t namelen;
int lh_errno;
if (h_errnop == NULL) {
/* ensure h_errnop is never NULL */
h_errnop = &lh_errno;
}
if (result == NULL) {
/* not all arguments given */
*h_errnop = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
/* first thing to do: set *result to nothing */
*result = NULL;
if ((name == NULL) || (ret == NULL) || (buf == 0)) {
/* not all arguments given */
*h_errnop = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
namelen = strlen(name);
if (buflen < (sizeof(struct gethostbyname_r_helper) + namelen + 1 + (MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1))) {
/* buf can't hold the data needed + a copy of name */
*h_errnop = ERANGE;
return -1;
}
h = (struct gethostbyname_r_helper*)LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(buf);
hostname = ((char*)h) + sizeof(struct gethostbyname_r_helper);
/* query host IP address */
err = netconn_gethostbyname(name, &(h->addr));
if (err != ERR_OK) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("lwip_gethostbyname(%s) failed, err=%d\n", name, err));
*h_errnop = ENSRNOTFOUND;
return -1;
}
/* copy the hostname into buf */
MEMCPY(hostname, name, namelen);
hostname[namelen] = 0;
/* fill hostent */
h->addrs = &(h->addr);
h->aliases = NULL;
ret->h_name = (char*)hostname;
ret->h_aliases = &(h->aliases);
ret->h_addrtype = AF_INET;
ret->h_length = sizeof(struct ip_addr);
ret->h_addr_list = (char**)&(h->addrs);
/* set result != NULL */
*result = ret;
/* return success */
return 0;
}
/**
* Frees one or more addrinfo structures returned by getaddrinfo(), along with
* any additional storage associated with those structures. If the ai_next field
* of the structure is not null, the entire list of structures is freed.
*
* @param ai struct addrinfo to free
*/
void
lwip_freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *ai)
{
struct addrinfo *next;
while (ai != NULL) {
next = ai->ai_next;
mem_free(ai);
ai = next;
}
}
/**
* Translates the name of a service location (for example, a host name) and/or
* a service name and returns a set of socket addresses and associated
* information to be used in creating a socket with which to address the
* specified service.
* Memory for the result is allocated internally and must be freed by calling
* lwip_freeaddrinfo()!
*
* Due to a limitation in dns_gethostbyname, only the first address of a
* host is returned.
* Also, service names are not supported (only port numbers)!
*
* @param nodename descriptive name or address string of the host
* (may be NULL -> local address)
* @param servname port number as string of NULL
* @param hints structure containing input values that set socktype and protocol
* @param res pointer to a pointer where to store the result (set to NULL on failure)
* @return 0 on success, non-zero on failure
*/
int
lwip_getaddrinfo(const char *nodename, const char *servname,
const struct addrinfo *hints, struct addrinfo **res)
{
err_t err;
struct ip_addr addr;
struct addrinfo *ai;
struct sockaddr_in *sa = NULL;
int port_nr = 0;
size_t total_size;
size_t namelen = 0;
if (res == NULL) {
return EAI_FAIL;
}
*res = NULL;
if ((nodename == NULL) && (servname == NULL)) {
return EAI_NONAME;
}
if (servname != NULL) {
/* service name specified: convert to port number
* @todo?: currently, only ASCII integers (port numbers) are supported! */
port_nr = atoi(servname);
if ((port_nr <= 0) || (port_nr > 0xffff)) {
return EAI_SERVICE;
}
}
if (nodename != NULL) {
/* service location specified, try to resolve */
err = netconn_gethostbyname(nodename, &addr);
if (err != ERR_OK) {
return EAI_FAIL;
}
} else {
/* service location specified, use loopback address */
addr.addr = htonl(INADDR_LOOPBACK);
}
total_size = sizeof(struct addrinfo) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
if (nodename != NULL) {
namelen = strlen(nodename);
LWIP_ASSERT("namelen is too long", (namelen + 1) <= (mem_size_t)-1);
total_size += namelen + 1;
}
ai = mem_malloc(total_size);
if (ai == NULL) {
goto memerr;
}
memset(ai, 0, total_size);
sa = (struct sockaddr_in*)((u8_t*)ai + sizeof(struct addrinfo));
/* set up sockaddr */
sa->sin_addr.s_addr = addr.addr;
sa->sin_family = AF_INET;
sa->sin_len = sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
sa->sin_port = htons(port_nr);
/* set up addrinfo */
ai->ai_family = AF_INET;
if (hints != NULL) {
/* copy socktype & protocol from hints if specified */
ai->ai_socktype = hints->ai_socktype;
ai->ai_protocol = hints->ai_protocol;
}
if (nodename != NULL) {
/* copy nodename to canonname if specified */
ai->ai_canonname = ((char*)ai + sizeof(struct addrinfo) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
MEMCPY(ai->ai_canonname, nodename, namelen);
ai->ai_canonname[namelen] = 0;
}
ai->ai_addrlen = sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
ai->ai_addr = (struct sockaddr*)sa;
*res = ai;
return 0;
memerr:
if (ai != NULL) {
mem_free(ai);
}
return EAI_MEMORY;
}
#endif /* LWIP_DNS && LWIP_SOCKET */

View file

@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Network Interface Sequential API module
*
**/
/*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_NETIF_API /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/netifapi.h"
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
/**
* Call netif_add() inside the tcpip_thread context.
*/
void
do_netifapi_netif_add( struct netifapi_msg_msg *msg)
{
if (!netif_add( msg->netif,
msg->msg.add.ipaddr,
msg->msg.add.netmask,
msg->msg.add.gw,
msg->msg.add.state,
msg->msg.add.init,
msg->msg.add.input)) {
msg->err = ERR_IF;
} else {
msg->err = ERR_OK;
}
TCPIP_NETIFAPI_ACK(msg);
}
/**
* Call netif_set_addr() inside the tcpip_thread context.
*/
void
do_netifapi_netif_set_addr( struct netifapi_msg_msg *msg)
{
netif_set_addr( msg->netif,
msg->msg.add.ipaddr,
msg->msg.add.netmask,
msg->msg.add.gw);
msg->err = ERR_OK;
TCPIP_NETIFAPI_ACK(msg);
}
/**
* Call the "errtfunc" (or the "voidfunc" if "errtfunc" is NULL) inside the
* tcpip_thread context.
*/
void
do_netifapi_netif_common( struct netifapi_msg_msg *msg)
{
if (msg->msg.common.errtfunc!=NULL) {
msg->err =
msg->msg.common.errtfunc(msg->netif);
} else {
msg->err = ERR_OK;
msg->msg.common.voidfunc(msg->netif);
}
TCPIP_NETIFAPI_ACK(msg);
}
/**
* Call netif_add() in a thread-safe way by running that function inside the
* tcpip_thread context.
*
* @note for params @see netif_add()
*/
err_t
netifapi_netif_add(struct netif *netif,
struct ip_addr *ipaddr,
struct ip_addr *netmask,
struct ip_addr *gw,
void *state,
err_t (* init)(struct netif *netif),
err_t (* input)(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif))
{
struct netifapi_msg msg;
msg.function = do_netifapi_netif_add;
msg.msg.netif = netif;
msg.msg.msg.add.ipaddr = ipaddr;
msg.msg.msg.add.netmask = netmask;
msg.msg.msg.add.gw = gw;
msg.msg.msg.add.state = state;
msg.msg.msg.add.init = init;
msg.msg.msg.add.input = input;
TCPIP_NETIFAPI(&msg);
return msg.msg.err;
}
/**
* Call netif_set_addr() in a thread-safe way by running that function inside the
* tcpip_thread context.
*
* @note for params @see netif_set_addr()
*/
err_t
netifapi_netif_set_addr(struct netif *netif,
struct ip_addr *ipaddr,
struct ip_addr *netmask,
struct ip_addr *gw)
{
struct netifapi_msg msg;
msg.function = do_netifapi_netif_set_addr;
msg.msg.netif = netif;
msg.msg.msg.add.ipaddr = ipaddr;
msg.msg.msg.add.netmask = netmask;
msg.msg.msg.add.gw = gw;
TCPIP_NETIFAPI(&msg);
return msg.msg.err;
}
/**
* call the "errtfunc" (or the "voidfunc" if "errtfunc" is NULL) in a thread-safe
* way by running that function inside the tcpip_thread context.
*
* @note use only for functions where there is only "netif" parameter.
*/
err_t
netifapi_netif_common( struct netif *netif,
void (* voidfunc)(struct netif *netif),
err_t (* errtfunc)(struct netif *netif) )
{
struct netifapi_msg msg;
msg.function = do_netifapi_netif_common;
msg.msg.netif = netif;
msg.msg.msg.common.voidfunc = voidfunc;
msg.msg.msg.common.errtfunc = errtfunc;
TCPIP_NETIFAPI(&msg);
return msg.msg.err;
}
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_API */

View file

@ -1,596 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Sequential API Main thread module
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if !NO_SYS /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/sys.h"
#include "lwip/memp.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#include "lwip/ip_frag.h"
#include "lwip/tcp.h"
#include "lwip/autoip.h"
#include "lwip/dhcp.h"
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
#include "lwip/dns.h"
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
#include "lwip/init.h"
#include "netif/etharp.h"
#include "netif/ppp_oe.h"
/* global variables */
static void (* tcpip_init_done)(void *arg);
static void *tcpip_init_done_arg;
static sys_mbox_t mbox = SYS_MBOX_NULL;
#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
/** The global semaphore to lock the stack. */
sys_sem_t lock_tcpip_core;
#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
#if LWIP_TCP
/* global variable that shows if the tcp timer is currently scheduled or not */
static int tcpip_tcp_timer_active;
/**
* Timer callback function that calls tcp_tmr() and reschedules itself.
*
* @param arg unused argument
*/
static void
tcpip_tcp_timer(void *arg)
{
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
/* call TCP timer handler */
tcp_tmr();
/* timer still needed? */
if (tcp_active_pcbs || tcp_tw_pcbs) {
/* restart timer */
sys_timeout(TCP_TMR_INTERVAL, tcpip_tcp_timer, NULL);
} else {
/* disable timer */
tcpip_tcp_timer_active = 0;
}
}
#if !NO_SYS
/**
* Called from TCP_REG when registering a new PCB:
* the reason is to have the TCP timer only running when
* there are active (or time-wait) PCBs.
*/
void
tcp_timer_needed(void)
{
/* timer is off but needed again? */
if (!tcpip_tcp_timer_active && (tcp_active_pcbs || tcp_tw_pcbs)) {
/* enable and start timer */
tcpip_tcp_timer_active = 1;
sys_timeout(TCP_TMR_INTERVAL, tcpip_tcp_timer, NULL);
}
}
#endif /* !NO_SYS */
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
#if IP_REASSEMBLY
/**
* Timer callback function that calls ip_reass_tmr() and reschedules itself.
*
* @param arg unused argument
*/
static void
ip_reass_timer(void *arg)
{
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip: ip_reass_tmr()\n"));
ip_reass_tmr();
sys_timeout(IP_TMR_INTERVAL, ip_reass_timer, NULL);
}
#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
#if LWIP_ARP
/**
* Timer callback function that calls etharp_tmr() and reschedules itself.
*
* @param arg unused argument
*/
static void
arp_timer(void *arg)
{
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip: etharp_tmr()\n"));
etharp_tmr();
sys_timeout(ARP_TMR_INTERVAL, arp_timer, NULL);
}
#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
#if LWIP_DHCP
/**
* Timer callback function that calls dhcp_coarse_tmr() and reschedules itself.
*
* @param arg unused argument
*/
static void
dhcp_timer_coarse(void *arg)
{
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip: dhcp_coarse_tmr()\n"));
dhcp_coarse_tmr();
sys_timeout(DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_MSECS, dhcp_timer_coarse, NULL);
}
/**
* Timer callback function that calls dhcp_fine_tmr() and reschedules itself.
*
* @param arg unused argument
*/
static void
dhcp_timer_fine(void *arg)
{
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip: dhcp_fine_tmr()\n"));
dhcp_fine_tmr();
sys_timeout(DHCP_FINE_TIMER_MSECS, dhcp_timer_fine, NULL);
}
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
/**
* Timer callback function that calls autoip_tmr() and reschedules itself.
*
* @param arg unused argument
*/
static void
autoip_timer(void *arg)
{
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip: autoip_tmr()\n"));
autoip_tmr();
sys_timeout(AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL, autoip_timer, NULL);
}
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
#if LWIP_IGMP
/**
* Timer callback function that calls igmp_tmr() and reschedules itself.
*
* @param arg unused argument
*/
static void
igmp_timer(void *arg)
{
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip: igmp_tmr()\n"));
igmp_tmr();
sys_timeout(IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL, igmp_timer, NULL);
}
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#if LWIP_DNS
/**
* Timer callback function that calls dns_tmr() and reschedules itself.
*
* @param arg unused argument
*/
static void
dns_timer(void *arg)
{
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip: dns_tmr()\n"));
dns_tmr();
sys_timeout(DNS_TMR_INTERVAL, dns_timer, NULL);
}
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
/**
* The main lwIP thread. This thread has exclusive access to lwIP core functions
* (unless access to them is not locked). Other threads communicate with this
* thread using message boxes.
*
* It also starts all the timers to make sure they are running in the right
* thread context.
*
* @param arg unused argument
*/
static void
tcpip_thread(void *arg)
{
struct tcpip_msg *msg;
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
#if IP_REASSEMBLY
sys_timeout(IP_TMR_INTERVAL, ip_reass_timer, NULL);
#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
#if LWIP_ARP
sys_timeout(ARP_TMR_INTERVAL, arp_timer, NULL);
#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
#if LWIP_DHCP
sys_timeout(DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_MSECS, dhcp_timer_coarse, NULL);
sys_timeout(DHCP_FINE_TIMER_MSECS, dhcp_timer_fine, NULL);
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
sys_timeout(AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL, autoip_timer, NULL);
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
#if LWIP_IGMP
sys_timeout(IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL, igmp_timer, NULL);
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#if LWIP_DNS
sys_timeout(DNS_TMR_INTERVAL, dns_timer, NULL);
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
if (tcpip_init_done != NULL) {
tcpip_init_done(tcpip_init_done_arg);
}
LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
while (1) { /* MAIN Loop */
sys_mbox_fetch(mbox, (void *)&msg);
switch (msg->type) {
#if LWIP_NETCONN
case TCPIP_MSG_API:
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_thread: API message %p\n", (void *)msg));
msg->msg.apimsg->function(&(msg->msg.apimsg->msg));
break;
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
case TCPIP_MSG_INPKT:
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_thread: PACKET %p\n", (void *)msg));
#if LWIP_ARP
if (msg->msg.inp.netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP) {
ethernet_input(msg->msg.inp.p, msg->msg.inp.netif);
} else
#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
{ ip_input(msg->msg.inp.p, msg->msg.inp.netif);
}
memp_free(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT, msg);
break;
#if LWIP_NETIF_API
case TCPIP_MSG_NETIFAPI:
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_thread: Netif API message %p\n", (void *)msg));
msg->msg.netifapimsg->function(&(msg->msg.netifapimsg->msg));
break;
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_API */
case TCPIP_MSG_CALLBACK:
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_thread: CALLBACK %p\n", (void *)msg));
msg->msg.cb.f(msg->msg.cb.ctx);
memp_free(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API, msg);
break;
case TCPIP_MSG_TIMEOUT:
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_thread: TIMEOUT %p\n", (void *)msg));
sys_timeout(msg->msg.tmo.msecs, msg->msg.tmo.h, msg->msg.tmo.arg);
memp_free(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API, msg);
break;
case TCPIP_MSG_UNTIMEOUT:
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_thread: UNTIMEOUT %p\n", (void *)msg));
sys_untimeout(msg->msg.tmo.h, msg->msg.tmo.arg);
memp_free(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API, msg);
break;
default:
break;
}
}
}
/**
* Pass a received packet to tcpip_thread for input processing
*
* @param p the received packet, p->payload pointing to the Ethernet header or
* to an IP header (if netif doesn't got NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP flag)
* @param inp the network interface on which the packet was received
*/
err_t
tcpip_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
{
struct tcpip_msg *msg;
if (mbox != SYS_MBOX_NULL) {
msg = memp_malloc(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT);
if (msg == NULL) {
return ERR_MEM;
}
msg->type = TCPIP_MSG_INPKT;
msg->msg.inp.p = p;
msg->msg.inp.netif = inp;
if (sys_mbox_trypost(mbox, msg) != ERR_OK) {
memp_free(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT, msg);
return ERR_MEM;
}
return ERR_OK;
}
return ERR_VAL;
}
/**
* Call a specific function in the thread context of
* tcpip_thread for easy access synchronization.
* A function called in that way may access lwIP core code
* without fearing concurrent access.
*
* @param f the function to call
* @param ctx parameter passed to f
* @param block 1 to block until the request is posted, 0 to non-blocking mode
* @return ERR_OK if the function was called, another err_t if not
*/
err_t
tcpip_callback_with_block(void (*f)(void *ctx), void *ctx, u8_t block)
{
struct tcpip_msg *msg;
if (mbox != SYS_MBOX_NULL) {
msg = memp_malloc(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API);
if (msg == NULL) {
return ERR_MEM;
}
msg->type = TCPIP_MSG_CALLBACK;
msg->msg.cb.f = f;
msg->msg.cb.ctx = ctx;
if (block) {
sys_mbox_post(mbox, msg);
} else {
if (sys_mbox_trypost(mbox, msg) != ERR_OK) {
memp_free(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API, msg);
return ERR_MEM;
}
}
return ERR_OK;
}
return ERR_VAL;
}
/**
* call sys_timeout in tcpip_thread
*
* @param msec time in miliseconds for timeout
* @param h function to be called on timeout
* @param arg argument to pass to timeout function h
* @return ERR_MEM on memory error, ERR_OK otherwise
*/
err_t
tcpip_timeout(u32_t msecs, sys_timeout_handler h, void *arg)
{
struct tcpip_msg *msg;
if (mbox != SYS_MBOX_NULL) {
msg = memp_malloc(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API);
if (msg == NULL) {
return ERR_MEM;
}
msg->type = TCPIP_MSG_TIMEOUT;
msg->msg.tmo.msecs = msecs;
msg->msg.tmo.h = h;
msg->msg.tmo.arg = arg;
sys_mbox_post(mbox, msg);
return ERR_OK;
}
return ERR_VAL;
}
/**
* call sys_untimeout in tcpip_thread
*
* @param msec time in miliseconds for timeout
* @param h function to be called on timeout
* @param arg argument to pass to timeout function h
* @return ERR_MEM on memory error, ERR_OK otherwise
*/
err_t
tcpip_untimeout(sys_timeout_handler h, void *arg)
{
struct tcpip_msg *msg;
if (mbox != SYS_MBOX_NULL) {
msg = memp_malloc(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API);
if (msg == NULL) {
return ERR_MEM;
}
msg->type = TCPIP_MSG_UNTIMEOUT;
msg->msg.tmo.h = h;
msg->msg.tmo.arg = arg;
sys_mbox_post(mbox, msg);
return ERR_OK;
}
return ERR_VAL;
}
#if LWIP_NETCONN
/**
* Call the lower part of a netconn_* function
* This function is then running in the thread context
* of tcpip_thread and has exclusive access to lwIP core code.
*
* @param apimsg a struct containing the function to call and its parameters
* @return ERR_OK if the function was called, another err_t if not
*/
err_t
tcpip_apimsg(struct api_msg *apimsg)
{
struct tcpip_msg msg;
if (mbox != SYS_MBOX_NULL) {
msg.type = TCPIP_MSG_API;
msg.msg.apimsg = apimsg;
sys_mbox_post(mbox, &msg);
sys_arch_sem_wait(apimsg->msg.conn->op_completed, 0);
return ERR_OK;
}
return ERR_VAL;
}
#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
/**
* Call the lower part of a netconn_* function
* This function has exclusive access to lwIP core code by locking it
* before the function is called.
*
* @param apimsg a struct containing the function to call and its parameters
* @return ERR_OK (only for compatibility fo tcpip_apimsg())
*/
err_t
tcpip_apimsg_lock(struct api_msg *apimsg)
{
LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
apimsg->function(&(apimsg->msg));
UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
return ERR_OK;
}
#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
#if LWIP_NETIF_API
#if !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
/**
* Much like tcpip_apimsg, but calls the lower part of a netifapi_*
* function.
*
* @param netifapimsg a struct containing the function to call and its parameters
* @return error code given back by the function that was called
*/
err_t
tcpip_netifapi(struct netifapi_msg* netifapimsg)
{
struct tcpip_msg msg;
if (mbox != SYS_MBOX_NULL) {
netifapimsg->msg.sem = sys_sem_new(0);
if (netifapimsg->msg.sem == SYS_SEM_NULL) {
netifapimsg->msg.err = ERR_MEM;
return netifapimsg->msg.err;
}
msg.type = TCPIP_MSG_NETIFAPI;
msg.msg.netifapimsg = netifapimsg;
sys_mbox_post(mbox, &msg);
sys_sem_wait(netifapimsg->msg.sem);
sys_sem_free(netifapimsg->msg.sem);
return netifapimsg->msg.err;
}
return ERR_VAL;
}
#else /* !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
/**
* Call the lower part of a netifapi_* function
* This function has exclusive access to lwIP core code by locking it
* before the function is called.
*
* @param netifapimsg a struct containing the function to call and its parameters
* @return ERR_OK (only for compatibility fo tcpip_netifapi())
*/
err_t
tcpip_netifapi_lock(struct netifapi_msg* netifapimsg)
{
LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
netifapimsg->function(&(netifapimsg->msg));
UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
return netifapimsg->msg.err;
}
#endif /* !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_API */
/**
* Initialize this module:
* - initialize all sub modules
* - start the tcpip_thread
*
* @param initfunc a function to call when tcpip_thread is running and finished initializing
* @param arg argument to pass to initfunc
*/
void
tcpip_init(void (* initfunc)(void *), void *arg)
{
lwip_init();
tcpip_init_done = initfunc;
tcpip_init_done_arg = arg;
mbox = sys_mbox_new(TCPIP_MBOX_SIZE);
#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
lock_tcpip_core = sys_sem_new(1);
#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
sys_thread_new(TCPIP_THREAD_NAME, tcpip_thread, NULL, TCPIP_THREAD_STACKSIZE, TCPIP_THREAD_PRIO);
}
/**
* Simple callback function used with tcpip_callback to free a pbuf
* (pbuf_free has a wrong signature for tcpip_callback)
*
* @param p The pbuf (chain) to be dereferenced.
*/
static void
pbuf_free_int(void *p)
{
struct pbuf *q = p;
pbuf_free(q);
}
/**
* A simple wrapper function that allows you to free a pbuf from interrupt context.
*
* @param p The pbuf (chain) to be dereferenced.
* @return ERR_OK if callback could be enqueued, an err_t if not
*/
err_t
pbuf_free_callback(struct pbuf *p)
{
return tcpip_callback_with_block(pbuf_free_int, p, 0);
}
/**
* A simple wrapper function that allows you to free heap memory from
* interrupt context.
*
* @param m the heap memory to free
* @return ERR_OK if callback could be enqueued, an err_t if not
*/
err_t
mem_free_callback(void *m)
{
return tcpip_callback_with_block(mem_free, m, 0);
}
#endif /* !NO_SYS */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -1,980 +0,0 @@
/*
* @file
* DNS - host name to IP address resolver.
*
*/
/**
* This file implements a DNS host name to IP address resolver.
* Port to lwIP from uIP
* by Jim Pettinato April 2007
* uIP version Copyright (c) 2002-2003, Adam Dunkels.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
* products derived from this software without specific prior
* written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
* OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
* GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
* WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
*
* DNS.C
*
* The lwIP DNS resolver functions are used to lookup a host name and
* map it to a numerical IP address. It maintains a list of resolved
* hostnames that can be queried with the dns_lookup() function.
* New hostnames can be resolved using the dns_query() function.
*
* The lwIP version of the resolver also adds a non-blocking version of
* gethostbyname() that will work with a raw API application. This function
* checks for an IP address string first and converts it if it is valid.
* gethostbyname() then does a dns_lookup() to see if the name is
* already in the table. If so, the IP is returned. If not, a query is
* issued and the function returns with a ERR_INPROGRESS status. The app
* using the dns client must then go into a waiting state.
*
* Once a hostname has been resolved (or found to be non-existent),
* the resolver code calls a specified callback function (which
* must be implemented by the module that uses the resolver).
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* RFC 1035 - Domain names - implementation and specification
* RFC 2181 - Clarifications to the DNS Specification
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @todo: define good default values (rfc compliance) */
/** @todo: improve answer parsing, more checkings... */
/** @todo: check RFC1035 - 7.3. Processing responses */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Includes
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_DNS /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/udp.h"
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include "lwip/dns.h"
#include <string.h>
/** DNS server IP address */
#ifndef DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS
#define DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS inet_addr("208.67.222.222") /* resolver1.opendns.com */
#endif
/** DNS server port address */
#ifndef DNS_SERVER_PORT
#define DNS_SERVER_PORT 53
#endif
/** DNS maximum number of retries when asking for a name, before "timeout". */
#ifndef DNS_MAX_RETRIES
#define DNS_MAX_RETRIES 4
#endif
/** DNS resource record max. TTL (one week as default) */
#ifndef DNS_MAX_TTL
#define DNS_MAX_TTL 604800
#endif
/* DNS protocol flags */
#define DNS_FLAG1_RESPONSE 0x80
#define DNS_FLAG1_OPCODE_STATUS 0x10
#define DNS_FLAG1_OPCODE_INVERSE 0x08
#define DNS_FLAG1_OPCODE_STANDARD 0x00
#define DNS_FLAG1_AUTHORATIVE 0x04
#define DNS_FLAG1_TRUNC 0x02
#define DNS_FLAG1_RD 0x01
#define DNS_FLAG2_RA 0x80
#define DNS_FLAG2_ERR_MASK 0x0f
#define DNS_FLAG2_ERR_NONE 0x00
#define DNS_FLAG2_ERR_NAME 0x03
/* DNS protocol states */
#define DNS_STATE_UNUSED 0
#define DNS_STATE_NEW 1
#define DNS_STATE_ASKING 2
#define DNS_STATE_DONE 3
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
#endif
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
/** DNS message header */
struct dns_hdr {
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t id);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t flags1);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t flags2);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t numquestions);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t numanswers);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t numauthrr);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t numextrarr);
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
PACK_STRUCT_END
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
#endif
#define SIZEOF_DNS_HDR 12
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
#endif
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
/** DNS query message structure */
struct dns_query {
/* DNS query record starts with either a domain name or a pointer
to a name already present somewhere in the packet. */
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t type);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t class);
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
PACK_STRUCT_END
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
#endif
#define SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY 4
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
#endif
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
/** DNS answer message structure */
struct dns_answer {
/* DNS answer record starts with either a domain name or a pointer
to a name already present somewhere in the packet. */
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t type);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t class);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t ttl);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t len);
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
PACK_STRUCT_END
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
#endif
#define SIZEOF_DNS_ANSWER 10
/** DNS table entry */
struct dns_table_entry {
u8_t state;
u8_t numdns;
u8_t tmr;
u8_t retries;
u8_t seqno;
u8_t err;
u32_t ttl;
char name[DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH];
struct ip_addr ipaddr;
/* pointer to callback on DNS query done */
dns_found_callback found;
void *arg;
};
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST
/** struct used for local host-list */
struct local_hostlist_entry {
/** static hostname */
const char *name;
/** static host address in network byteorder */
u32_t addr;
struct local_hostlist_entry *next;
};
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC
/** Local host-list. For hostnames in this list, no
* external name resolution is performed */
static struct local_hostlist_entry *local_hostlist_dynamic;
#else /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
/** Defining this allows the local_hostlist_static to be placed in a different
* linker section (e.g. FLASH) */
#ifndef DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_PRE
#define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_PRE static
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_PRE */
/** Defining this allows the local_hostlist_static to be placed in a different
* linker section (e.g. FLASH) */
#ifndef DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_POST
#define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_POST
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_POST */
DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_PRE struct local_hostlist_entry local_hostlist_static[]
DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_POST = DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT;
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
static void dns_init_local();
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST */
/* forward declarations */
static void dns_recv(void *s, struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *addr, u16_t port);
static void dns_check_entries(void);
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Globales
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* DNS variables */
static struct udp_pcb *dns_pcb;
static u8_t dns_seqno;
static struct dns_table_entry dns_table[DNS_TABLE_SIZE];
static struct ip_addr dns_servers[DNS_MAX_SERVERS];
#if (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 1)
static u8_t dns_payload[DNS_MSG_SIZE];
#endif /* (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 1) */
/**
* Initialize the resolver: set up the UDP pcb and configure the default server
* (DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS).
*/
void
dns_init()
{
struct ip_addr dnsserver;
/* initialize default DNS server address */
dnsserver.addr = DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS;
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_init: initializing\n"));
/* if dns client not yet initialized... */
if (dns_pcb == NULL) {
dns_pcb = udp_new();
if (dns_pcb != NULL) {
/* initialize DNS table not needed (initialized to zero since it is a
* global variable) */
LWIP_ASSERT("For implicit initialization to work, DNS_STATE_UNUSED needs to be 0",
DNS_STATE_UNUSED == 0);
/* initialize DNS client */
udp_bind(dns_pcb, IP_ADDR_ANY, 0);
udp_recv(dns_pcb, dns_recv, NULL);
/* initialize default DNS primary server */
dns_setserver(0, &dnsserver);
}
}
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST
dns_init_local();
#endif
}
/**
* Initialize one of the DNS servers.
*
* @param numdns the index of the DNS server to set must be < DNS_MAX_SERVERS
* @param dnsserver IP address of the DNS server to set
*/
void
dns_setserver(u8_t numdns, struct ip_addr *dnsserver)
{
if ((numdns < DNS_MAX_SERVERS) && (dns_pcb != NULL) &&
(dnsserver != NULL) && (dnsserver->addr !=0 )) {
dns_servers[numdns] = (*dnsserver);
}
}
/**
* Obtain one of the currently configured DNS server.
*
* @param numdns the index of the DNS server
* @return IP address of the indexed DNS server or "ip_addr_any" if the DNS
* server has not been configured.
*/
struct ip_addr
dns_getserver(u8_t numdns)
{
if (numdns < DNS_MAX_SERVERS) {
return dns_servers[numdns];
} else {
return *IP_ADDR_ANY;
}
}
/**
* The DNS resolver client timer - handle retries and timeouts and should
* be called every DNS_TMR_INTERVAL milliseconds (every second by default).
*/
void
dns_tmr(void)
{
if (dns_pcb != NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_tmr: dns_check_entries\n"));
dns_check_entries();
}
}
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST
static void
dns_init_local()
{
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC && defined(DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT)
int i;
struct local_hostlist_entry *entry;
/* Dynamic: copy entries from DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT to list */
struct local_hostlist_entry local_hostlist_init[] = DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT;
for (i = 0; i < sizeof(local_hostlist_init) / sizeof(struct local_hostlist_entry); i++) {
entry = mem_malloc(sizeof(struct local_hostlist_entry));
LWIP_ASSERT("mem-error in dns_init_local", entry != NULL);
if (entry != NULL) {
struct local_hostlist_entry *init_entry = &local_hostlist_init[i];
entry->name = init_entry->name;
entry->addr = init_entry->addr;
entry->next = local_hostlist_dynamic;
local_hostlist_dynamic = entry;
}
}
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC && defined(DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT) */
}
/**
* Scans the local host-list for a hostname.
*
* @param hostname Hostname to look for in the local host-list
* @return The first IP address for the hostname in the local host-list or
* INADDR_NONE if not found.
*/
static u32_t
dns_lookup_local(const char *hostname)
{
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC
struct local_hostlist_entry *entry = local_hostlist_dynamic;
while(entry != NULL) {
if(strcmp(entry->name, hostname) == 0) {
return entry->addr;
}
entry = entry->next;
}
#else /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
int i;
for (i = 0; i < sizeof(local_hostlist_static) / sizeof(struct local_hostlist_entry); i++) {
if(strcmp(local_hostlist_static[i].name, hostname) == 0) {
return local_hostlist_static[i].addr;
}
}
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
return INADDR_NONE;
}
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC
/** Remove all entries from the local host-list for a specific hostname
* and/or IP addess
*
* @param hostname hostname for which entries shall be removed from the local
* host-list
* @param addr address for which entries shall be removed from the local host-list
* @return the number of removed entries
*/
int
dns_local_removehost(const char *hostname, const struct ip_addr *addr)
{
int removed = 0;
struct local_hostlist_entry *entry = local_hostlist_dynamic;
struct local_hostlist_entry *last_entry = NULL;
while (entry != NULL) {
if (((hostname == NULL) || !strcmp(entry->name, hostname)) &&
((addr == NULL) || (entry->addr == addr->addr))) {
struct local_hostlist_entry *free_entry;
if (last_entry != NULL) {
last_entry->next = entry->next;
} else {
local_hostlist_dynamic = entry->next;
}
free_entry = entry;
entry = entry->next;
mem_free(free_entry);
removed++;
} else {
last_entry = entry;
entry = entry->next;
}
}
return removed;
}
/**
* Add a hostname/IP address pair to the local host-list.
* Duplicates are not checked.
*
* @param hostname hostname of the new entry
* @param addr IP address of the new entry
* @return ERR_OK if succeeded or ERR_MEM on memory error
*/
err_t
dns_local_addhost(const char *hostname, const struct ip_addr *addr)
{
struct local_hostlist_entry *entry;
entry = mem_malloc(sizeof(struct local_hostlist_entry));
if (entry == NULL) {
return ERR_MEM;
}
entry->name = hostname;
entry->addr = addr->addr;
entry->next = local_hostlist_dynamic;
local_hostlist_dynamic = entry;
return ERR_OK;
}
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC*/
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST */
/**
* Look up a hostname in the array of known hostnames.
*
* @note This function only looks in the internal array of known
* hostnames, it does not send out a query for the hostname if none
* was found. The function dns_enqueue() can be used to send a query
* for a hostname.
*
* @param name the hostname to look up
* @return the hostname's IP address, as u32_t (instead of struct ip_addr to
* better check for failure: != INADDR_NONE) or INADDR_NONE if the hostname
* was not found in the cached dns_table.
*/
static u32_t
dns_lookup(const char *name)
{
u8_t i;
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST || defined(DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN)
u32_t addr;
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST || defined(DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN) */
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST
if ((addr = dns_lookup_local(name)) != INADDR_NONE) {
return addr;
}
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST */
#ifdef DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN
if((addr = DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN(name)) != INADDR_NONE) {
return addr;
}
#endif /* DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN */
/* Walk through name list, return entry if found. If not, return NULL. */
for (i = 0; i < DNS_TABLE_SIZE; ++i) {
if ((dns_table[i].state == DNS_STATE_DONE) &&
(strcmp(name, dns_table[i].name) == 0)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_lookup: \"%s\": found = ", name));
ip_addr_debug_print(DNS_DEBUG, &(dns_table[i].ipaddr));
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("\n"));
return dns_table[i].ipaddr.addr;
}
}
return INADDR_NONE;
}
#if DNS_DOES_NAME_CHECK
/**
* Compare the "dotted" name "query" with the encoded name "response"
* to make sure an answer from the DNS server matches the current dns_table
* entry (otherwise, answers might arrive late for hostname not on the list
* any more).
*
* @param query hostname (not encoded) from the dns_table
* @param response encoded hostname in the DNS response
* @return 0: names equal; 1: names differ
*/
static u8_t
dns_compare_name(unsigned char *query, unsigned char *response)
{
unsigned char n;
do {
n = *response++;
/** @see RFC 1035 - 4.1.4. Message compression */
if ((n & 0xc0) == 0xc0) {
/* Compressed name */
break;
} else {
/* Not compressed name */
while (n > 0) {
if ((*query) != (*response)) {
return 1;
}
++response;
++query;
--n;
};
++query;
}
} while (*response != 0);
return 0;
}
#endif /* DNS_DOES_NAME_CHECK */
/**
* Walk through a compact encoded DNS name and return the end of the name.
*
* @param query encoded DNS name in the DNS server response
* @return end of the name
*/
static unsigned char *
dns_parse_name(unsigned char *query)
{
unsigned char n;
do {
n = *query++;
/** @see RFC 1035 - 4.1.4. Message compression */
if ((n & 0xc0) == 0xc0) {
/* Compressed name */
break;
} else {
/* Not compressed name */
while (n > 0) {
++query;
--n;
};
}
} while (*query != 0);
return query + 1;
}
/**
* Send a DNS query packet.
*
* @param numdns index of the DNS server in the dns_servers table
* @param name hostname to query
* @param id index of the hostname in dns_table, used as transaction ID in the
* DNS query packet
* @return ERR_OK if packet is sent; an err_t indicating the problem otherwise
*/
static err_t
dns_send(u8_t numdns, const char* name, u8_t id)
{
err_t err;
struct dns_hdr *hdr;
struct dns_query qry;
struct pbuf *p;
char *query, *nptr;
const char *pHostname;
u8_t n;
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_send: dns_servers[%"U16_F"] \"%s\": request\n",
(u16_t)(numdns), name));
LWIP_ASSERT("dns server out of array", numdns < DNS_MAX_SERVERS);
LWIP_ASSERT("dns server has no IP address set", dns_servers[numdns].addr != 0);
/* if here, we have either a new query or a retry on a previous query to process */
p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_TRANSPORT, SIZEOF_DNS_HDR + DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH +
SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY, PBUF_RAM);
if (p != NULL) {
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf must be in one piece", p->next == NULL);
/* fill dns header */
hdr = (struct dns_hdr*)p->payload;
memset(hdr, 0, SIZEOF_DNS_HDR);
hdr->id = htons(id);
hdr->flags1 = DNS_FLAG1_RD;
hdr->numquestions = htons(1);
query = (char*)hdr + SIZEOF_DNS_HDR;
pHostname = name;
--pHostname;
/* convert hostname into suitable query format. */
do {
++pHostname;
nptr = query;
++query;
for(n = 0; *pHostname != '.' && *pHostname != 0; ++pHostname) {
*query = *pHostname;
++query;
++n;
}
*nptr = n;
} while(*pHostname != 0);
*query++='\0';
/* fill dns query */
qry.type = htons(DNS_RRTYPE_A);
qry.class = htons(DNS_RRCLASS_IN);
MEMCPY( query, &qry, SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY);
/* resize pbuf to the exact dns query */
pbuf_realloc(p, (query + SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY) - ((char*)(p->payload)));
/* connect to the server for faster receiving */
udp_connect(dns_pcb, &dns_servers[numdns], DNS_SERVER_PORT);
/* send dns packet */
err = udp_sendto(dns_pcb, p, &dns_servers[numdns], DNS_SERVER_PORT);
/* free pbuf */
pbuf_free(p);
} else {
err = ERR_MEM;
}
return err;
}
/**
* dns_check_entry() - see if pEntry has not yet been queried and, if so, sends out a query.
* Check an entry in the dns_table:
* - send out query for new entries
* - retry old pending entries on timeout (also with different servers)
* - remove completed entries from the table if their TTL has expired
*
* @param i index of the dns_table entry to check
*/
static void
dns_check_entry(u8_t i)
{
struct dns_table_entry *pEntry = &dns_table[i];
LWIP_ASSERT("array index out of bounds", i < DNS_TABLE_SIZE);
switch(pEntry->state) {
case DNS_STATE_NEW: {
/* initialize new entry */
pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_ASKING;
pEntry->numdns = 0;
pEntry->tmr = 1;
pEntry->retries = 0;
/* send DNS packet for this entry */
dns_send(pEntry->numdns, pEntry->name, i);
break;
}
case DNS_STATE_ASKING: {
if (--pEntry->tmr == 0) {
if (++pEntry->retries == DNS_MAX_RETRIES) {
if ((pEntry->numdns+1<DNS_MAX_SERVERS) && (dns_servers[pEntry->numdns+1].addr!=0)) {
/* change of server */
pEntry->numdns++;
pEntry->tmr = 1;
pEntry->retries = 0;
break;
} else {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_check_entry: \"%s\": timeout\n", pEntry->name));
/* call specified callback function if provided */
if (pEntry->found)
(*pEntry->found)(pEntry->name, NULL, pEntry->arg);
/* flush this entry */
pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_UNUSED;
pEntry->found = NULL;
break;
}
}
/* wait longer for the next retry */
pEntry->tmr = pEntry->retries;
/* send DNS packet for this entry */
dns_send(pEntry->numdns, pEntry->name, i);
}
break;
}
case DNS_STATE_DONE: {
/* if the time to live is nul */
if (--pEntry->ttl == 0) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_check_entry: \"%s\": flush\n", pEntry->name));
/* flush this entry */
pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_UNUSED;
pEntry->found = NULL;
}
break;
}
case DNS_STATE_UNUSED:
/* nothing to do */
break;
default:
LWIP_ASSERT("unknown dns_table entry state:", 0);
break;
}
}
/**
* Call dns_check_entry for each entry in dns_table - check all entries.
*/
static void
dns_check_entries(void)
{
u8_t i;
for (i = 0; i < DNS_TABLE_SIZE; ++i) {
dns_check_entry(i);
}
}
/**
* Receive input function for DNS response packets arriving for the dns UDP pcb.
*
* @params see udp.h
*/
static void
dns_recv(void *arg, struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *addr, u16_t port)
{
u8_t i;
char *pHostname;
struct dns_hdr *hdr;
struct dns_answer ans;
struct dns_table_entry *pEntry;
u8_t nquestions, nanswers;
#if (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 0)
u8_t dns_payload[DNS_MSG_SIZE];
#endif /* (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 0) */
#if (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 2)
u8_t* dns_payload;
#endif /* (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 2) */
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(pcb);
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(addr);
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(port);
/* is the dns message too big ? */
if (p->tot_len > DNS_MSG_SIZE) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: pbuf too big\n"));
/* free pbuf and return */
goto memerr1;
}
/* is the dns message big enough ? */
if (p->tot_len < (SIZEOF_DNS_HDR + SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY + SIZEOF_DNS_ANSWER)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: pbuf too small\n"));
/* free pbuf and return */
goto memerr1;
}
#if (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 2)
dns_payload = mem_malloc(p->tot_len);
if (dns_payload == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: mem_malloc error\n"));
/* free pbuf and return */
goto memerr1;
}
#endif /* (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 2) */
/* copy dns payload inside static buffer for processing */
if (pbuf_copy_partial(p, dns_payload, p->tot_len, 0) == p->tot_len) {
/* The ID in the DNS header should be our entry into the name table. */
hdr = (struct dns_hdr*)dns_payload;
i = htons(hdr->id);
if (i < DNS_TABLE_SIZE) {
pEntry = &dns_table[i];
if(pEntry->state == DNS_STATE_ASKING) {
/* This entry is now completed. */
pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_DONE;
pEntry->err = hdr->flags2 & DNS_FLAG2_ERR_MASK;
/* We only care about the question(s) and the answers. The authrr
and the extrarr are simply discarded. */
nquestions = htons(hdr->numquestions);
nanswers = htons(hdr->numanswers);
/* Check for error. If so, call callback to inform. */
if (((hdr->flags1 & DNS_FLAG1_RESPONSE) == 0) || (pEntry->err != 0) || (nquestions != 1)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: \"%s\": error in flags\n", pEntry->name));
/* call callback to indicate error, clean up memory and return */
goto responseerr;
}
#if DNS_DOES_NAME_CHECK
/* Check if the name in the "question" part match with the name in the entry. */
if (dns_compare_name((unsigned char *)(pEntry->name), (unsigned char *)dns_payload + SIZEOF_DNS_HDR) != 0) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: \"%s\": response not match to query\n", pEntry->name));
/* call callback to indicate error, clean up memory and return */
goto responseerr;
}
#endif /* DNS_DOES_NAME_CHECK */
/* Skip the name in the "question" part */
pHostname = (char *) dns_parse_name((unsigned char *)dns_payload + SIZEOF_DNS_HDR) + SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY;
while(nanswers > 0) {
/* skip answer resource record's host name */
pHostname = (char *) dns_parse_name((unsigned char *)pHostname);
/* Check for IP address type and Internet class. Others are discarded. */
MEMCPY(&ans, pHostname, SIZEOF_DNS_ANSWER);
if((ntohs(ans.type) == DNS_RRTYPE_A) && (ntohs(ans.class) == DNS_RRCLASS_IN) && (ntohs(ans.len) == sizeof(struct ip_addr)) ) {
/* read the answer resource record's TTL, and maximize it if needed */
pEntry->ttl = ntohl(ans.ttl);
if (pEntry->ttl > DNS_MAX_TTL) {
pEntry->ttl = DNS_MAX_TTL;
}
/* read the IP address after answer resource record's header */
MEMCPY( &(pEntry->ipaddr), (pHostname+SIZEOF_DNS_ANSWER), sizeof(struct ip_addr));
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: \"%s\": response = ", pEntry->name));
ip_addr_debug_print(DNS_DEBUG, (&(pEntry->ipaddr)));
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("\n"));
/* call specified callback function if provided */
if (pEntry->found) {
(*pEntry->found)(pEntry->name, &pEntry->ipaddr, pEntry->arg);
}
/* deallocate memory and return */
goto memerr2;
} else {
pHostname = pHostname + SIZEOF_DNS_ANSWER + htons(ans.len);
}
--nanswers;
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: \"%s\": error in response\n", pEntry->name));
/* call callback to indicate error, clean up memory and return */
goto responseerr;
}
}
}
/* deallocate memory and return */
goto memerr2;
responseerr:
/* ERROR: call specified callback function with NULL as name to indicate an error */
if (pEntry->found) {
(*pEntry->found)(pEntry->name, NULL, pEntry->arg);
}
/* flush this entry */
pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_UNUSED;
pEntry->found = NULL;
memerr2:
#if (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 2)
/* free dns buffer */
mem_free(dns_payload);
#endif /* (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 2) */
memerr1:
/* free pbuf */
pbuf_free(p);
return;
}
/**
* Queues a new hostname to resolve and sends out a DNS query for that hostname
*
* @param name the hostname that is to be queried
* @param found a callback founction to be called on success, failure or timeout
* @param callback_arg argument to pass to the callback function
* @return @return a err_t return code.
*/
static err_t
dns_enqueue(const char *name, dns_found_callback found, void *callback_arg)
{
u8_t i;
u8_t lseq, lseqi;
struct dns_table_entry *pEntry = NULL;
/* search an unused entry, or the oldest one */
lseq = lseqi = 0;
for (i = 0; i < DNS_TABLE_SIZE; ++i) {
pEntry = &dns_table[i];
/* is it an unused entry ? */
if (pEntry->state == DNS_STATE_UNUSED)
break;
/* check if this is the oldest completed entry */
if (pEntry->state == DNS_STATE_DONE) {
if ((dns_seqno - pEntry->seqno) > lseq) {
lseq = dns_seqno - pEntry->seqno;
lseqi = i;
}
}
}
/* if we don't have found an unused entry, use the oldest completed one */
if (i == DNS_TABLE_SIZE) {
if ((lseqi >= DNS_TABLE_SIZE) || (dns_table[lseqi].state != DNS_STATE_DONE)) {
/* no entry can't be used now, table is full */
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_enqueue: \"%s\": DNS entries table is full\n", name));
return ERR_MEM;
} else {
/* use the oldest completed one */
i = lseqi;
pEntry = &dns_table[i];
}
}
/* use this entry */
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_enqueue: \"%s\": use DNS entry %"U16_F"\n", name, (u16_t)(i)));
/* fill the entry */
pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_NEW;
pEntry->seqno = dns_seqno++;
pEntry->found = found;
pEntry->arg = callback_arg;
strcpy(pEntry->name, name);
/* force to send query without waiting timer */
dns_check_entry(i);
/* dns query is enqueued */
return ERR_INPROGRESS;
}
/**
* Resolve a hostname (string) into an IP address.
* NON-BLOCKING callback version for use with raw API!!!
*
* Returns immediately with one of err_t return codes:
* - ERR_OK if hostname is a valid IP address string or the host
* name is already in the local names table.
* - ERR_INPROGRESS enqueue a request to be sent to the DNS server
* for resolution if no errors are present.
*
* @param hostname the hostname that is to be queried
* @param addr pointer to a struct ip_addr where to store the address if it is already
* cached in the dns_table (only valid if ERR_OK is returned!)
* @param found a callback function to be called on success, failure or timeout (only if
* ERR_INPROGRESS is returned!)
* @param callback_arg argument to pass to the callback function
* @return a err_t return code.
*/
err_t
dns_gethostbyname(const char *hostname, struct ip_addr *addr, dns_found_callback found,
void *callback_arg)
{
/* not initialized or no valid server yet, or invalid addr pointer
* or invalid hostname or invalid hostname length */
if ((dns_pcb == NULL) || (addr == NULL) ||
(!hostname) || (!hostname[0]) ||
(strlen(hostname) >= DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH)) {
return ERR_VAL;
}
#if LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF
if (strcmp(hostname,"localhost")==0) {
addr->addr = htonl(INADDR_LOOPBACK);
return ERR_OK;
}
#endif /* LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF */
/* host name already in octet notation? set ip addr and return ERR_OK
* already have this address cached? */
if (((addr->addr = inet_addr(hostname)) != INADDR_NONE) ||
((addr->addr = dns_lookup(hostname)) != INADDR_NONE)) {
return ERR_OK;
}
/* queue query with specified callback */
return dns_enqueue(hostname, found, callback_arg);
}
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */

View file

@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Modules initialization
*
**/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/init.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "lwip/sys.h"
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include "lwip/memp.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/sockets.h"
#include "lwip/ip.h"
#include "lwip/raw.h"
#include "lwip/udp.h"
#include "lwip/tcp.h"
#include "lwip/snmp_msg.h"
#include "lwip/autoip.h"
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
#include "lwip/dns.h"
#include "netif/etharp.h"
/* Compile-time sanity checks for configuration errors.
* These can be done independently of LWIP_DEBUG, without penalty.
*/
#ifndef BYTE_ORDER
#error "BYTE_ORDER is not defined, you have to define it in your cc.h"
#endif
#if (!IP_SOF_BROADCAST && IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV)
#error "If you want to use broadcast filter per pcb on recv operations, you have to define IP_SOF_BROADCAST=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (!LWIP_ARP && ARP_QUEUEING)
#error "If you want to use ARP Queueing, you have to define LWIP_ARP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_UDPLITE)
#error "If you want to use UDP Lite, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_SNMP)
#error "If you want to use SNMP, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_DHCP)
#error "If you want to use DHCP, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_IGMP)
#error "If you want to use IGMP, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_DNS)
#error "If you want to use DNS, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_ARP && (ARP_TABLE_SIZE > 0x7f))
#error "If you want to use ARP, ARP_TABLE_SIZE must fit in an s8_t, so, you have to reduce it in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_ARP && ARP_QUEUEING && (MEMP_NUM_ARP_QUEUE<=0))
#error "If you want to use ARP Queueing, you have to define MEMP_NUM_ARP_QUEUE>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_RAW && (MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB<=0))
#error "If you want to use RAW, you have to define MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_UDP && (MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB<=0))
#error "If you want to use UDP, you have to define MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_TCP && (MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB<=0))
#error "If you want to use TCP, you have to define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_TCP && (TCP_WND > 0xffff))
#error "If you want to use TCP, TCP_WND must fit in an u16_t, so, you have to reduce it in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_TCP && (TCP_SND_QUEUELEN > 0xffff))
#error "If you want to use TCP, TCP_SND_QUEUELEN must fit in an u16_t, so, you have to reduce it in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_TCP && ((TCP_MAXRTX > 12) || (TCP_SYNMAXRTX > 12)))
#error "If you want to use TCP, TCP_MAXRTX and TCP_SYNMAXRTX must less or equal to 12 (due to tcp_backoff table), so, you have to reduce them in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_TCP && TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG && (TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG < 0) || (TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG > 0xff))
#error "If you want to use TCP backlog, TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG must fit into an u8_t"
#endif
#if (LWIP_IGMP && (MEMP_NUM_IGMP_GROUP<=1))
#error "If you want to use IGMP, you have to define MEMP_NUM_IGMP_GROUP>1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (PPP_SUPPORT && (NO_SYS==1))
#error "If you want to use PPP, you have to define NO_SYS=0 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_NETIF_API && (NO_SYS==1))
#error "If you want to use NETIF API, you have to define NO_SYS=0 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if ((LWIP_SOCKET || LWIP_NETCONN) && (NO_SYS==1))
#error "If you want to use Sequential API, you have to define NO_SYS=0 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if ((LWIP_NETCONN || LWIP_SOCKET) && (MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API<=0))
#error "If you want to use Sequential API, you have to define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (!LWIP_NETCONN && LWIP_SOCKET)
#error "If you want to use Socket API, you have to define LWIP_NETCONN=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (((!LWIP_DHCP) || (!LWIP_AUTOIP)) && LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP)
#error "If you want to use DHCP/AUTOIP cooperation mode, you have to define LWIP_DHCP=1 and LWIP_AUTOIP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (((!LWIP_DHCP) || (!LWIP_ARP)) && DHCP_DOES_ARP_CHECK)
#error "If you want to use DHCP ARP checking, you have to define LWIP_DHCP=1 and LWIP_ARP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (!LWIP_ARP && LWIP_AUTOIP)
#error "If you want to use AUTOIP, you have to define LWIP_ARP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_SNMP && (SNMP_CONCURRENT_REQUESTS<=0))
#error "If you want to use SNMP, you have to define SNMP_CONCURRENT_REQUESTS>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_SNMP && (SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS<=0))
#error "If you want to use SNMP, you have to define SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_TCP && ((LWIP_EVENT_API && LWIP_CALLBACK_API) || (!LWIP_EVENT_API && !LWIP_CALLBACK_API)))
#error "One and exactly one of LWIP_EVENT_API and LWIP_CALLBACK_API has to be enabled in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
/* There must be sufficient timeouts, taking into account requirements of the subsystems. */
#if ((NO_SYS==0) && (MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT < (LWIP_TCP + IP_REASSEMBLY + LWIP_ARP + (2*LWIP_DHCP) + LWIP_AUTOIP + LWIP_IGMP + LWIP_DNS + PPP_SUPPORT)))
#error "MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT is too low to accomodate all required timeouts"
#endif
#if (IP_REASSEMBLY && (MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS))
#error "MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS doesn't make sense since each struct ip_reassdata must hold 2 pbufs at least!"
#endif
#if (MEM_LIBC_MALLOC && MEM_USE_POOLS)
#error "MEM_LIBC_MALLOC and MEM_USE_POOLS may not both be simultaneously enabled in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (MEM_USE_POOLS && !MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS)
#error "MEM_USE_POOLS requires custom pools (MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS) to be enabled in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE <= MEM_ALIGNMENT)
#error "PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE must be greater than MEM_ALIGNMENT or the offset may take the full first pbuf"
#endif
#if (TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ && !LWIP_TCP)
#error "TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ requires LWIP_TCP"
#endif
#if (DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST && !DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC && !(defined(DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT)))
#error "you have to define define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT {{'host1', 0x123}, {'host2', 0x234}} to initialize DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST"
#endif
#if PPP_SUPPORT && !PPPOS_SUPPORT & !PPPOE_SUPPORT
#error "PPP_SUPPORT needs either PPPOS_SUPPORT or PPPOE_SUPPORT turned on"
#endif
/* Compile-time checks for deprecated options.
*/
#ifdef MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG
#error "MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
#endif
#ifdef MEMP_NUM_API_MSG
#error "MEMP_NUM_API_MSG option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
#endif
#ifdef TCP_REXMIT_DEBUG
#error "TCP_REXMIT_DEBUG option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
#endif
#ifdef RAW_STATS
#error "RAW_STATS option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
#endif
#ifdef ETHARP_QUEUE_FIRST
#error "ETHARP_QUEUE_FIRST option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
#endif
#ifdef ETHARP_ALWAYS_INSERT
#error "ETHARP_ALWAYS_INSERT option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
#endif
#if SO_REUSE
/* I removed the lot since this was an ugly hack. It broke the raw-API.
It also came with many ugly goto's, Christiaan Simons. */
#error "SO_REUSE currently unavailable, this was a hack"
#endif
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
static void
lwip_sanity_check(void)
{
/* Warnings */
#if LWIP_NETCONN
if (MEMP_NUM_NETCONN > (MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB+MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN+MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB+MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB))
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: MEMP_NUM_NETCONN should be less than the sum of MEMP_NUM_{TCP,RAW,UDP}_PCB+MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN\n"));
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
#if LWIP_TCP
if (MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG < TCP_SND_QUEUELEN)
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG should be at least as big as TCP_SND_QUEUELEN\n"));
if (TCP_SND_BUF < 2 * TCP_MSS)
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_SND_BUF must be at least as much as (2 * TCP_MSS) for things to work smoothly\n"));
if (TCP_SND_QUEUELEN < (2 * (TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS)))
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_SND_QUEUELEN must be at least as much as (2 * TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS) for things to work\n"));
if (TCP_SNDLOWAT > TCP_SND_BUF)
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_SNDLOWAT must be less than or equal to TCP_SND_BUF.\n"));
if (TCP_WND > (PBUF_POOL_SIZE*PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE))
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_WND is larger than space provided by PBUF_POOL_SIZE*PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE\n"));
if (TCP_WND < TCP_MSS)
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_WND is smaller than MSS\n"));
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
}
#else /* LWIP_DEBUG */
#define lwip_sanity_check()
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
/**
* Perform Sanity check of user-configurable values, and initialize all modules.
*/
void
lwip_init(void)
{
/* Sanity check user-configurable values */
lwip_sanity_check();
/* Modules initialization */
stats_init();
sys_init();
mem_init();
memp_init();
pbuf_init();
netif_init();
#if LWIP_SOCKET
lwip_socket_init();
#endif /* LWIP_SOCKET */
ip_init();
#if LWIP_ARP
etharp_init();
#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
#if LWIP_RAW
raw_init();
#endif /* LWIP_RAW */
#if LWIP_UDP
udp_init();
#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
#if LWIP_TCP
tcp_init();
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
#if LWIP_SNMP
snmp_init();
#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
autoip_init();
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
#if LWIP_IGMP
igmp_init();
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#if LWIP_DNS
dns_init();
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
}

View file

@ -1,497 +0,0 @@
/*
* @file
* AutoIP Automatic LinkLocal IP Configuration
*
*/
/*
*
* Copyright (c) 2007 Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* Author: Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
*
* This is a AutoIP implementation for the lwIP TCP/IP stack. It aims to conform
* with RFC 3927.
*
*
* Please coordinate changes and requests with Dominik Spies
* <kontakt@dspies.de>
*/
/*******************************************************************************
* USAGE:
*
* define LWIP_AUTOIP 1 in your lwipopts.h
*
* If you don't use tcpip.c (so, don't call, you don't call tcpip_init):
* - First, call autoip_init().
* - call autoip_tmr() all AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL msces,
* that should be defined in autoip.h.
* I recommend a value of 100. The value must divide 1000 with a remainder almost 0.
* Possible values are 1000, 500, 333, 250, 200, 166, 142, 125, 111, 100 ....
*
* Without DHCP:
* - Call autoip_start() after netif_add().
*
* With DHCP:
* - define LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP 1 in your lwipopts.h.
* - Configure your DHCP Client.
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_AUTOIP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include "lwip/udp.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/autoip.h"
#include "netif/etharp.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/* 169.254.0.0 */
#define AUTOIP_NET 0xA9FE0000
/* 169.254.1.0 */
#define AUTOIP_RANGE_START (AUTOIP_NET | 0x0100)
/* 169.254.254.255 */
#define AUTOIP_RANGE_END (AUTOIP_NET | 0xFEFF)
/** Pseudo random macro based on netif informations.
* You could use "rand()" from the C Library if you define LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND in lwipopts.h */
#ifndef LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND
#define LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND(netif) ( (((u32_t)((netif->hwaddr[5]) & 0xff) << 24) | \
((u32_t)((netif->hwaddr[3]) & 0xff) << 16) | \
((u32_t)((netif->hwaddr[2]) & 0xff) << 8) | \
((u32_t)((netif->hwaddr[4]) & 0xff))) + \
(netif->autoip?netif->autoip->tried_llipaddr:0))
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND */
/**
* Macro that generates the initial IP address to be tried by AUTOIP.
* If you want to override this, define it to something else in lwipopts.h.
*/
#ifndef LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR
#define LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR(netif) \
htonl(AUTOIP_RANGE_START + ((u32_t)(((u8_t)(netif->hwaddr[4])) | \
((u32_t)((u8_t)(netif->hwaddr[5]))) << 8)))
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR */
/* static functions */
static void autoip_handle_arp_conflict(struct netif *netif);
/* creates a pseudo random LL IP-Address for a network interface */
static void autoip_create_addr(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *ipaddr);
/* sends an ARP probe */
static err_t autoip_arp_probe(struct netif *netif);
/* sends an ARP announce */
static err_t autoip_arp_announce(struct netif *netif);
/* configure interface for use with current LL IP-Address */
static err_t autoip_bind(struct netif *netif);
/* start sending probes for llipaddr */
static void autoip_start_probing(struct netif *netif);
/**
* Initialize this module
*/
void
autoip_init(void)
{
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("autoip_init()\n"));
}
/**
* Handle a IP address conflict after an ARP conflict detection
*/
static void
autoip_handle_arp_conflict(struct netif *netif)
{
/* Somehow detect if we are defending or retreating */
unsigned char defend = 1; /* tbd */
if(defend) {
if(netif->autoip->lastconflict > 0) {
/* retreat, there was a conflicting ARP in the last
* DEFEND_INTERVAL seconds
*/
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
("autoip_handle_arp_conflict(): we are defending, but in DEFEND_INTERVAL, retreating\n"));
/* TODO: close all TCP sessions */
autoip_start(netif);
} else {
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
("autoip_handle_arp_conflict(): we are defend, send ARP Announce\n"));
autoip_arp_announce(netif);
netif->autoip->lastconflict = DEFEND_INTERVAL * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND;
}
} else {
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
("autoip_handle_arp_conflict(): we do not defend, retreating\n"));
/* TODO: close all TCP sessions */
autoip_start(netif);
}
}
/**
* Create an IP-Address out of range 169.254.1.0 to 169.254.254.255
*
* @param netif network interface on which create the IP-Address
* @param ipaddr ip address to initialize
*/
static void
autoip_create_addr(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *ipaddr)
{
/* Here we create an IP-Address out of range 169.254.1.0 to 169.254.254.255
* compliant to RFC 3927 Section 2.1
* We have 254 * 256 possibilities */
u32_t addr = ntohl(LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR(netif));
addr += netif->autoip->tried_llipaddr;
addr = AUTOIP_NET | (addr & 0xffff);
/* Now, 169.254.0.0 <= addr <= 169.254.255.255 */
if (addr < AUTOIP_RANGE_START) {
addr += AUTOIP_RANGE_END - AUTOIP_RANGE_START + 1;
}
if (addr > AUTOIP_RANGE_END) {
addr -= AUTOIP_RANGE_END - AUTOIP_RANGE_START + 1;
}
LWIP_ASSERT("AUTOIP address not in range", (addr >= AUTOIP_RANGE_START) &&
(addr <= AUTOIP_RANGE_END));
ipaddr->addr = htonl(addr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
("autoip_create_addr(): tried_llipaddr=%"U16_F", 0x%08"X32_F"\n",
(u16_t)(netif->autoip->tried_llipaddr), (u32_t)(ipaddr->addr)));
}
/**
* Sends an ARP probe from a network interface
*
* @param netif network interface used to send the probe
*/
static err_t
autoip_arp_probe(struct netif *netif)
{
return etharp_raw(netif, (struct eth_addr *)netif->hwaddr, &ethbroadcast,
(struct eth_addr *)netif->hwaddr, IP_ADDR_ANY, &ethzero,
&netif->autoip->llipaddr, ARP_REQUEST);
}
/**
* Sends an ARP announce from a network interface
*
* @param netif network interface used to send the announce
*/
static err_t
autoip_arp_announce(struct netif *netif)
{
return etharp_raw(netif, (struct eth_addr *)netif->hwaddr, &ethbroadcast,
(struct eth_addr *)netif->hwaddr, &netif->autoip->llipaddr, &ethzero,
&netif->autoip->llipaddr, ARP_REQUEST);
}
/**
* Configure interface for use with current LL IP-Address
*
* @param netif network interface to configure with current LL IP-Address
*/
static err_t
autoip_bind(struct netif *netif)
{
struct autoip *autoip = netif->autoip;
struct ip_addr sn_mask, gw_addr;
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
("autoip_bind(netif=%p) %c%c%"U16_F" 0x%08"X32_F"\n",
(void*)netif, netif->name[0], netif->name[1], (u16_t)netif->num, autoip->llipaddr.addr));
IP4_ADDR(&sn_mask, 255, 255, 0, 0);
IP4_ADDR(&gw_addr, 0, 0, 0, 0);
netif_set_ipaddr(netif, &autoip->llipaddr);
netif_set_netmask(netif, &sn_mask);
netif_set_gw(netif, &gw_addr);
/* bring the interface up */
netif_set_up(netif);
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Start AutoIP client
*
* @param netif network interface on which start the AutoIP client
*/
err_t
autoip_start(struct netif *netif)
{
struct autoip *autoip = netif->autoip;
err_t result = ERR_OK;
if(netif_is_up(netif)) {
netif_set_down(netif);
}
/* Set IP-Address, Netmask and Gateway to 0 to make sure that
* ARP Packets are formed correctly
*/
netif->ip_addr.addr = 0;
netif->netmask.addr = 0;
netif->gw.addr = 0;
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
("autoip_start(netif=%p) %c%c%"U16_F"\n", (void*)netif, netif->name[0],
netif->name[1], (u16_t)netif->num));
if(autoip == NULL) {
/* no AutoIP client attached yet? */
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
("autoip_start(): starting new AUTOIP client\n"));
autoip = mem_malloc(sizeof(struct autoip));
if(autoip == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
("autoip_start(): could not allocate autoip\n"));
return ERR_MEM;
}
memset( autoip, 0, sizeof(struct autoip));
/* store this AutoIP client in the netif */
netif->autoip = autoip;
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("autoip_start(): allocated autoip"));
} else {
autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_OFF;
autoip->ttw = 0;
autoip->sent_num = 0;
memset(&autoip->llipaddr, 0, sizeof(struct ip_addr));
autoip->lastconflict = 0;
}
autoip_create_addr(netif, &(autoip->llipaddr));
autoip->tried_llipaddr++;
autoip_start_probing(netif);
return result;
}
static void
autoip_start_probing(struct netif *netif)
{
struct autoip *autoip = netif->autoip;
autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING;
autoip->sent_num = 0;
/* time to wait to first probe, this is randomly
* choosen out of 0 to PROBE_WAIT seconds.
* compliant to RFC 3927 Section 2.2.1
*/
autoip->ttw = (u16_t)(LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND(netif) % (PROBE_WAIT * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND));
/*
* if we tried more then MAX_CONFLICTS we must limit our rate for
* accquiring and probing address
* compliant to RFC 3927 Section 2.2.1
*/
if(autoip->tried_llipaddr > MAX_CONFLICTS) {
autoip->ttw = RATE_LIMIT_INTERVAL * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND;
}
}
/**
* Handle a possible change in the network configuration.
*
* If there is an AutoIP address configured, take the interface down
* and begin probing with the same address.
*/
void
autoip_network_changed(struct netif *netif)
{
if (netif->autoip && netif->autoip->state != AUTOIP_STATE_OFF) {
netif_set_down(netif);
autoip_start_probing(netif);
}
}
/**
* Stop AutoIP client
*
* @param netif network interface on which stop the AutoIP client
*/
err_t
autoip_stop(struct netif *netif)
{
netif->autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_OFF;
netif_set_down(netif);
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Has to be called in loop every AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL milliseconds
*/
void
autoip_tmr()
{
struct netif *netif = netif_list;
/* loop through netif's */
while (netif != NULL) {
/* only act on AutoIP configured interfaces */
if (netif->autoip != NULL) {
if(netif->autoip->lastconflict > 0) {
netif->autoip->lastconflict--;
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
("autoip_tmr() AutoIP-State: %"U16_F", ttw=%"U16_F"\n",
(u16_t)(netif->autoip->state), netif->autoip->ttw));
switch(netif->autoip->state) {
case AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING:
if(netif->autoip->ttw > 0) {
netif->autoip->ttw--;
} else {
if(netif->autoip->sent_num >= PROBE_NUM) {
netif->autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING;
netif->autoip->sent_num = 0;
netif->autoip->ttw = ANNOUNCE_WAIT * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND;
} else {
autoip_arp_probe(netif);
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
("autoip_tmr() PROBING Sent Probe\n"));
netif->autoip->sent_num++;
/* calculate time to wait to next probe */
netif->autoip->ttw = (u16_t)((LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND(netif) %
((PROBE_MAX - PROBE_MIN) * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND) ) +
PROBE_MIN * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND);
}
}
break;
case AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING:
if(netif->autoip->ttw > 0) {
netif->autoip->ttw--;
} else {
if(netif->autoip->sent_num == 0) {
/* We are here the first time, so we waited ANNOUNCE_WAIT seconds
* Now we can bind to an IP address and use it.
*
* autoip_bind calls netif_set_up. This triggers a gratuitous ARP
* which counts as an announcement.
*/
autoip_bind(netif);
} else {
autoip_arp_announce(netif);
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
("autoip_tmr() ANNOUNCING Sent Announce\n"));
}
netif->autoip->ttw = ANNOUNCE_INTERVAL * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND;
netif->autoip->sent_num++;
if(netif->autoip->sent_num >= ANNOUNCE_NUM) {
netif->autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_BOUND;
netif->autoip->sent_num = 0;
netif->autoip->ttw = 0;
}
}
break;
}
}
/* proceed to next network interface */
netif = netif->next;
}
}
/**
* Handles every incoming ARP Packet, called by etharp_arp_input.
*
* @param netif network interface to use for autoip processing
* @param hdr Incoming ARP packet
*/
void
autoip_arp_reply(struct netif *netif, struct etharp_hdr *hdr)
{
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("autoip_arp_reply()\n"));
if ((netif->autoip != NULL) && (netif->autoip->state != AUTOIP_STATE_OFF)) {
/* when ip.src == llipaddr && hw.src != netif->hwaddr
*
* when probing ip.dst == llipaddr && hw.src != netif->hwaddr
* we have a conflict and must solve it
*/
struct ip_addr sipaddr, dipaddr;
struct eth_addr netifaddr;
netifaddr.addr[0] = netif->hwaddr[0];
netifaddr.addr[1] = netif->hwaddr[1];
netifaddr.addr[2] = netif->hwaddr[2];
netifaddr.addr[3] = netif->hwaddr[3];
netifaddr.addr[4] = netif->hwaddr[4];
netifaddr.addr[5] = netif->hwaddr[5];
/* Copy struct ip_addr2 to aligned ip_addr, to support compilers without
* structure packing (not using structure copy which breaks strict-aliasing rules).
*/
SMEMCPY(&sipaddr, &hdr->sipaddr, sizeof(sipaddr));
SMEMCPY(&dipaddr, &hdr->dipaddr, sizeof(dipaddr));
if ((netif->autoip->state == AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING) ||
((netif->autoip->state == AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING) &&
(netif->autoip->sent_num == 0))) {
/* RFC 3927 Section 2.2.1:
* from beginning to after ANNOUNCE_WAIT
* seconds we have a conflict if
* ip.src == llipaddr OR
* ip.dst == llipaddr && hw.src != own hwaddr
*/
if ((ip_addr_cmp(&sipaddr, &netif->autoip->llipaddr)) ||
(ip_addr_cmp(&dipaddr, &netif->autoip->llipaddr) &&
!eth_addr_cmp(&netifaddr, &hdr->shwaddr))) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING,
("autoip_arp_reply(): Probe Conflict detected\n"));
autoip_start(netif);
}
} else {
/* RFC 3927 Section 2.5:
* in any state we have a conflict if
* ip.src == llipaddr && hw.src != own hwaddr
*/
if (ip_addr_cmp(&sipaddr, &netif->autoip->llipaddr) &&
!eth_addr_cmp(&netifaddr, &hdr->shwaddr)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING,
("autoip_arp_reply(): Conflicting ARP-Packet detected\n"));
autoip_handle_arp_conflict(netif);
}
}
}
}
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */

View file

@ -1,340 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* ICMP - Internet Control Message Protocol
*
**/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
/* Some ICMP messages should be passed to the transport protocols. This
is not implemented. */
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_ICMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
#include "lwip/inet.h"
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
#include "lwip/ip.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
#include <string.h>
/** Small optimization: set to 0 if incoming PBUF_POOL pbuf always can be
* used to modify and send a response packet (and to 1 if this is not the case,
* e.g. when link header is stripped of when receiving) */
#ifndef LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN
#define LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN 1
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN */
/* The amount of data from the original packet to return in a dest-unreachable */
#define ICMP_DEST_UNREACH_DATASIZE 8
static void icmp_send_response(struct pbuf *p, u8_t type, u8_t code);
/**
* Processes ICMP input packets, called from ip_input().
*
* Currently only processes icmp echo requests and sends
* out the echo response.
*
* @param p the icmp echo request packet, p->payload pointing to the ip header
* @param inp the netif on which this packet was received
*/
void
icmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
{
u8_t type;
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
u8_t code;
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
struct icmp_echo_hdr *iecho;
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
struct ip_addr tmpaddr;
s16_t hlen;
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.recv);
snmp_inc_icmpinmsgs();
iphdr = p->payload;
hlen = IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4;
if (pbuf_header(p, -hlen) || (p->tot_len < sizeof(u16_t)*2)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: short ICMP (%"U16_F" bytes) received\n", p->tot_len));
goto lenerr;
}
type = *((u8_t *)p->payload);
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
code = *(((u8_t *)p->payload)+1);
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
switch (type) {
case ICMP_ECHO:
#if !LWIP_MULTICAST_PING || !LWIP_BROADCAST_PING
{
int accepted = 1;
#if !LWIP_MULTICAST_PING
/* multicast destination address? */
if (ip_addr_ismulticast(&iphdr->dest)) {
accepted = 0;
}
#endif /* LWIP_MULTICAST_PING */
#if !LWIP_BROADCAST_PING
/* broadcast destination address? */
if (ip_addr_isbroadcast(&iphdr->dest, inp)) {
accepted = 0;
}
#endif /* LWIP_BROADCAST_PING */
/* broadcast or multicast destination address not acceptd? */
if (!accepted) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: Not echoing to multicast or broadcast pings\n"));
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.err);
pbuf_free(p);
return;
}
}
#endif /* !LWIP_MULTICAST_PING || !LWIP_BROADCAST_PING */
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: ping\n"));
if (p->tot_len < sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: bad ICMP echo received\n"));
goto lenerr;
}
if (inet_chksum_pbuf(p) != 0) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: checksum failed for received ICMP echo\n"));
pbuf_free(p);
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.chkerr);
snmp_inc_icmpinerrors();
return;
}
#if LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN
if (pbuf_header(p, (PBUF_IP_HLEN + PBUF_LINK_HLEN))) {
/* p is not big enough to contain link headers
* allocate a new one and copy p into it
*/
struct pbuf *r;
/* switch p->payload to ip header */
if (pbuf_header(p, hlen)) {
LWIP_ASSERT("icmp_input: moving p->payload to ip header failed\n", 0);
goto memerr;
}
/* allocate new packet buffer with space for link headers */
r = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, p->tot_len, PBUF_RAM);
if (r == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: allocating new pbuf failed\n"));
goto memerr;
}
LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold struct the ICMP header",
(r->len >= hlen + sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr)));
/* copy the whole packet including ip header */
if (pbuf_copy(r, p) != ERR_OK) {
LWIP_ASSERT("icmp_input: copying to new pbuf failed\n", 0);
goto memerr;
}
iphdr = r->payload;
/* switch r->payload back to icmp header */
if (pbuf_header(r, -hlen)) {
LWIP_ASSERT("icmp_input: restoring original p->payload failed\n", 0);
goto memerr;
}
/* free the original p */
pbuf_free(p);
/* we now have an identical copy of p that has room for link headers */
p = r;
} else {
/* restore p->payload to point to icmp header */
if (pbuf_header(p, -(s16_t)(PBUF_IP_HLEN + PBUF_LINK_HLEN))) {
LWIP_ASSERT("icmp_input: restoring original p->payload failed\n", 0);
goto memerr;
}
}
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN */
/* At this point, all checks are OK. */
/* We generate an answer by switching the dest and src ip addresses,
* setting the icmp type to ECHO_RESPONSE and updating the checksum. */
iecho = p->payload;
tmpaddr.addr = iphdr->src.addr;
iphdr->src.addr = iphdr->dest.addr;
iphdr->dest.addr = tmpaddr.addr;
ICMPH_TYPE_SET(iecho, ICMP_ER);
/* This part of code has been modified by ST's MCD Application Team */
/* To use the Checksum Offload Engine for the putgoing ICMP packets,
the ICMP checksum field should be set to 0, this is required only for Tx ICMP*/
#ifdef CHECKSUM_BY_HARDWARE
iecho->chksum = 0;
#else
/* adjust the checksum */
if (iecho->chksum >= htons(0xffff - (ICMP_ECHO << 8))) {
iecho->chksum += htons(ICMP_ECHO << 8) + 1;
} else {
iecho->chksum += htons(ICMP_ECHO << 8);
}
#endif
/* Set the correct TTL and recalculate the header checksum. */
IPH_TTL_SET(iphdr, ICMP_TTL);
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, 0);
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, inet_chksum(iphdr, IP_HLEN));
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP */
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.xmit);
/* increase number of messages attempted to send */
snmp_inc_icmpoutmsgs();
/* increase number of echo replies attempted to send */
snmp_inc_icmpoutechoreps();
if(pbuf_header(p, hlen)) {
LWIP_ASSERT("Can't move over header in packet", 0);
} else {
err_t ret;
ret = ip_output_if(p, &(iphdr->src), IP_HDRINCL,
ICMP_TTL, 0, IP_PROTO_ICMP, inp);
if (ret != ERR_OK) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: ip_output_if returned an error: %c.\n", ret));
}
}
break;
default:
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: ICMP type %"S16_F" code %"S16_F" not supported.\n",
(s16_t)type, (s16_t)code));
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.proterr);
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.drop);
}
pbuf_free(p);
return;
lenerr:
pbuf_free(p);
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.lenerr);
snmp_inc_icmpinerrors();
return;
#if LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN
memerr:
pbuf_free(p);
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.err);
snmp_inc_icmpinerrors();
return;
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN */
}
/**
* Send an icmp 'destination unreachable' packet, called from ip_input() if
* the transport layer protocol is unknown and from udp_input() if the local
* port is not bound.
*
* @param p the input packet for which the 'unreachable' should be sent,
* p->payload pointing to the IP header
* @param t type of the 'unreachable' packet
*/
void
icmp_dest_unreach(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_dur_type t)
{
icmp_send_response(p, ICMP_DUR, t);
}
#if IP_FORWARD || IP_REASSEMBLY
/**
* Send a 'time exceeded' packet, called from ip_forward() if TTL is 0.
*
* @param p the input packet for which the 'time exceeded' should be sent,
* p->payload pointing to the IP header
* @param t type of the 'time exceeded' packet
*/
void
icmp_time_exceeded(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_te_type t)
{
icmp_send_response(p, ICMP_TE, t);
}
#endif /* IP_FORWARD || IP_REASSEMBLY */
/**
* Send an icmp packet in response to an incoming packet.
*
* @param p the input packet for which the 'unreachable' should be sent,
* p->payload pointing to the IP header
* @param type Type of the ICMP header
* @param code Code of the ICMP header
*/
static void
icmp_send_response(struct pbuf *p, u8_t type, u8_t code)
{
struct pbuf *q;
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
/* we can use the echo header here */
struct icmp_echo_hdr *icmphdr;
/* ICMP header + IP header + 8 bytes of data */
q = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_IP, sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr) + IP_HLEN + ICMP_DEST_UNREACH_DATASIZE,
PBUF_RAM);
if (q == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_time_exceeded: failed to allocate pbuf for ICMP packet.\n"));
return;
}
LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold icmp message",
(q->len >= (sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr) + IP_HLEN + ICMP_DEST_UNREACH_DATASIZE)));
iphdr = p->payload;
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_time_exceeded from "));
ip_addr_debug_print(ICMP_DEBUG, &(iphdr->src));
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, (" to "));
ip_addr_debug_print(ICMP_DEBUG, &(iphdr->dest));
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
icmphdr = q->payload;
icmphdr->type = type;
icmphdr->code = code;
icmphdr->id = 0;
icmphdr->seqno = 0;
/* copy fields from original packet */
SMEMCPY((u8_t *)q->payload + sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr), (u8_t *)p->payload,
IP_HLEN + ICMP_DEST_UNREACH_DATASIZE);
/* calculate checksum */
icmphdr->chksum = 0;
icmphdr->chksum = inet_chksum(icmphdr, q->len);
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.xmit);
/* increase number of messages attempted to send */
snmp_inc_icmpoutmsgs();
/* increase number of destination unreachable messages attempted to send */
snmp_inc_icmpouttimeexcds();
ip_output(q, NULL, &(iphdr->src), ICMP_TTL, 0, IP_PROTO_ICMP);
pbuf_free(q);
}
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */

View file

@ -1,757 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* IGMP - Internet Group Management Protocol
*
**/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2002 CITEL Technologies Ltd.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of CITEL Technologies Ltd nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY CITEL TECHNOLOGIES AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL CITEL TECHNOLOGIES OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is a contribution to the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
* The Swedish Institute of Computer Science and Adam Dunkels
* are specifically granted permission to redistribute this
* source code.
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------
Note 1)
Although the rfc requires V1 AND V2 capability
we will only support v2 since now V1 is very old (August 1989)
V1 can be added if required
a debug print and statistic have been implemented to
show this up.
-------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------
Note 2)
A query for a specific group address (as opposed to ALLHOSTS)
has now been implemented as I am unsure if it is required
a debug print and statistic have been implemented to
show this up.
-------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------
Note 3)
The router alert rfc 2113 is implemented in outgoing packets
but not checked rigorously incoming
-------------------------------------------------------------
Steve Reynolds
------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* RFC 988 - Host extensions for IP multicasting - V0
* RFC 1054 - Host extensions for IP multicasting -
* RFC 1112 - Host extensions for IP multicasting - V1
* RFC 2236 - Internet Group Management Protocol, Version 2 - V2 <- this code is based on this RFC (it's the "de facto" standard)
* RFC 3376 - Internet Group Management Protocol, Version 3 - V3
* RFC 4604 - Using Internet Group Management Protocol Version 3... - V3+
* RFC 2113 - IP Router Alert Option -
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Includes
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_IGMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
#include "lwip/debug.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include "lwip/ip.h"
#include "lwip/inet.h"
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
#include "lwip/udp.h"
#include "lwip/tcp.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "string.h"
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Globales
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
static struct igmp_group* igmp_group_list;
static struct ip_addr allsystems;
static struct ip_addr allrouters;
/**
* Initialize the IGMP module
*/
void
igmp_init(void)
{
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_init: initializing\n"));
IP4_ADDR(&allsystems, 224, 0, 0, 1);
IP4_ADDR(&allrouters, 224, 0, 0, 2);
}
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
/**
* Dump global IGMP groups list
*/
void
igmp_dump_group_list()
{
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
while (group != NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_dump_group_list: [%"U32_F"] ", (u32_t)(group->group_state)));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &group->group_address);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" on if %p\n", group->interface));
group = group->next;
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
}
#else
#define igmp_dump_group_list()
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
/**
* Start IGMP processing on interface
*
* @param netif network interface on which start IGMP processing
*/
err_t
igmp_start(struct netif *netif)
{
struct igmp_group* group;
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_start: starting IGMP processing on if %p\n", netif));
group = igmp_lookup_group(netif, &allsystems);
if (group != NULL) {
group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_IDLE_MEMBER;
group->use++;
/* Allow the igmp messages at the MAC level */
if (netif->igmp_mac_filter != NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_start: igmp_mac_filter(ADD "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &allsystems);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (") on if %p\n", netif));
netif->igmp_mac_filter( netif, &allsystems, IGMP_ADD_MAC_FILTER);
}
return ERR_OK;
}
return ERR_MEM;
}
/**
* Stop IGMP processing on interface
*
* @param netif network interface on which stop IGMP processing
*/
err_t
igmp_stop(struct netif *netif)
{
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
struct igmp_group *prev = NULL;
struct igmp_group *next;
/* look for groups joined on this interface further down the list */
while (group != NULL) {
next = group->next;
/* is it a group joined on this interface? */
if (group->interface == netif) {
/* is it the first group of the list? */
if (group == igmp_group_list) {
igmp_group_list = next;
}
/* is there a "previous" group defined? */
if (prev != NULL) {
prev->next = next;
}
/* disable the group at the MAC level */
if (netif->igmp_mac_filter != NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_stop: igmp_mac_filter(DEL "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &group->group_address);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (") on if %p\n", netif));
netif->igmp_mac_filter(netif, &(group->group_address), IGMP_DEL_MAC_FILTER);
}
/* free group */
memp_free(MEMP_IGMP_GROUP, group);
} else {
/* change the "previous" */
prev = group;
}
/* move to "next" */
group = next;
}
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Report IGMP memberships for this interface
*
* @param netif network interface on which report IGMP memberships
*/
void
igmp_report_groups( struct netif *netif)
{
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_report_groups: sending IGMP reports on if %p\n", netif));
while (group != NULL) {
if (group->interface == netif) {
igmp_delaying_member( group, IGMP_JOIN_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR);
}
group = group->next;
}
}
/**
* Search for a group in the global igmp_group_list
*
* @param ifp the network interface for which to look
* @param addr the group ip address to search for
* @return a struct igmp_group* if the group has been found,
* NULL if the group wasn't found.
*/
struct igmp_group *
igmp_lookfor_group(struct netif *ifp, struct ip_addr *addr)
{
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
while (group != NULL) {
if ((group->interface == ifp) && (ip_addr_cmp(&(group->group_address), addr))) {
return group;
}
group = group->next;
}
/* to be clearer, we return NULL here instead of
* 'group' (which is also NULL at this point).
*/
return NULL;
}
/**
* Search for a specific igmp group and create a new one if not found-
*
* @param ifp the network interface for which to look
* @param addr the group ip address to search
* @return a struct igmp_group*,
* NULL on memory error.
*/
struct igmp_group *
igmp_lookup_group(struct netif *ifp, struct ip_addr *addr)
{
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
/* Search if the group already exists */
group = igmp_lookfor_group(ifp, addr);
if (group != NULL) {
/* Group already exists. */
return group;
}
/* Group doesn't exist yet, create a new one */
group = memp_malloc(MEMP_IGMP_GROUP);
if (group != NULL) {
group->interface = ifp;
ip_addr_set(&(group->group_address), addr);
group->timer = 0; /* Not running */
group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_NON_MEMBER;
group->last_reporter_flag = 0;
group->use = 0;
group->next = igmp_group_list;
igmp_group_list = group;
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_lookup_group: %sallocated a new group with address ", (group?"":"impossible to ")));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, addr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" on if %p\n", ifp));
return group;
}
/**
* Remove a group in the global igmp_group_list
*
* @param group the group to remove from the global igmp_group_list
* @return ERR_OK if group was removed from the list, an err_t otherwise
*/
err_t
igmp_remove_group(struct igmp_group *group)
{
err_t err = ERR_OK;
/* Is it the first group? */
if (igmp_group_list == group) {
igmp_group_list = group->next;
} else {
/* look for group further down the list */
struct igmp_group *tmpGroup;
for (tmpGroup = igmp_group_list; tmpGroup != NULL; tmpGroup = tmpGroup->next) {
if (tmpGroup->next == group) {
tmpGroup->next = group->next;
break;
}
}
/* Group not found in the global igmp_group_list */
if (tmpGroup == NULL)
err = ERR_ARG;
}
/* free group */
memp_free(MEMP_IGMP_GROUP, group);
return err;
}
/**
* Called from ip_input() if a new IGMP packet is received.
*
* @param p received igmp packet, p->payload pointing to the ip header
* @param inp network interface on which the packet was received
* @param dest destination ip address of the igmp packet
*/
void
igmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp, struct ip_addr *dest)
{
struct ip_hdr * iphdr;
struct igmp_msg* igmp;
struct igmp_group* group;
struct igmp_group* groupref;
/* Note that the length CAN be greater than 8 but only 8 are used - All are included in the checksum */
iphdr = p->payload;
if (pbuf_header(p, -(s16_t)(IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4)) || (p->len < IGMP_MINLEN)) {
pbuf_free(p);
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.lenerr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: length error\n"));
return;
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: message from "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &(iphdr->src));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" to address "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &(iphdr->dest));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" on if %p\n", inp));
/* Now calculate and check the checksum */
igmp = (struct igmp_msg *)p->payload;
if (inet_chksum(igmp, p->len)) {
pbuf_free(p);
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.chkerr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: checksum error\n"));
return;
}
/* Packet is ok so find an existing group */
group = igmp_lookfor_group(inp, dest); /* use the incoming IP address! */
/* If group can be found or create... */
if (!group) {
pbuf_free(p);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: IGMP frame not for us\n"));
return;
}
/* NOW ACT ON THE INCOMING MESSAGE TYPE... */
switch (igmp->igmp_msgtype) {
case IGMP_MEMB_QUERY: {
/* IGMP_MEMB_QUERY to the "all systems" address ? */
if ((ip_addr_cmp(dest, &allsystems)) && (igmp->igmp_group_address.addr == 0)) {
/* THIS IS THE GENERAL QUERY */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: General IGMP_MEMB_QUERY on \"ALL SYSTEMS\" address (224.0.0.1) [igmp_maxresp=%i]\n", (int)(igmp->igmp_maxresp)));
if (igmp->igmp_maxresp == 0) {
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.v1_rxed);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: got an all hosts query with time== 0 - this is V1 and not implemented - treat as v2\n"));
igmp->igmp_maxresp = IGMP_V1_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR;
}
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.group_query_rxed);
groupref = igmp_group_list;
while (groupref) {
/* Do not send messages on the all systems group address! */
if ((groupref->interface == inp) && (!(ip_addr_cmp(&(groupref->group_address), &allsystems)))) {
igmp_delaying_member( groupref, igmp->igmp_maxresp);
}
groupref = groupref->next;
}
} else {
/* IGMP_MEMB_QUERY to a specific group ? */
if (group->group_address.addr != 0) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: IGMP_MEMB_QUERY to a specific group "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &group->group_address);
if (ip_addr_cmp (dest, &allsystems)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" using \"ALL SYSTEMS\" address (224.0.0.1) [igmp_maxresp=%i]\n", (int)(igmp->igmp_maxresp)));
/* we first need to re-lookfor the group since we used dest last time */
group = igmp_lookfor_group(inp, &igmp->igmp_group_address);
} else {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" with the group address as destination [igmp_maxresp=%i]\n", (int)(igmp->igmp_maxresp)));
}
if (group != NULL) {
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.unicast_query);
igmp_delaying_member( group, igmp->igmp_maxresp);
}
}
}
break;
}
case IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT: {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT\n"));
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.report_rxed);
if (group->group_state == IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER) {
/* This is on a specific group we have already looked up */
group->timer = 0; /* stopped */
group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_IDLE_MEMBER;
group->last_reporter_flag = 0;
}
break;
}
default: {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: unexpected msg %d in state %d on group %p on if %p\n",
igmp->igmp_msgtype, group->group_state, &group, group->interface));
break;
}
}
pbuf_free(p);
return;
}
/**
* Join a group on one network interface.
*
* @param ifaddr ip address of the network interface which should join a new group
* @param groupaddr the ip address of the group which to join
* @return ERR_OK if group was joined on the netif(s), an err_t otherwise
*/
err_t
igmp_joingroup(struct ip_addr *ifaddr, struct ip_addr *groupaddr)
{
err_t err = ERR_VAL; /* no matching interface */
struct igmp_group *group;
struct netif *netif;
/* make sure it is multicast address */
LWIP_ERROR("igmp_joingroup: attempt to join non-multicast address", ip_addr_ismulticast(groupaddr), return ERR_VAL;);
LWIP_ERROR("igmp_joingroup: attempt to join allsystems address", (!ip_addr_cmp(groupaddr, &allsystems)), return ERR_VAL;);
/* loop through netif's */
netif = netif_list;
while (netif != NULL) {
/* Should we join this interface ? */
if ((netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) && ((ip_addr_isany(ifaddr) || ip_addr_cmp(&(netif->ip_addr), ifaddr)))) {
/* find group or create a new one if not found */
group = igmp_lookup_group(netif, groupaddr);
if (group != NULL) {
/* This should create a new group, check the state to make sure */
if (group->group_state != IGMP_GROUP_NON_MEMBER) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_joingroup: join to group not in state IGMP_GROUP_NON_MEMBER\n"));
} else {
/* OK - it was new group */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_joingroup: join to new group: "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
/* If first use of the group, allow the group at the MAC level */
if ((group->use==0) && (netif->igmp_mac_filter != NULL)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_joingroup: igmp_mac_filter(ADD "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (") on if %p\n", netif));
netif->igmp_mac_filter(netif, groupaddr, IGMP_ADD_MAC_FILTER);
}
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.join_sent);
igmp_send(group, IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT);
igmp_start_timer(group, IGMP_JOIN_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR);
/* Need to work out where this timer comes from */
group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER;
}
/* Increment group use */
group->use++;
/* Join on this interface */
err = ERR_OK;
} else {
/* Return an error even if some network interfaces are joined */
/** @todo undo any other netif already joined */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_joingroup: Not enought memory to join to group\n"));
return ERR_MEM;
}
}
/* proceed to next network interface */
netif = netif->next;
}
return err;
}
/**
* Leave a group on one network interface.
*
* @param ifaddr ip address of the network interface which should leave a group
* @param groupaddr the ip address of the group which to leave
* @return ERR_OK if group was left on the netif(s), an err_t otherwise
*/
err_t
igmp_leavegroup(struct ip_addr *ifaddr, struct ip_addr *groupaddr)
{
err_t err = ERR_VAL; /* no matching interface */
struct igmp_group *group;
struct netif *netif;
/* make sure it is multicast address */
LWIP_ERROR("igmp_leavegroup: attempt to leave non-multicast address", ip_addr_ismulticast(groupaddr), return ERR_VAL;);
LWIP_ERROR("igmp_leavegroup: attempt to leave allsystems address", (!ip_addr_cmp(groupaddr, &allsystems)), return ERR_VAL;);
/* loop through netif's */
netif = netif_list;
while (netif != NULL) {
/* Should we leave this interface ? */
if ((netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) && ((ip_addr_isany(ifaddr) || ip_addr_cmp(&(netif->ip_addr), ifaddr)))) {
/* find group */
group = igmp_lookfor_group(netif, groupaddr);
if (group != NULL) {
/* Only send a leave if the flag is set according to the state diagram */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: Leaving group: "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
/* If there is no other use of the group */
if (group->use <= 1) {
/* If we are the last reporter for this group */
if (group->last_reporter_flag) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: sending leaving group\n"));
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.leave_sent);
igmp_send(group, IGMP_LEAVE_GROUP);
}
/* Disable the group at the MAC level */
if (netif->igmp_mac_filter != NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: igmp_mac_filter(DEL "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (") on if %p\n", netif));
netif->igmp_mac_filter(netif, groupaddr, IGMP_DEL_MAC_FILTER);
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: remove group: "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
/* Free the group */
igmp_remove_group(group);
} else {
/* Decrement group use */
group->use--;
}
/* Leave on this interface */
err = ERR_OK;
} else {
/* It's not a fatal error on "leavegroup" */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: not member of group\n"));
}
}
/* proceed to next network interface */
netif = netif->next;
}
return err;
}
/**
* The igmp timer function (both for NO_SYS=1 and =0)
* Should be called every IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL milliseconds (100 ms is default).
*/
void
igmp_tmr(void)
{
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
while (group != NULL) {
if (group->timer != 0) {
group->timer -= 1;
if (group->timer == 0) {
igmp_timeout(group);
}
}
group = group->next;
}
}
/**
* Called if a timeout for one group is reached.
* Sends a report for this group.
*
* @param group an igmp_group for which a timeout is reached
*/
void
igmp_timeout(struct igmp_group *group)
{
/* If the state is IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER then we send a report for this group */
if (group->group_state == IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_timeout: report membership for group with address "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &(group->group_address));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" on if %p\n", group->interface));
igmp_send(group, IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT);
}
}
/**
* Start a timer for an igmp group
*
* @param group the igmp_group for which to start a timer
* @param max_time the time in multiples of IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL (decrease with
* every call to igmp_tmr())
*/
void
igmp_start_timer(struct igmp_group *group, u8_t max_time)
{
/**
* @todo Important !! this should be random 0 -> max_time. Find out how to do this
*/
group->timer = max_time;
}
/**
* Stop a timer for an igmp_group
*
* @param group the igmp_group for which to stop the timer
*/
void
igmp_stop_timer(struct igmp_group *group)
{
group->timer = 0;
}
/**
* Delaying membership report for a group if necessary
*
* @param group the igmp_group for which "delaying" membership report
* @param maxresp query delay
*/
void
igmp_delaying_member( struct igmp_group *group, u8_t maxresp)
{
if ((group->group_state == IGMP_GROUP_IDLE_MEMBER) ||
((group->group_state == IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER) && (maxresp > group->timer))) {
igmp_start_timer(group, (maxresp)/2);
group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER;
}
}
/**
* Sends an IP packet on a network interface. This function constructs the IP header
* and calculates the IP header checksum. If the source IP address is NULL,
* the IP address of the outgoing network interface is filled in as source address.
*
* @param p the packet to send (p->payload points to the data, e.g. next
protocol header; if dest == IP_HDRINCL, p already includes an IP
header and p->payload points to that IP header)
* @param src the source IP address to send from (if src == IP_ADDR_ANY, the
* IP address of the netif used to send is used as source address)
* @param dest the destination IP address to send the packet to
* @param ttl the TTL value to be set in the IP header
* @param proto the PROTOCOL to be set in the IP header
* @param netif the netif on which to send this packet
* @return ERR_OK if the packet was sent OK
* ERR_BUF if p doesn't have enough space for IP/LINK headers
* returns errors returned by netif->output
*/
err_t
igmp_ip_output_if(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
u8_t ttl, u8_t proto, struct netif *netif)
{
/* This is the "router alert" option */
u16_t ra[2];
ra[0] = htons (ROUTER_ALERT);
ra[1] = 0x0000; /* Router shall examine packet */
return ip_output_if_opt(p, src, dest, ttl, 0, proto, netif, ra, ROUTER_ALERTLEN);
}
/**
* Send an igmp packet to a specific group.
*
* @param group the group to which to send the packet
* @param type the type of igmp packet to send
*/
void
igmp_send(struct igmp_group *group, u8_t type)
{
struct pbuf* p = NULL;
struct igmp_msg* igmp = NULL;
struct ip_addr src = {0};
struct ip_addr* dest = NULL;
/* IP header + "router alert" option + IGMP header */
p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_TRANSPORT, IGMP_MINLEN, PBUF_RAM);
if (p) {
igmp = p->payload;
LWIP_ASSERT("igmp_send: check that first pbuf can hold struct igmp_msg",
(p->len >= sizeof(struct igmp_msg)));
ip_addr_set(&src, &((group->interface)->ip_addr));
if (type == IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT) {
dest = &(group->group_address);
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.report_sent);
ip_addr_set(&(igmp->igmp_group_address), &(group->group_address));
group->last_reporter_flag = 1; /* Remember we were the last to report */
} else {
if (type == IGMP_LEAVE_GROUP) {
dest = &allrouters;
ip_addr_set(&(igmp->igmp_group_address), &(group->group_address));
}
}
if ((type == IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT) || (type == IGMP_LEAVE_GROUP)) {
igmp->igmp_msgtype = type;
igmp->igmp_maxresp = 0;
igmp->igmp_checksum = 0;
igmp->igmp_checksum = inet_chksum( igmp, IGMP_MINLEN);
igmp_ip_output_if(p, &src, dest, IGMP_TTL, IP_PROTO_IGMP, group->interface);
}
pbuf_free(p);
} else {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_send: not enough memory for igmp_send\n"));
}
}
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */

View file

@ -1,278 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Functions common to all TCP/IPv4 modules, such as the byte order functions.
*
**/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/inet.h"
/* Here for now until needed in other places in lwIP */
#ifndef isprint
#define in_range(c, lo, up) ((u8_t)c >= lo && (u8_t)c <= up)
#define isprint(c) in_range(c, 0x20, 0x7f)
#define isdigit(c) in_range(c, '0', '9')
#define isxdigit(c) (isdigit(c) || in_range(c, 'a', 'f') || in_range(c, 'A', 'F'))
#define islower(c) in_range(c, 'a', 'z')
#define isspace(c) (c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' || c == '\v')
#endif
/**
* Ascii internet address interpretation routine.
* The value returned is in network order.
*
* @param cp IP address in ascii represenation (e.g. "127.0.0.1")
* @return ip address in network order
*/
u32_t
inet_addr(const char *cp)
{
struct in_addr val;
if (inet_aton(cp, &val)) {
return (val.s_addr);
}
return (INADDR_NONE);
}
/**
* Check whether "cp" is a valid ascii representation
* of an Internet address and convert to a binary address.
* Returns 1 if the address is valid, 0 if not.
* This replaces inet_addr, the return value from which
* cannot distinguish between failure and a local broadcast address.
*
* @param cp IP address in ascii represenation (e.g. "127.0.0.1")
* @param addr pointer to which to save the ip address in network order
* @return 1 if cp could be converted to addr, 0 on failure
*/
int
inet_aton(const char *cp, struct in_addr *addr)
{
u32_t val;
u8_t base;
char c;
u32_t parts[4];
u32_t *pp = parts;
c = *cp;
for (;;) {
/*
* Collect number up to ``.''.
* Values are specified as for C:
* 0x=hex, 0=octal, 1-9=decimal.
*/
if (!isdigit(c))
return (0);
val = 0;
base = 10;
if (c == '0') {
c = *++cp;
if (c == 'x' || c == 'X') {
base = 16;
c = *++cp;
} else
base = 8;
}
for (;;) {
if (isdigit(c)) {
val = (val * base) + (int)(c - '0');
c = *++cp;
} else if (base == 16 && isxdigit(c)) {
val = (val << 4) | (int)(c + 10 - (islower(c) ? 'a' : 'A'));
c = *++cp;
} else
break;
}
if (c == '.') {
/*
* Internet format:
* a.b.c.d
* a.b.c (with c treated as 16 bits)
* a.b (with b treated as 24 bits)
*/
if (pp >= parts + 3)
return (0);
*pp++ = val;
c = *++cp;
} else
break;
}
/*
* Check for trailing characters.
*/
if (c != '\0' && !isspace(c))
return (0);
/*
* Concoct the address according to
* the number of parts specified.
*/
switch (pp - parts + 1) {
case 0:
return (0); /* initial nondigit */
case 1: /* a -- 32 bits */
break;
case 2: /* a.b -- 8.24 bits */
if (val > 0xffffffUL)
return (0);
val |= parts[0] << 24;
break;
case 3: /* a.b.c -- 8.8.16 bits */
if (val > 0xffff)
return (0);
val |= (parts[0] << 24) | (parts[1] << 16);
break;
case 4: /* a.b.c.d -- 8.8.8.8 bits */
if (val > 0xff)
return (0);
val |= (parts[0] << 24) | (parts[1] << 16) | (parts[2] << 8);
break;
}
if (addr)
addr->s_addr = htonl(val);
return (1);
}
/**
* Convert numeric IP address into decimal dotted ASCII representation.
* returns ptr to static buffer; not reentrant!
*
* @param addr ip address in network order to convert
* @return pointer to a global static (!) buffer that holds the ASCII
* represenation of addr
*/
char *
inet_ntoa(struct in_addr addr)
{
static char str[16];
u32_t s_addr = addr.s_addr;
char inv[3];
char *rp;
u8_t *ap;
u8_t rem;
u8_t n;
u8_t i;
rp = str;
ap = (u8_t *)&s_addr;
for(n = 0; n < 4; n++) {
i = 0;
do {
rem = *ap % (u8_t)10;
*ap /= (u8_t)10;
inv[i++] = '0' + rem;
} while(*ap);
while(i--)
*rp++ = inv[i];
*rp++ = '.';
ap++;
}
*--rp = 0;
return str;
}
/**
* These are reference implementations of the byte swapping functions.
* Again with the aim of being simple, correct and fully portable.
* Byte swapping is the second thing you would want to optimize. You will
* need to port it to your architecture and in your cc.h:
*
* #define LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP 1
* #define LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(x) <your_htons>
* #define LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONL(x) <your_htonl>
*
* Note ntohs() and ntohl() are merely references to the htonx counterparts.
*/
#if (LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP == 0) && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)
/**
* Convert an u16_t from host- to network byte order.
*
* @param n u16_t in host byte order
* @return n in network byte order
*/
u16_t
htons(u16_t n)
{
return ((n & 0xff) << 8) | ((n & 0xff00) >> 8);
}
/**
* Convert an u16_t from network- to host byte order.
*
* @param n u16_t in network byte order
* @return n in host byte order
*/
u16_t
ntohs(u16_t n)
{
return htons(n);
}
/**
* Convert an u32_t from host- to network byte order.
*
* @param n u32_t in host byte order
* @return n in network byte order
*/
u32_t
htonl(u32_t n)
{
return ((n & 0xff) << 24) |
((n & 0xff00) << 8) |
((n & 0xff0000UL) >> 8) |
((n & 0xff000000UL) >> 24);
}
/**
* Convert an u32_t from network- to host byte order.
*
* @param n u32_t in network byte order
* @return n in host byte order
*/
u32_t
ntohl(u32_t n)
{
return htonl(n);
}
#endif /* (LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP == 0) && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN) */

View file

@ -1,438 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Incluse internet checksum functions.
*
**/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
#include "lwip/inet.h"
#include <stddef.h>
/* These are some reference implementations of the checksum algorithm, with the
* aim of being simple, correct and fully portable. Checksumming is the
* first thing you would want to optimize for your platform. If you create
* your own version, link it in and in your cc.h put:
*
* #define LWIP_CHKSUM <your_checksum_routine>
*
* Or you can select from the implementations below by defining
* LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM to 1, 2 or 3.
*/
#ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM
# define LWIP_CHKSUM lwip_standard_chksum
# ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM
# define LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM 1
# endif
#endif
/* If none set: */
#ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM
# define LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM 0
#endif
/** Like the name says... */
#if LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)
/* little endian and PLATFORM_BYTESWAP defined */
#define SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(w) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(w)
#else
/* can't use htons on big endian (or PLATFORM_BYTESWAP not defined)... */
#define SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(w) ((w & 0xff) << 8) | ((w & 0xff00) >> 8)
#endif
/** Split an u32_t in two u16_ts and add them up */
#define FOLD_U32T(u) ((u >> 16) + (u & 0x0000ffffUL))
#if (LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM == 1) /* Version #1 */
/**
* lwip checksum
*
* @param dataptr points to start of data to be summed at any boundary
* @param len length of data to be summed
* @return host order (!) lwip checksum (non-inverted Internet sum)
*
* @note accumulator size limits summable length to 64k
* @note host endianess is irrelevant (p3 RFC1071)
*/
static u16_t
lwip_standard_chksum(void *dataptr, u16_t len)
{
u32_t acc;
u16_t src;
u8_t *octetptr;
acc = 0;
/* dataptr may be at odd or even addresses */
octetptr = (u8_t*)dataptr;
while (len > 1) {
/* declare first octet as most significant
thus assume network order, ignoring host order */
src = (*octetptr) << 8;
octetptr++;
/* declare second octet as least significant */
src |= (*octetptr);
octetptr++;
acc += src;
len -= 2;
}
if (len > 0) {
/* accumulate remaining octet */
src = (*octetptr) << 8;
acc += src;
}
/* add deferred carry bits */
acc = (acc >> 16) + (acc & 0x0000ffffUL);
if ((acc & 0xffff0000UL) != 0) {
acc = (acc >> 16) + (acc & 0x0000ffffUL);
}
/* This maybe a little confusing: reorder sum using htons()
instead of ntohs() since it has a little less call overhead.
The caller must invert bits for Internet sum ! */
return htons((u16_t)acc);
}
#endif
#if (LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM == 2) /* Alternative version #2 */
/*
* Curt McDowell
* Broadcom Corp.
* csm@broadcom.com
*
* IP checksum two bytes at a time with support for
* unaligned buffer.
* Works for len up to and including 0x20000.
* by Curt McDowell, Broadcom Corp. 12/08/2005
*
* @param dataptr points to start of data to be summed at any boundary
* @param len length of data to be summed
* @return host order (!) lwip checksum (non-inverted Internet sum)
*/
static u16_t
lwip_standard_chksum(void *dataptr, int len)
{
u8_t *pb = dataptr;
u16_t *ps, t = 0;
u32_t sum = 0;
int odd = ((u32_t)pb & 1);
/* Get aligned to u16_t */
if (odd && len > 0) {
((u8_t *)&t)[1] = *pb++;
len--;
}
/* Add the bulk of the data */
ps = (u16_t *)pb;
while (len > 1) {
sum += *ps++;
len -= 2;
}
/* Consume left-over byte, if any */
if (len > 0) {
((u8_t *)&t)[0] = *(u8_t *)ps;;
}
/* Add end bytes */
sum += t;
/* Fold 32-bit sum to 16 bits
calling this twice is propably faster than if statements... */
sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
/* Swap if alignment was odd */
if (odd) {
sum = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(sum);
}
return sum;
}
#endif
#if (LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM == 3) /* Alternative version #3 */
/**
* An optimized checksum routine. Basically, it uses loop-unrolling on
* the checksum loop, treating the head and tail bytes specially, whereas
* the inner loop acts on 8 bytes at a time.
*
* @arg start of buffer to be checksummed. May be an odd byte address.
* @len number of bytes in the buffer to be checksummed.
* @return host order (!) lwip checksum (non-inverted Internet sum)
*
* by Curt McDowell, Broadcom Corp. December 8th, 2005
*/
static u16_t
lwip_standard_chksum(void *dataptr, int len)
{
u8_t *pb = dataptr;
u16_t *ps, t = 0;
u32_t *pl;
u32_t sum = 0, tmp;
/* starts at odd byte address? */
int odd = ((u32_t)pb & 1);
if (odd && len > 0) {
((u8_t *)&t)[1] = *pb++;
len--;
}
ps = (u16_t *)pb;
if (((u32_t)ps & 3) && len > 1) {
sum += *ps++;
len -= 2;
}
pl = (u32_t *)ps;
while (len > 7) {
tmp = sum + *pl++; /* ping */
if (tmp < sum) {
tmp++; /* add back carry */
}
sum = tmp + *pl++; /* pong */
if (sum < tmp) {
sum++; /* add back carry */
}
len -= 8;
}
/* make room in upper bits */
sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
ps = (u16_t *)pl;
/* 16-bit aligned word remaining? */
while (len > 1) {
sum += *ps++;
len -= 2;
}
/* dangling tail byte remaining? */
if (len > 0) { /* include odd byte */
((u8_t *)&t)[0] = *(u8_t *)ps;
}
sum += t; /* add end bytes */
/* Fold 32-bit sum to 16 bits
calling this twice is propably faster than if statements... */
sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
if (odd) {
sum = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(sum);
}
return sum;
}
#endif
/* inet_chksum_pseudo:
*
* Calculates the pseudo Internet checksum used by TCP and UDP for a pbuf chain.
* IP addresses are expected to be in network byte order.
*
* @param p chain of pbufs over that a checksum should be calculated (ip data part)
* @param src source ip address (used for checksum of pseudo header)
* @param dst destination ip address (used for checksum of pseudo header)
* @param proto ip protocol (used for checksum of pseudo header)
* @param proto_len length of the ip data part (used for checksum of pseudo header)
* @return checksum (as u16_t) to be saved directly in the protocol header
*/
u16_t
inet_chksum_pseudo(struct pbuf *p,
struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len)
{
u32_t acc;
struct pbuf *q;
u8_t swapped;
acc = 0;
swapped = 0;
/* iterate through all pbuf in chain */
for(q = p; q != NULL; q = q->next) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): checksumming pbuf %p (has next %p) \n",
(void *)q, (void *)q->next));
acc += LWIP_CHKSUM(q->payload, q->len);
/*LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): unwrapped lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F" \n", acc));*/
/* just executing this next line is probably faster that the if statement needed
to check whether we really need to execute it, and does no harm */
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
if (q->len % 2 != 0) {
swapped = 1 - swapped;
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
}
/*LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): wrapped lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F" \n", acc));*/
}
if (swapped) {
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
}
acc += (src->addr & 0xffffUL);
acc += ((src->addr >> 16) & 0xffffUL);
acc += (dest->addr & 0xffffUL);
acc += ((dest->addr >> 16) & 0xffffUL);
acc += (u32_t)htons((u16_t)proto);
acc += (u32_t)htons(proto_len);
/* Fold 32-bit sum to 16 bits
calling this twice is propably faster than if statements... */
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): pbuf chain lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F"\n", acc));
return (u16_t)~(acc & 0xffffUL);
}
/* inet_chksum_pseudo:
*
* Calculates the pseudo Internet checksum used by TCP and UDP for a pbuf chain.
* IP addresses are expected to be in network byte order.
*
* @param p chain of pbufs over that a checksum should be calculated (ip data part)
* @param src source ip address (used for checksum of pseudo header)
* @param dst destination ip address (used for checksum of pseudo header)
* @param proto ip protocol (used for checksum of pseudo header)
* @param proto_len length of the ip data part (used for checksum of pseudo header)
* @return checksum (as u16_t) to be saved directly in the protocol header
*/
/* Currently only used by UDPLITE, although this could change in the future. */
#if LWIP_UDPLITE
u16_t
inet_chksum_pseudo_partial(struct pbuf *p,
struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len, u16_t chksum_len)
{
u32_t acc;
struct pbuf *q;
u8_t swapped;
u16_t chklen;
acc = 0;
swapped = 0;
/* iterate through all pbuf in chain */
for(q = p; (q != NULL) && (chksum_len > 0); q = q->next) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): checksumming pbuf %p (has next %p) \n",
(void *)q, (void *)q->next));
chklen = q->len;
if (chklen > chksum_len) {
chklen = chksum_len;
}
acc += LWIP_CHKSUM(q->payload, chklen);
chksum_len -= chklen;
LWIP_ASSERT("delete me", chksum_len < 0x7fff);
/*LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): unwrapped lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F" \n", acc));*/
/* fold the upper bit down */
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
if (q->len % 2 != 0) {
swapped = 1 - swapped;
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
}
/*LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): wrapped lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F" \n", acc));*/
}
if (swapped) {
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
}
acc += (src->addr & 0xffffUL);
acc += ((src->addr >> 16) & 0xffffUL);
acc += (dest->addr & 0xffffUL);
acc += ((dest->addr >> 16) & 0xffffUL);
acc += (u32_t)htons((u16_t)proto);
acc += (u32_t)htons(proto_len);
/* Fold 32-bit sum to 16 bits
calling this twice is propably faster than if statements... */
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): pbuf chain lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F"\n", acc));
return (u16_t)~(acc & 0xffffUL);
}
#endif /* LWIP_UDPLITE */
/* inet_chksum:
*
* Calculates the Internet checksum over a portion of memory. Used primarily for IP
* and ICMP.
*
* @param dataptr start of the buffer to calculate the checksum (no alignment needed)
* @param len length of the buffer to calculate the checksum
* @return checksum (as u16_t) to be saved directly in the protocol header
*/
u16_t
inet_chksum(void *dataptr, u16_t len)
{
return ~LWIP_CHKSUM(dataptr, len);
}
/**
* Calculate a checksum over a chain of pbufs (without pseudo-header, much like
* inet_chksum only pbufs are used).
*
* @param p pbuf chain over that the checksum should be calculated
* @return checksum (as u16_t) to be saved directly in the protocol header
*/
u16_t
inet_chksum_pbuf(struct pbuf *p)
{
u32_t acc;
struct pbuf *q;
u8_t swapped;
acc = 0;
swapped = 0;
for(q = p; q != NULL; q = q->next) {
acc += LWIP_CHKSUM(q->payload, q->len);
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
if (q->len % 2 != 0) {
swapped = 1 - swapped;
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
}
}
if (swapped) {
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
}
return (u16_t)~(acc & 0xffffUL);
}

View file

@ -1,768 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* This is the IPv4 layer implementation for incoming and outgoing IP traffic.
*
* @see ip_frag.c
*
**/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/ip.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include "lwip/ip_frag.h"
#include "lwip/inet.h"
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
#include "lwip/raw.h"
#include "lwip/udp.h"
#include "lwip/tcp.h"
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
#include "lwip/dhcp.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "arch/perf.h"
#include <string.h>
/**
* The interface that provided the packet for the current callback
* invocation.
*/
struct netif *current_netif;
/**
* Header of the input packet currently being processed.
*/
const struct ip_hdr *current_header;
/**
* Finds the appropriate network interface for a given IP address. It
* searches the list of network interfaces linearly. A match is found
* if the masked IP address of the network interface equals the masked
* IP address given to the function.
*
* @param dest the destination IP address for which to find the route
* @return the netif on which to send to reach dest
*/
struct netif *
ip_route(struct ip_addr *dest)
{
struct netif *netif;
/* iterate through netifs */
for(netif = netif_list; netif != NULL; netif = netif->next) {
/* network mask matches? */
if (netif_is_up(netif)) {
if (ip_addr_netcmp(dest, &(netif->ip_addr), &(netif->netmask))) {
/* return netif on which to forward IP packet */
return netif;
}
}
}
if ((netif_default == NULL) || (!netif_is_up(netif_default))) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("ip_route: No route to 0x%"X32_F"\n", dest->addr));
IP_STATS_INC(ip.rterr);
snmp_inc_ipoutnoroutes();
return NULL;
}
/* no matching netif found, use default netif */
return netif_default;
}
#if IP_FORWARD
/**
* Forwards an IP packet. It finds an appropriate route for the
* packet, decrements the TTL value of the packet, adjusts the
* checksum and outputs the packet on the appropriate interface.
*
* @param p the packet to forward (p->payload points to IP header)
* @param iphdr the IP header of the input packet
* @param inp the netif on which this packet was received
* @return the netif on which the packet was sent (NULL if it wasn't sent)
*/
static struct netif *
ip_forward(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_hdr *iphdr, struct netif *inp)
{
struct netif *netif;
PERF_START;
/* Find network interface where to forward this IP packet to. */
netif = ip_route((struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->dest));
if (netif == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_forward: no forwarding route for 0x%"X32_F" found\n",
iphdr->dest.addr));
snmp_inc_ipoutnoroutes();
return (struct netif *)NULL;
}
/* Do not forward packets onto the same network interface on which
* they arrived. */
/* Realtek Modified Start */
#ifdef CONFIG_DONT_CARE_TP
if(netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IPSWITCH == 0) {
if (netif == inp) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_forward: not bouncing packets back on incoming interface.\n"));
snmp_inc_ipoutnoroutes();
return (struct netif *)NULL;
}
}
#endif
/* Realtek Modified End */
/* decrement TTL */
IPH_TTL_SET(iphdr, IPH_TTL(iphdr) - 1);
/* send ICMP if TTL == 0 */
if (IPH_TTL(iphdr) == 0) {
snmp_inc_ipinhdrerrors();
#if LWIP_ICMP
/* Don't send ICMP messages in response to ICMP messages */
if (IPH_PROTO(iphdr) != IP_PROTO_ICMP) {
icmp_time_exceeded(p, ICMP_TE_TTL);
}
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
return (struct netif *)NULL;
}
/* Incrementally update the IP checksum. */
if (IPH_CHKSUM(iphdr) >= htons(0xffff - 0x100)) {
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, IPH_CHKSUM(iphdr) + htons(0x100) + 1);
} else {
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, IPH_CHKSUM(iphdr) + htons(0x100));
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_forward: forwarding packet to 0x%"X32_F"\n",
iphdr->dest.addr));
IP_STATS_INC(ip.fw);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.xmit);
snmp_inc_ipforwdatagrams();
PERF_STOP("ip_forward");
/* Realtek Modified Start */
#ifdef CONFIG_DONT_CARE_TP
#if IP_FRAG
/* don't fragment if interface has mtu set to 0 [loopif] */
if ((netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IPSWITCH) && netif->mtu && (p->tot_len > netif->mtu)) {
ip_frag(p,netif,(struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->dest));
return netif;
}
#endif
#endif
/* Realtek Modified End */
/* transmit pbuf on chosen interface */
netif->output(netif, p, (struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->dest));
return netif;
}
#endif /* IP_FORWARD */
/**
* This function is called by the network interface device driver when
* an IP packet is received. The function does the basic checks of the
* IP header such as packet size being at least larger than the header
* size etc. If the packet was not destined for us, the packet is
* forwarded (using ip_forward). The IP checksum is always checked.
*
* Finally, the packet is sent to the upper layer protocol input function.
*
* @param p the received IP packet (p->payload points to IP header)
* @param inp the netif on which this packet was received
* @return ERR_OK if the packet was processed (could return ERR_* if it wasn't
* processed, but currently always returns ERR_OK)
*/
err_t
ip_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
{
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
struct netif *netif;
u16_t iphdr_hlen;
u16_t iphdr_len;
#if LWIP_DHCP || LWIP_UPNP
int check_ip_src=1;
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP || LWIP_UPNP */
IP_STATS_INC(ip.recv);
snmp_inc_ipinreceives();
/* identify the IP header */
iphdr = p->payload;
if (IPH_V(iphdr) != 4) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING, ("IP packet dropped due to bad version number %"U16_F"\n", IPH_V(iphdr)));
ip_debug_print(p);
pbuf_free(p);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.err);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
snmp_inc_ipinhdrerrors();
return ERR_OK;
}
/* obtain IP header length in number of 32-bit words */
iphdr_hlen = IPH_HL(iphdr);
/* calculate IP header length in bytes */
iphdr_hlen *= 4;
/* obtain ip length in bytes */
iphdr_len = ntohs(IPH_LEN(iphdr));
/* header length exceeds first pbuf length, or ip length exceeds total pbuf length? */
if ((iphdr_hlen > p->len) || (iphdr_len > p->tot_len)) {
if (iphdr_hlen > p->len) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
("IP header (len %"U16_F") does not fit in first pbuf (len %"U16_F"), IP packet dropped.\n",
iphdr_hlen, p->len));
}
if (iphdr_len > p->tot_len) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
("IP (len %"U16_F") is longer than pbuf (len %"U16_F"), IP packet dropped.\n",
iphdr_len, p->tot_len));
}
/* free (drop) packet pbufs */
pbuf_free(p);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.lenerr);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
snmp_inc_ipindiscards();
return ERR_OK;
}
/* verify checksum */
#if CHECKSUM_CHECK_IP
if (inet_chksum(iphdr, iphdr_hlen) != 0) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
("Checksum (0x%"X16_F") failed, IP packet dropped.\n", inet_chksum(iphdr, iphdr_hlen)));
ip_debug_print(p);
pbuf_free(p);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.chkerr);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
snmp_inc_ipinhdrerrors();
return ERR_OK;
}
#endif
/* Trim pbuf. This should have been done at the netif layer,
* but we'll do it anyway just to be sure that its done. */
pbuf_realloc(p, iphdr_len);
/* match packet against an interface, i.e. is this packet for us? */
#if LWIP_IGMP
if (ip_addr_ismulticast(&(iphdr->dest))) {
if ((inp->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) && (igmp_lookfor_group(inp, &(iphdr->dest)))) {
netif = inp;
} else {
netif = NULL;
}
} else
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
{
/* start trying with inp. if that's not acceptable, start walking the
list of configured netifs.
'first' is used as a boolean to mark whether we started walking the list */
int first = 1;
netif = inp;
do {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: iphdr->dest 0x%"X32_F" netif->ip_addr 0x%"X32_F" (0x%"X32_F", 0x%"X32_F", 0x%"X32_F")\n",
iphdr->dest.addr, netif->ip_addr.addr,
iphdr->dest.addr & netif->netmask.addr,
netif->ip_addr.addr & netif->netmask.addr,
iphdr->dest.addr & ~(netif->netmask.addr)));
/* interface is up and configured? */
if ((netif_is_up(netif)) && (!ip_addr_isany(&(netif->ip_addr)))) {
/* unicast to this interface address? */
if (ip_addr_cmp(&(iphdr->dest), &(netif->ip_addr)) ||
/* or broadcast on this interface network address? */
ip_addr_isbroadcast(&(iphdr->dest), netif)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: packet accepted on interface %c%c\n",
netif->name[0], netif->name[1]));
/* break out of for loop */
break;
}
}
if (first) {
first = 0;
netif = netif_list;
} else {
netif = netif->next;
}
if (netif == inp) {
netif = netif->next;
}
} while(netif != NULL);
}
#if LWIP_DHCP
/* Pass DHCP messages regardless of destination address. DHCP traffic is addressed
* using link layer addressing (such as Ethernet MAC) so we must not filter on IP.
* According to RFC 1542 section 3.1.1, referred by RFC 2131).
*/
if (netif == NULL) {
/* remote port is DHCP server? */
if (IPH_PROTO(iphdr) == IP_PROTO_UDP) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("ip_input: UDP packet to DHCP client port %"U16_F"\n",
ntohs(((struct udp_hdr *)((u8_t *)iphdr + iphdr_hlen))->dest)));
if (ntohs(((struct udp_hdr *)((u8_t *)iphdr + iphdr_hlen))->dest) == DHCP_CLIENT_PORT) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("ip_input: DHCP packet accepted.\n"));
netif = inp;
check_ip_src = 0;
}
}
}
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
/* This part of code has been modified by ST's MCD Application Team */
/* To use the UPnP responder for device discovery */
#if LWIP_UPNP
/* Pass UPNP messages regardless of destination address. UPNP traffic is addressed
* using multicast addressing so we must not filter on IP.
*/
if (netif == NULL) {
/* remote port is DHCP server? */
if (IPH_PROTO(iphdr) == IP_PROTO_UDP) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | 1, ("ip_input: UDP packet to UPNP client port %"U16_F"\n",
ntohs(((struct udp_hdr *)((u8_t *)iphdr + iphdr_hlen))->dest)));
if (ntohs(((struct udp_hdr *)((u8_t *)iphdr + iphdr_hlen))->dest) == 1900) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | 1, ("ip_input: UPNP packet accepted.\n"));
netif = inp;
check_ip_src = 0;
}
}
}
#endif /* LWIP_UPNP */
/* broadcast or multicast packet source address? Compliant with RFC 1122: 3.2.1.3 */
#if LWIP_DHCP || LWIP_UPNP
/* DHCP servers need 0.0.0.0 to be allowed as source address (RFC 1.1.2.2: 3.2.1.3/a) */
if (check_ip_src && (iphdr->src.addr != 0))
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP || LWIP_UPNP */
{ if ((ip_addr_isbroadcast(&(iphdr->src), inp)) ||
(ip_addr_ismulticast(&(iphdr->src)))) {
/* packet source is not valid */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING, ("ip_input: packet source is not valid.\n"));
/* free (drop) packet pbufs */
pbuf_free(p);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
snmp_inc_ipinaddrerrors();
snmp_inc_ipindiscards();
return ERR_OK;
}
}
/* packet not for us? */
if (netif == NULL) {
/* packet not for us, route or discard */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("ip_input: packet not for us.\n"));
#if IP_FORWARD
/* Realtek Modified Start */
#ifdef CONFIG_DONT_CARE_TP
if(inp->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IPSWITCH)
#else
/* Realtek Modified End */
if (!ip_addr_isbroadcast(&(iphdr->dest), inp))
#endif
{
/* try to forward IP packet on (other) interfaces */
ip_forward(p, iphdr, inp);
}
/* non-broadcast packet? */
else
#endif /* IP_FORWARD */
{
snmp_inc_ipinaddrerrors();
snmp_inc_ipindiscards();
}
pbuf_free(p);
return ERR_OK;
}
/* packet consists of multiple fragments? */
if ((IPH_OFFSET(iphdr) & htons(IP_OFFMASK | IP_MF)) != 0) {
#if IP_REASSEMBLY /* packet fragment reassembly code present? */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("IP packet is a fragment (id=0x%04"X16_F" tot_len=%"U16_F" len=%"U16_F" MF=%"U16_F" offset=%"U16_F"), calling ip_reass()\n",
ntohs(IPH_ID(iphdr)), p->tot_len, ntohs(IPH_LEN(iphdr)), !!(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr) & htons(IP_MF)), (ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) & IP_OFFMASK)*8));
/* reassemble the packet*/
p = ip_reass(p);
/* packet not fully reassembled yet? */
if (p == NULL) {
return ERR_OK;
}
iphdr = p->payload;
#else /* IP_REASSEMBLY == 0, no packet fragment reassembly code present */
pbuf_free(p);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("IP packet dropped since it was fragmented (0x%"X16_F") (while IP_REASSEMBLY == 0).\n",
ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr))));
IP_STATS_INC(ip.opterr);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
/* unsupported protocol feature */
snmp_inc_ipinunknownprotos();
return ERR_OK;
#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
}
#if IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED == 0 /* no support for IP options in the IP header? */
#if LWIP_IGMP
/* there is an extra "router alert" option in IGMP messages which we allow for but do not police */
if((iphdr_hlen > IP_HLEN && (IPH_PROTO(iphdr) != IP_PROTO_IGMP)) {
#else
if (iphdr_hlen > IP_HLEN) {
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("IP packet dropped since there were IP options (while IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED == 0).\n"));
pbuf_free(p);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.opterr);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
/* unsupported protocol feature */
snmp_inc_ipinunknownprotos();
return ERR_OK;
}
#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED == 0 */
/* send to upper layers */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: \n"));
ip_debug_print(p);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: p->len %"U16_F" p->tot_len %"U16_F"\n", p->len, p->tot_len));
current_netif = inp;
current_header = iphdr;
#if LWIP_RAW
/* raw input did not eat the packet? */
if (raw_input(p, inp) == 0)
#endif /* LWIP_RAW */
{
switch (IPH_PROTO(iphdr)) {
#if LWIP_UDP
case IP_PROTO_UDP:
#if LWIP_UDPLITE
case IP_PROTO_UDPLITE:
#endif /* LWIP_UDPLITE */
snmp_inc_ipindelivers();
udp_input(p, inp);
break;
#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
#if LWIP_TCP
case IP_PROTO_TCP:
snmp_inc_ipindelivers();
tcp_input(p, inp);
break;
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
#if LWIP_ICMP
case IP_PROTO_ICMP:
snmp_inc_ipindelivers();
icmp_input(p, inp);
break;
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
#if LWIP_IGMP
case IP_PROTO_IGMP:
igmp_input(p,inp,&(iphdr->dest));
break;
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
default:
#if LWIP_ICMP
/* send ICMP destination protocol unreachable unless is was a broadcast */
if (!ip_addr_isbroadcast(&(iphdr->dest), inp) &&
!ip_addr_ismulticast(&(iphdr->dest))) {
p->payload = iphdr;
icmp_dest_unreach(p, ICMP_DUR_PROTO);
}
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
pbuf_free(p);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("Unsupported transport protocol %"U16_F"\n", IPH_PROTO(iphdr)));
IP_STATS_INC(ip.proterr);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
snmp_inc_ipinunknownprotos();
}
}
current_netif = NULL;
current_header = NULL;
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Sends an IP packet on a network interface. This function constructs
* the IP header and calculates the IP header checksum. If the source
* IP address is NULL, the IP address of the outgoing network
* interface is filled in as source address.
* If the destination IP address is IP_HDRINCL, p is assumed to already
* include an IP header and p->payload points to it instead of the data.
*
* @param p the packet to send (p->payload points to the data, e.g. next
protocol header; if dest == IP_HDRINCL, p already includes an IP
header and p->payload points to that IP header)
* @param src the source IP address to send from (if src == IP_ADDR_ANY, the
* IP address of the netif used to send is used as source address)
* @param dest the destination IP address to send the packet to
* @param ttl the TTL value to be set in the IP header
* @param tos the TOS value to be set in the IP header
* @param proto the PROTOCOL to be set in the IP header
* @param netif the netif on which to send this packet
* @return ERR_OK if the packet was sent OK
* ERR_BUF if p doesn't have enough space for IP/LINK headers
* returns errors returned by netif->output
*
* @note ip_id: RFC791 "some host may be able to simply use
* unique identifiers independent of destination"
*/
err_t
ip_output_if(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos,
u8_t proto, struct netif *netif)
{
#if IP_OPTIONS_SEND
return ip_output_if_opt(p, src, dest, ttl, tos, proto, netif, NULL, 0);
}
/**
* Same as ip_output_if() but with the possibility to include IP options:
*
* @ param ip_options pointer to the IP options, copied into the IP header
* @ param optlen length of ip_options
*/
err_t ip_output_if_opt(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, struct netif *netif, void *ip_options,
u16_t optlen)
{
#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_SEND */
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
static u16_t ip_id = 0;
snmp_inc_ipoutrequests();
/* Should the IP header be generated or is it already included in p? */
if (dest != IP_HDRINCL) {
u16_t ip_hlen = IP_HLEN;
#if IP_OPTIONS_SEND
u16_t optlen_aligned = 0;
if (optlen != 0) {
/* round up to a multiple of 4 */
optlen_aligned = ((optlen + 3) & ~3);
ip_hlen += optlen_aligned;
/* First write in the IP options */
if (pbuf_header(p, optlen_aligned)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("ip_output_if_opt: not enough room for IP options in pbuf\n"));
IP_STATS_INC(ip.err);
snmp_inc_ipoutdiscards();
return ERR_BUF;
}
MEMCPY(p->payload, ip_options, optlen);
if (optlen < optlen_aligned) {
/* zero the remaining bytes */
memset(((char*)p->payload) + optlen, 0, optlen_aligned - optlen);
}
}
#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_SEND */
/* generate IP header */
if (pbuf_header(p, IP_HLEN)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("ip_output: not enough room for IP header in pbuf\n"));
IP_STATS_INC(ip.err);
snmp_inc_ipoutdiscards();
return ERR_BUF;
}
iphdr = p->payload;
LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold struct ip_hdr",
(p->len >= sizeof(struct ip_hdr)));
IPH_TTL_SET(iphdr, ttl);
IPH_PROTO_SET(iphdr, proto);
ip_addr_set(&(iphdr->dest), dest);
IPH_VHLTOS_SET(iphdr, 4, ip_hlen / 4, tos);
IPH_LEN_SET(iphdr, htons(p->tot_len));
IPH_OFFSET_SET(iphdr, 0);
IPH_ID_SET(iphdr, htons(ip_id));
++ip_id;
if (ip_addr_isany(src)) {
ip_addr_set(&(iphdr->src), &(netif->ip_addr));
} else {
ip_addr_set(&(iphdr->src), src);
}
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, 0);
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, inet_chksum(iphdr, ip_hlen));
#endif
} else {
/* IP header already included in p */
iphdr = p->payload;
dest = &(iphdr->dest);
}
IP_STATS_INC(ip.xmit);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_output_if: %c%c%"U16_F"\n", netif->name[0], netif->name[1], netif->num));
ip_debug_print(p);
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
if (ip_addr_cmp(dest, &netif->ip_addr)) {
/* Packet to self, enqueue it for loopback */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("netif_loop_output()"));
return netif_loop_output(netif, p, dest);
}
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
#if IP_FRAG
/* don't fragment if interface has mtu set to 0 [loopif] */
if (netif->mtu && (p->tot_len > netif->mtu)) {
return ip_frag(p,netif,dest);
}
#endif
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("netif->output()"));
return netif->output(netif, p, dest);
}
/**
* Simple interface to ip_output_if. It finds the outgoing network
* interface and calls upon ip_output_if to do the actual work.
*
* @param p the packet to send (p->payload points to the data, e.g. next
protocol header; if dest == IP_HDRINCL, p already includes an IP
header and p->payload points to that IP header)
* @param src the source IP address to send from (if src == IP_ADDR_ANY, the
* IP address of the netif used to send is used as source address)
* @param dest the destination IP address to send the packet to
* @param ttl the TTL value to be set in the IP header
* @param tos the TOS value to be set in the IP header
* @param proto the PROTOCOL to be set in the IP header
*
* @return ERR_RTE if no route is found
* see ip_output_if() for more return values
*/
err_t
ip_output(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto)
{
struct netif *netif;
if ((netif = ip_route(dest)) == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_output: No route to 0x%"X32_F"\n", dest->addr));
IP_STATS_INC(ip.rterr);
return ERR_RTE;
}
return ip_output_if(p, src, dest, ttl, tos, proto, netif);
}
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
/** Like ip_output, but takes and addr_hint pointer that is passed on to netif->addr_hint
* before calling ip_output_if.
*
* @param p the packet to send (p->payload points to the data, e.g. next
protocol header; if dest == IP_HDRINCL, p already includes an IP
header and p->payload points to that IP header)
* @param src the source IP address to send from (if src == IP_ADDR_ANY, the
* IP address of the netif used to send is used as source address)
* @param dest the destination IP address to send the packet to
* @param ttl the TTL value to be set in the IP header
* @param tos the TOS value to be set in the IP header
* @param proto the PROTOCOL to be set in the IP header
* @param addr_hint address hint pointer set to netif->addr_hint before
* calling ip_output_if()
*
* @return ERR_RTE if no route is found
* see ip_output_if() for more return values
*/
err_t
ip_output_hinted(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, u8_t *addr_hint)
{
struct netif *netif;
err_t err;
if ((netif = ip_route(dest)) == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_output: No route to 0x%"X32_F"\n", dest->addr));
IP_STATS_INC(ip.rterr);
return ERR_RTE;
}
netif->addr_hint = addr_hint;
err = ip_output_if(p, src, dest, ttl, tos, proto, netif);
netif->addr_hint = NULL;
return err;
}
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
#if IP_DEBUG
/* Print an IP header by using LWIP_DEBUGF
* @param p an IP packet, p->payload pointing to the IP header
*/
void
ip_debug_print(struct pbuf *p)
{
struct ip_hdr *iphdr = p->payload;
u8_t *payload;
payload = (u8_t *)iphdr + IP_HLEN;
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("IP header:\n"));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("|%2"S16_F" |%2"S16_F" | 0x%02"X16_F" | %5"U16_F" | (v, hl, tos, len)\n",
IPH_V(iphdr),
IPH_HL(iphdr),
IPH_TOS(iphdr),
ntohs(IPH_LEN(iphdr))));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %5"U16_F" |%"U16_F"%"U16_F"%"U16_F"| %4"U16_F" | (id, flags, offset)\n",
ntohs(IPH_ID(iphdr)),
ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) >> 15 & 1,
ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) >> 14 & 1,
ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) >> 13 & 1,
ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) & IP_OFFMASK));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | 0x%04"X16_F" | (ttl, proto, chksum)\n",
IPH_TTL(iphdr),
IPH_PROTO(iphdr),
ntohs(IPH_CHKSUM(iphdr))));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | (src)\n",
ip4_addr1(&iphdr->src),
ip4_addr2(&iphdr->src),
ip4_addr3(&iphdr->src),
ip4_addr4(&iphdr->src)));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | (dest)\n",
ip4_addr1(&iphdr->dest),
ip4_addr2(&iphdr->dest),
ip4_addr3(&iphdr->dest),
ip4_addr4(&iphdr->dest)));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
}
#endif /* IP_DEBUG */

View file

@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* This is the IPv4 address tools implementation.
*
**/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/inet.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#define IP_ADDR_ANY_VALUE 0x00000000UL
#define IP_ADDR_BROADCAST_VALUE 0xffffffffUL
/* used by IP_ADDR_ANY and IP_ADDR_BROADCAST in ip_addr.h */
const struct ip_addr ip_addr_any = { IP_ADDR_ANY_VALUE };
const struct ip_addr ip_addr_broadcast = { IP_ADDR_BROADCAST_VALUE };
/**
* Determine if an address is a broadcast address on a network interface
*
* @param addr address to be checked
* @param netif the network interface against which the address is checked
* @return returns non-zero if the address is a broadcast address
*/
u8_t ip_addr_isbroadcast(struct ip_addr *addr, struct netif *netif)
{
u32_t addr2test;
addr2test = addr->addr;
/* all ones (broadcast) or all zeroes (old skool broadcast) */
if ((~addr2test == IP_ADDR_ANY_VALUE) ||
(addr2test == IP_ADDR_ANY_VALUE))
return 1;
/* no broadcast support on this network interface? */
else if ((netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_BROADCAST) == 0)
/* the given address cannot be a broadcast address
* nor can we check against any broadcast addresses */
return 0;
/* address matches network interface address exactly? => no broadcast */
else if (addr2test == netif->ip_addr.addr)
return 0;
/* on the same (sub) network... */
else if (ip_addr_netcmp(addr, &(netif->ip_addr), &(netif->netmask))
/* ...and host identifier bits are all ones? =>... */
&& ((addr2test & ~netif->netmask.addr) ==
(IP_ADDR_BROADCAST_VALUE & ~netif->netmask.addr)))
/* => network broadcast address */
return 1;
else
return 0;
}

View file

@ -1,792 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* This is the IPv4 packet segmentation and reassembly implementation.
*
**/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Jani Monoses <jani@iv.ro>
* Simon Goldschmidt
* original reassembly code by Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/ip_frag.h"
#include "lwip/ip.h"
#include "lwip/inet.h"
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
#include <string.h>
#if IP_REASSEMBLY
/**
* The IP reassembly code currently has the following limitations:
* - IP header options are not supported
* - fragments must not overlap (e.g. due to different routes),
* currently, overlapping or duplicate fragments are thrown away
* if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP=1 (the default)!
*
* @todo: work with IP header options
*/
/** Setting this to 0, you can turn off checking the fragments for overlapping
* regions. The code gets a little smaller. Only use this if you know that
* overlapping won't occur on your network! */
#ifndef IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
#define IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP 1
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
/** Set to 0 to prevent freeing the oldest datagram when the reassembly buffer is
* full (IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS pbufs are enqueued). The code gets a little smaller.
* Datagrams will be freed by timeout only. Especially useful when MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA
* is set to 1, so one datagram can be reassembled at a time, only. */
#ifndef IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST
#define IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST 1
#endif /* IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST */
#define IP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG 0x01
/** This is a helper struct which holds the starting
* offset and the ending offset of this fragment to
* easily chain the fragments.
* It has to be packed since it has to fit inside the IP header.
*/
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
#endif
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
struct ip_reass_helper {
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct pbuf *next_pbuf);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t start);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t end);
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
PACK_STRUCT_END
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
#endif
#define IP_ADDRESSES_AND_ID_MATCH(iphdrA, iphdrB) \
(ip_addr_cmp(&(iphdrA)->src, &(iphdrB)->src) && \
ip_addr_cmp(&(iphdrA)->dest, &(iphdrB)->dest) && \
IPH_ID(iphdrA) == IPH_ID(iphdrB)) ? 1 : 0
/* global variables */
static struct ip_reassdata *reassdatagrams;
static u16_t ip_reass_pbufcount;
/* function prototypes */
static void ip_reass_dequeue_datagram(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct ip_reassdata *prev);
static int ip_reass_free_complete_datagram(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct ip_reassdata *prev);
/**
* Reassembly timer base function
* for both NO_SYS == 0 and 1 (!).
*
* Should be called every 1000 msec (defined by IP_TMR_INTERVAL).
*/
void
ip_reass_tmr(void)
{
struct ip_reassdata *r, *prev = NULL;
r = reassdatagrams;
while (r != NULL) {
/* Decrement the timer. Once it reaches 0,
* clean up the incomplete fragment assembly */
if (r->timer > 0) {
r->timer--;
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_reass_tmr: timer dec %"U16_F"\n",(u16_t)r->timer));
prev = r;
r = r->next;
} else {
/* reassembly timed out */
struct ip_reassdata *tmp;
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_reass_tmr: timer timed out\n"));
tmp = r;
/* get the next pointer before freeing */
r = r->next;
/* free the helper struct and all enqueued pbufs */
ip_reass_free_complete_datagram(tmp, prev);
}
}
}
/**
* Free a datagram (struct ip_reassdata) and all its pbufs.
* Updates the total count of enqueued pbufs (ip_reass_pbufcount),
* SNMP counters and sends an ICMP time exceeded packet.
*
* @param ipr datagram to free
* @param prev the previous datagram in the linked list
* @return the number of pbufs freed
*/
static int
ip_reass_free_complete_datagram(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct ip_reassdata *prev)
{
int pbufs_freed = 0;
struct pbuf *p;
struct ip_reass_helper *iprh;
LWIP_ASSERT("prev != ipr", prev != ipr);
if (prev != NULL) {
LWIP_ASSERT("prev->next == ipr", prev->next == ipr);
}
snmp_inc_ipreasmfails();
#if LWIP_ICMP
iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper *)ipr->p->payload;
if (iprh->start == 0) {
/* The first fragment was received, send ICMP time exceeded. */
/* First, de-queue the first pbuf from r->p. */
p = ipr->p;
ipr->p = iprh->next_pbuf;
/* Then, copy the original header into it. */
SMEMCPY(p->payload, &ipr->iphdr, IP_HLEN);
icmp_time_exceeded(p, ICMP_TE_FRAG);
pbufs_freed += pbuf_clen(p);
pbuf_free(p);
}
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
/* First, free all received pbufs. The individual pbufs need to be released
separately as they have not yet been chained */
p = ipr->p;
while (p != NULL) {
struct pbuf *pcur;
iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper *)p->payload;
pcur = p;
/* get the next pointer before freeing */
p = iprh->next_pbuf;
pbufs_freed += pbuf_clen(pcur);
pbuf_free(pcur);
}
/* Then, unchain the struct ip_reassdata from the list and free it. */
ip_reass_dequeue_datagram(ipr, prev);
LWIP_ASSERT("ip_reass_pbufcount >= clen", ip_reass_pbufcount >= pbufs_freed);
ip_reass_pbufcount -= pbufs_freed;
return pbufs_freed;
}
#if IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST
/**
* Free the oldest datagram to make room for enqueueing new fragments.
* The datagram 'fraghdr' belongs to is not freed!
*
* @param fraghdr IP header of the current fragment
* @param pbufs_needed number of pbufs needed to enqueue
* (used for freeing other datagrams if not enough space)
* @return the number of pbufs freed
*/
static int
ip_reass_remove_oldest_datagram(struct ip_hdr *fraghdr, int pbufs_needed)
{
/* @todo Can't we simply remove the last datagram in the
* linked list behind reassdatagrams?
*/
struct ip_reassdata *r, *oldest, *prev;
int pbufs_freed = 0, pbufs_freed_current;
int other_datagrams;
/* Free datagrams until being allowed to enqueue 'pbufs_needed' pbufs,
* but don't free the datagram that 'fraghdr' belongs to! */
do {
oldest = NULL;
prev = NULL;
other_datagrams = 0;
r = reassdatagrams;
while (r != NULL) {
if (!IP_ADDRESSES_AND_ID_MATCH(&r->iphdr, fraghdr)) {
/* Not the same datagram as fraghdr */
other_datagrams++;
if (oldest == NULL) {
oldest = r;
} else if (r->timer <= oldest->timer) {
/* older than the previous oldest */
oldest = r;
}
}
if (r->next != NULL) {
prev = r;
}
r = r->next;
}
if (oldest != NULL) {
pbufs_freed_current = ip_reass_free_complete_datagram(oldest, prev);
pbufs_freed += pbufs_freed_current;
}
} while ((pbufs_freed < pbufs_needed) && (other_datagrams > 1));
return pbufs_freed;
}
#endif /* IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST */
/**
* Enqueues a new fragment into the fragment queue
* @param fraghdr points to the new fragments IP hdr
* @param clen number of pbufs needed to enqueue (used for freeing other datagrams if not enough space)
* @return A pointer to the queue location into which the fragment was enqueued
*/
static struct ip_reassdata*
ip_reass_enqueue_new_datagram(struct ip_hdr *fraghdr, int clen)
{
struct ip_reassdata* ipr;
/* No matching previous fragment found, allocate a new reassdata struct */
ipr = memp_malloc(MEMP_REASSDATA);
if (ipr == NULL) {
#if IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST
if (ip_reass_remove_oldest_datagram(fraghdr, clen) >= clen) {
ipr = memp_malloc(MEMP_REASSDATA);
}
if (ipr == NULL)
#endif /* IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST */
{
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.memerr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("Failed to alloc reassdata struct\n"));
return NULL;
}
}
memset(ipr, 0, sizeof(struct ip_reassdata));
ipr->timer = IP_REASS_MAXAGE;
/* enqueue the new structure to the front of the list */
ipr->next = reassdatagrams;
reassdatagrams = ipr;
/* copy the ip header for later tests and input */
/* @todo: no ip options supported? */
SMEMCPY(&(ipr->iphdr), fraghdr, IP_HLEN);
return ipr;
}
/**
* Dequeues a datagram from the datagram queue. Doesn't deallocate the pbufs.
* @param ipr points to the queue entry to dequeue
*/
static void
ip_reass_dequeue_datagram(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct ip_reassdata *prev)
{
/* dequeue the reass struct */
if (reassdatagrams == ipr) {
/* it was the first in the list */
reassdatagrams = ipr->next;
} else {
/* it wasn't the first, so it must have a valid 'prev' */
LWIP_ASSERT("sanity check linked list", prev != NULL);
prev->next = ipr->next;
}
/* now we can free the ip_reass struct */
memp_free(MEMP_REASSDATA, ipr);
}
/**
* Chain a new pbuf into the pbuf list that composes the datagram. The pbuf list
* will grow over time as new pbufs are rx.
* Also checks that the datagram passes basic continuity checks (if the last
* fragment was received at least once).
* @param root_p points to the 'root' pbuf for the current datagram being assembled.
* @param new_p points to the pbuf for the current fragment
* @return 0 if invalid, >0 otherwise
*/
static int
ip_reass_chain_frag_into_datagram_and_validate(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct pbuf *new_p)
{
struct ip_reass_helper *iprh, *iprh_tmp, *iprh_prev=NULL;
struct pbuf *q;
u16_t offset,len;
struct ip_hdr *fraghdr;
int valid = 1;
/* Extract length and fragment offset from current fragment */
fraghdr = (struct ip_hdr*)new_p->payload;
len = ntohs(IPH_LEN(fraghdr)) - IPH_HL(fraghdr) * 4;
offset = (ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(fraghdr)) & IP_OFFMASK) * 8;
/* overwrite the fragment's ip header from the pbuf with our helper struct,
* and setup the embedded helper structure. */
/* make sure the struct ip_reass_helper fits into the IP header */
LWIP_ASSERT("sizeof(struct ip_reass_helper) <= IP_HLEN",
sizeof(struct ip_reass_helper) <= IP_HLEN);
iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper*)new_p->payload;
iprh->next_pbuf = NULL;
iprh->start = offset;
iprh->end = offset + len;
/* Iterate through until we either get to the end of the list (append),
* or we find on with a larger offset (insert). */
for (q = ipr->p; q != NULL;) {
iprh_tmp = (struct ip_reass_helper*)q->payload;
if (iprh->start < iprh_tmp->start) {
/* the new pbuf should be inserted before this */
iprh->next_pbuf = q;
if (iprh_prev != NULL) {
/* not the fragment with the lowest offset */
#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
if ((iprh->start < iprh_prev->end) || (iprh->end > iprh_tmp->start)) {
/* fragment overlaps with previous or following, throw away */
goto freepbuf;
}
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
iprh_prev->next_pbuf = new_p;
} else {
/* fragment with the lowest offset */
ipr->p = new_p;
}
break;
} else if(iprh->start == iprh_tmp->start) {
/* received the same datagram twice: no need to keep the datagram */
goto freepbuf;
#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
} else if(iprh->start < iprh_tmp->end) {
/* overlap: no need to keep the new datagram */
goto freepbuf;
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
} else {
/* Check if the fragments received so far have no wholes. */
if (iprh_prev != NULL) {
if (iprh_prev->end != iprh_tmp->start) {
/* There is a fragment missing between the current
* and the previous fragment */
valid = 0;
}
}
}
q = iprh_tmp->next_pbuf;
iprh_prev = iprh_tmp;
}
/* If q is NULL, then we made it to the end of the list. Determine what to do now */
if (q == NULL) {
if (iprh_prev != NULL) {
/* this is (for now), the fragment with the highest offset:
* chain it to the last fragment */
#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
LWIP_ASSERT("check fragments don't overlap", iprh_prev->end <= iprh->start);
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
iprh_prev->next_pbuf = new_p;
if (iprh_prev->end != iprh->start) {
valid = 0;
}
} else {
#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
LWIP_ASSERT("no previous fragment, this must be the first fragment!",
ipr->p == NULL);
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
/* this is the first fragment we ever received for this ip datagram */
ipr->p = new_p;
}
}
/* At this point, the validation part begins: */
/* If we already received the last fragment */
if ((ipr->flags & IP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG) != 0) {
/* and had no wholes so far */
if (valid) {
/* then check if the rest of the fragments is here */
/* Check if the queue starts with the first datagram */
if (((struct ip_reass_helper*)ipr->p->payload)->start != 0) {
valid = 0;
} else {
/* and check that there are no wholes after this datagram */
iprh_prev = iprh;
q = iprh->next_pbuf;
while (q != NULL) {
iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper*)q->payload;
if (iprh_prev->end != iprh->start) {
valid = 0;
break;
}
iprh_prev = iprh;
q = iprh->next_pbuf;
}
/* if still valid, all fragments are received
* (because to the MF==0 already arrived */
if (valid) {
LWIP_ASSERT("sanity check", ipr->p != NULL);
LWIP_ASSERT("sanity check",
((struct ip_reass_helper*)ipr->p->payload) != iprh);
LWIP_ASSERT("validate_datagram:next_pbuf!=NULL",
iprh->next_pbuf == NULL);
LWIP_ASSERT("validate_datagram:datagram end!=datagram len",
iprh->end == ipr->datagram_len);
}
}
}
/* If valid is 0 here, there are some fragments missing in the middle
* (since MF == 0 has already arrived). Such datagrams simply time out if
* no more fragments are received... */
return valid;
}
/* If we come here, not all fragments were received, yet! */
return 0; /* not yet valid! */
#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
freepbuf:
ip_reass_pbufcount -= pbuf_clen(new_p);
pbuf_free(new_p);
return 0;
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
}
/**
* Reassembles incoming IP fragments into an IP datagram.
*
* @param p points to a pbuf chain of the fragment
* @return NULL if reassembly is incomplete, ? otherwise
*/
struct pbuf *
ip_reass(struct pbuf *p)
{
struct pbuf *r;
struct ip_hdr *fraghdr;
struct ip_reassdata *ipr;
struct ip_reass_helper *iprh;
u16_t offset, len;
u8_t clen;
struct ip_reassdata *ipr_prev = NULL;
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.recv);
snmp_inc_ipreasmreqds();
fraghdr = (struct ip_hdr*)p->payload;
if ((IPH_HL(fraghdr) * 4) != IP_HLEN) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("ip_reass: IP options currently not supported!\n"));
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.err);
goto nullreturn;
}
offset = (ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(fraghdr)) & IP_OFFMASK) * 8;
len = ntohs(IPH_LEN(fraghdr)) - IPH_HL(fraghdr) * 4;
/* Check if we are allowed to enqueue more datagrams. */
clen = pbuf_clen(p);
if ((ip_reass_pbufcount + clen) > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS) {
#if IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST
if (!ip_reass_remove_oldest_datagram(fraghdr, clen) ||
((ip_reass_pbufcount + clen) > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS))
#endif /* IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST */
{
/* No datagram could be freed and still too many pbufs enqueued */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("ip_reass: Overflow condition: pbufct=%d, clen=%d, MAX=%d\n",
ip_reass_pbufcount, clen, IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS));
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.memerr);
/* @todo: send ICMP time exceeded here? */
/* drop this pbuf */
goto nullreturn;
}
}
/* Look for the datagram the fragment belongs to in the current datagram queue,
* remembering the previous in the queue for later dequeueing. */
for (ipr = reassdatagrams; ipr != NULL; ipr = ipr->next) {
/* Check if the incoming fragment matches the one currently present
in the reassembly buffer. If so, we proceed with copying the
fragment into the buffer. */
if (IP_ADDRESSES_AND_ID_MATCH(&ipr->iphdr, fraghdr)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_reass: matching previous fragment ID=%"X16_F"\n",
ntohs(IPH_ID(fraghdr))));
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.cachehit);
break;
}
ipr_prev = ipr;
}
if (ipr == NULL) {
/* Enqueue a new datagram into the datagram queue */
ipr = ip_reass_enqueue_new_datagram(fraghdr, clen);
/* Bail if unable to enqueue */
if(ipr == NULL) {
goto nullreturn;
}
} else {
if (((ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(fraghdr)) & IP_OFFMASK) == 0) &&
((ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(&ipr->iphdr)) & IP_OFFMASK) != 0)) {
/* ipr->iphdr is not the header from the first fragment, but fraghdr is
* -> copy fraghdr into ipr->iphdr since we want to have the header
* of the first fragment (for ICMP time exceeded and later, for copying
* all options, if supported)*/
SMEMCPY(&ipr->iphdr, fraghdr, IP_HLEN);
}
}
/* Track the current number of pbufs current 'in-flight', in order to limit
the number of fragments that may be enqueued at any one time */
ip_reass_pbufcount += clen;
/* At this point, we have either created a new entry or pointing
* to an existing one */
/* check for 'no more fragments', and update queue entry*/
if ((ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(fraghdr)) & IP_MF) == 0) {
ipr->flags |= IP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG;
ipr->datagram_len = offset + len;
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,
("ip_reass: last fragment seen, total len %"S16_F"\n",
ipr->datagram_len));
}
/* find the right place to insert this pbuf */
/* @todo: trim pbufs if fragments are overlapping */
if (ip_reass_chain_frag_into_datagram_and_validate(ipr, p)) {
/* the totally last fragment (flag more fragments = 0) was received at least
* once AND all fragments are received */
ipr->datagram_len += IP_HLEN;
/* save the second pbuf before copying the header over the pointer */
r = ((struct ip_reass_helper*)ipr->p->payload)->next_pbuf;
/* copy the original ip header back to the first pbuf */
fraghdr = (struct ip_hdr*)(ipr->p->payload);
SMEMCPY(fraghdr, &ipr->iphdr, IP_HLEN);
IPH_LEN_SET(fraghdr, htons(ipr->datagram_len));
IPH_OFFSET_SET(fraghdr, 0);
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(fraghdr, 0);
/* @todo: do we need to set calculate the correct checksum? */
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(fraghdr, inet_chksum(fraghdr, IP_HLEN));
p = ipr->p;
/* chain together the pbufs contained within the reass_data list. */
while(r != NULL) {
iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper*)r->payload;
/* hide the ip header for every succeding fragment */
pbuf_header(r, -IP_HLEN);
pbuf_cat(p, r);
r = iprh->next_pbuf;
}
/* release the sources allocate for the fragment queue entry */
ip_reass_dequeue_datagram(ipr, ipr_prev);
/* and adjust the number of pbufs currently queued for reassembly. */
ip_reass_pbufcount -= pbuf_clen(p);
/* Return the pbuf chain */
return p;
}
/* the datagram is not (yet?) reassembled completely */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("ip_reass_pbufcount: %d out\n", ip_reass_pbufcount));
return NULL;
nullreturn:
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("ip_reass: nullreturn\n"));
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.drop);
pbuf_free(p);
return NULL;
}
#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
#if IP_FRAG
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
static u8_t buf[LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(IP_FRAG_MAX_MTU + MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1)];
#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
/**
* Fragment an IP datagram if too large for the netif.
*
* Chop the datagram in MTU sized chunks and send them in order
* by using a fixed size static memory buffer (PBUF_REF) or
* point PBUF_REFs into p (depending on IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF).
*
* @param p ip packet to send
* @param netif the netif on which to send
* @param dest destination ip address to which to send
*
* @return ERR_OK if sent successfully, err_t otherwise
*/
err_t
ip_frag(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *dest)
{
struct pbuf *rambuf;
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
struct pbuf *header;
#else
struct pbuf *newpbuf;
struct ip_hdr *original_iphdr;
#endif
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
u16_t nfb;
u16_t left, cop;
u16_t mtu = netif->mtu;
u16_t ofo, omf;
u16_t last;
u16_t poff = IP_HLEN;
u16_t tmp;
#if !IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
u16_t newpbuflen = 0;
u16_t left_to_copy;
#endif
/* Get a RAM based MTU sized pbuf */
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
/* When using a static buffer, we use a PBUF_REF, which we will
* use to reference the packet (without link header).
* Layer and length is irrelevant.
*/
rambuf = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, 0, PBUF_REF);
if (rambuf == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_frag: pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, 0, PBUF_REF) failed\n"));
return ERR_MEM;
}
rambuf->tot_len = rambuf->len = mtu;
rambuf->payload = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN((void *)buf);
/* Copy the IP header in it */
iphdr = rambuf->payload;
SMEMCPY(iphdr, p->payload, IP_HLEN);
#else /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
original_iphdr = p->payload;
iphdr = original_iphdr;
#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
/* Save original offset */
tmp = ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr));
ofo = tmp & IP_OFFMASK;
omf = tmp & IP_MF;
left = p->tot_len - IP_HLEN;
nfb = (mtu - IP_HLEN) / 8;
while (left) {
last = (left <= mtu - IP_HLEN);
/* Set new offset and MF flag */
tmp = omf | (IP_OFFMASK & (ofo));
if (!last)
tmp = tmp | IP_MF;
/* Fill this fragment */
cop = last ? left : nfb * 8;
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
poff += pbuf_copy_partial(p, (u8_t*)iphdr + IP_HLEN, cop, poff);
#else /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
/* When not using a static buffer, create a chain of pbufs.
* The first will be a PBUF_RAM holding the link and IP header.
* The rest will be PBUF_REFs mirroring the pbuf chain to be fragged,
* but limited to the size of an mtu.
*/
rambuf = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, IP_HLEN, PBUF_RAM);
if (rambuf == NULL) {
return ERR_MEM;
}
LWIP_ASSERT("this needs a pbuf in one piece!",
(p->len >= (IP_HLEN)));
SMEMCPY(rambuf->payload, original_iphdr, IP_HLEN);
iphdr = rambuf->payload;
/* Can just adjust p directly for needed offset. */
p->payload = (u8_t *)p->payload + poff;
p->len -= poff;
left_to_copy = cop;
while (left_to_copy) {
newpbuflen = (left_to_copy < p->len) ? left_to_copy : p->len;
/* Is this pbuf already empty? */
if (!newpbuflen) {
p = p->next;
continue;
}
newpbuf = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_RAW, 0, PBUF_REF);
if (newpbuf == NULL) {
pbuf_free(rambuf);
return ERR_MEM;
}
/* Mirror this pbuf, although we might not need all of it. */
newpbuf->payload = p->payload;
newpbuf->len = newpbuf->tot_len = newpbuflen;
/* Add it to end of rambuf's chain, but using pbuf_cat, not pbuf_chain
* so that it is removed when pbuf_dechain is later called on rambuf.
*/
pbuf_cat(rambuf, newpbuf);
left_to_copy -= newpbuflen;
if (left_to_copy)
p = p->next;
}
poff = newpbuflen;
#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
/* Correct header */
IPH_OFFSET_SET(iphdr, htons(tmp));
IPH_LEN_SET(iphdr, htons(cop + IP_HLEN));
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, 0);
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, inet_chksum(iphdr, IP_HLEN));
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
if (last)
pbuf_realloc(rambuf, left + IP_HLEN);
/* This part is ugly: we alloc a RAM based pbuf for
* the link level header for each chunk and then
* free it.A PBUF_ROM style pbuf for which pbuf_header
* worked would make things simpler.
*/
header = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, 0, PBUF_RAM);
if (header != NULL) {
pbuf_chain(header, rambuf);
netif->output(netif, header, dest);
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.xmit);
snmp_inc_ipfragcreates();
pbuf_free(header);
} else {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_frag: pbuf_alloc() for header failed\n"));
pbuf_free(rambuf);
return ERR_MEM;
}
#else /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
/* No need for separate header pbuf - we allowed room for it in rambuf
* when allocated.
*/
netif->output(netif, rambuf, dest);
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.xmit);
/* Unfortunately we can't reuse rambuf - the hardware may still be
* using the buffer. Instead we free it (and the ensuing chain) and
* recreate it next time round the loop. If we're lucky the hardware
* will have already sent the packet, the free will really free, and
* there will be zero memory penalty.
*/
pbuf_free(rambuf);
#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
left -= cop;
ofo += nfb;
}
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
pbuf_free(rambuf);
#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
snmp_inc_ipfragoks();
return ERR_OK;
}
#endif /* IP_FRAG */

View file

@ -1,633 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Dynamic memory manager
*
* This is a lightweight replacement for the standard C library malloc().
*
* If you want to use the standard C library malloc() instead, define
* MEM_LIBC_MALLOC to 1 in your lwipopts.h
*
* To let mem_malloc() use pools (prevents fragmentation and is much faster than
* a heap but might waste some memory), define MEM_USE_POOLS to 1, define
* MEM_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS to 1 and create a file "lwippools.h" that includes a list
* of pools like this (more pools can be added between _START and _END):
*
* Define three pools with sizes 256, 512, and 1512 bytes
* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_START
* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(20, 256)
* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(10, 512)
* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(5, 1512)
* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_END
**/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
* Simon Goldschmidt
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if !MEM_LIBC_MALLOC /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include "lwip/sys.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include <string.h>
#if MEM_USE_POOLS
/* lwIP head implemented with different sized pools */
/**
* Allocate memory: determine the smallest pool that is big enough
* to contain an element of 'size' and get an element from that pool.
*
* @param size the size in bytes of the memory needed
* @return a pointer to the allocated memory or NULL if the pool is empty
*/
void *
mem_malloc(mem_size_t size)
{
struct memp_malloc_helper *element;
memp_t poolnr;
mem_size_t required_size = size + sizeof(struct memp_malloc_helper);
for (poolnr = MEMP_POOL_FIRST; poolnr <= MEMP_POOL_LAST; poolnr++) {
#if MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL
again:
#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL */
/* is this pool big enough to hold an element of the required size
plus a struct memp_malloc_helper that saves the pool this element came from? */
if (required_size <= memp_sizes[poolnr]) {
break;
}
}
if (poolnr > MEMP_POOL_LAST) {
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc(): no pool is that big!", 0);
return NULL;
}
element = (struct memp_malloc_helper*)memp_malloc(poolnr);
if (element == NULL) {
/* No need to DEBUGF or ASSERT: This error is already
taken care of in memp.c */
#if MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL
/** Try a bigger pool if this one is empty! */
if (poolnr < MEMP_POOL_LAST) {
poolnr++;
goto again;
}
#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL */
return NULL;
}
/* save the pool number this element came from */
element->poolnr = poolnr;
/* and return a pointer to the memory directly after the struct memp_malloc_helper */
element++;
return element;
}
/**
* Free memory previously allocated by mem_malloc. Loads the pool number
* and calls memp_free with that pool number to put the element back into
* its pool
*
* @param rmem the memory element to free
*/
void
mem_free(void *rmem)
{
struct memp_malloc_helper *hmem = (struct memp_malloc_helper*)rmem;
LWIP_ASSERT("rmem != NULL", (rmem != NULL));
LWIP_ASSERT("rmem == MEM_ALIGN(rmem)", (rmem == LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(rmem)));
/* get the original struct memp_malloc_helper */
hmem--;
LWIP_ASSERT("hmem != NULL", (hmem != NULL));
LWIP_ASSERT("hmem == MEM_ALIGN(hmem)", (hmem == LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(hmem)));
LWIP_ASSERT("hmem->poolnr < MEMP_MAX", (hmem->poolnr < MEMP_MAX));
/* and put it in the pool we saved earlier */
memp_free(hmem->poolnr, hmem);
}
#else /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
/* lwIP replacement for your libc malloc() */
/**
* The heap is made up as a list of structs of this type.
* This does not have to be aligned since for getting its size,
* we only use the macro SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM, which automatically alignes.
*/
struct mem {
/** index (-> ram[next]) of the next struct */
mem_size_t next;
/** index (-> ram[next]) of the next struct */
mem_size_t prev;
/** 1: this area is used; 0: this area is unused */
u8_t used;
};
/** All allocated blocks will be MIN_SIZE bytes big, at least!
* MIN_SIZE can be overridden to suit your needs. Smaller values save space,
* larger values could prevent too small blocks to fragment the RAM too much. */
#ifndef MIN_SIZE
#define MIN_SIZE 12
#endif /* MIN_SIZE */
/* some alignment macros: we define them here for better source code layout */
#define MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(MIN_SIZE)
#define SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(struct mem))
#define MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(MEM_SIZE)
/** the heap. we need one struct mem at the end and some room for alignment */
static u8_t ram_heap[MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED + (2*SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) + MEM_ALIGNMENT];
/** pointer to the heap (ram_heap): for alignment, ram is now a pointer instead of an array */
static u8_t *ram;
/** the last entry, always unused! */
static struct mem *ram_end;
/** pointer to the lowest free block, this is used for faster search */
static struct mem *lfree;
/** concurrent access protection */
static sys_sem_t mem_sem;
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
static volatile u8_t mem_free_count;
/* Allow mem_free from other (e.g. interrupt) context */
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_DECL_PROTECT() SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev_free)
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_PROTECT() SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev_free)
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_UNPROTECT() SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev_free)
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_DECL_PROTECT() SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev_alloc)
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT() SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev_alloc)
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT() SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev_alloc)
#else /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
/* Protect the heap only by using a semaphore */
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_DECL_PROTECT()
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_PROTECT() sys_arch_sem_wait(mem_sem, 0)
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_UNPROTECT() sys_sem_signal(mem_sem)
/* mem_malloc is protected using semaphore AND LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT */
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_DECL_PROTECT()
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT()
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT()
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
/**
* "Plug holes" by combining adjacent empty struct mems.
* After this function is through, there should not exist
* one empty struct mem pointing to another empty struct mem.
*
* @param mem this points to a struct mem which just has been freed
* @internal this function is only called by mem_free() and mem_realloc()
*
* This assumes access to the heap is protected by the calling function
* already.
*/
static void
plug_holes(struct mem *mem)
{
struct mem *nmem;
struct mem *pmem;
LWIP_ASSERT("plug_holes: mem >= ram", (u8_t *)mem >= ram);
LWIP_ASSERT("plug_holes: mem < ram_end", (u8_t *)mem < (u8_t *)ram_end);
LWIP_ASSERT("plug_holes: mem->used == 0", mem->used == 0);
/* plug hole forward */
LWIP_ASSERT("plug_holes: mem->next <= MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED", mem->next <= MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED);
nmem = (struct mem *)&ram[mem->next];
if (mem != nmem && nmem->used == 0 && (u8_t *)nmem != (u8_t *)ram_end) {
/* if mem->next is unused and not end of ram, combine mem and mem->next */
if (lfree == nmem) {
lfree = mem;
}
mem->next = nmem->next;
((struct mem *)&ram[nmem->next])->prev = (u8_t *)mem - ram;
}
/* plug hole backward */
pmem = (struct mem *)&ram[mem->prev];
if (pmem != mem && pmem->used == 0) {
/* if mem->prev is unused, combine mem and mem->prev */
if (lfree == mem) {
lfree = pmem;
}
pmem->next = mem->next;
((struct mem *)&ram[mem->next])->prev = (u8_t *)pmem - ram;
}
}
/**
* Zero the heap and initialize start, end and lowest-free
*/
void
mem_init(void)
{
struct mem *mem;
LWIP_ASSERT("Sanity check alignment",
(SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM & (MEM_ALIGNMENT-1)) == 0);
/* align the heap */
ram = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(ram_heap);
/* initialize the start of the heap */
mem = (struct mem *)ram;
mem->next = MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED;
mem->prev = 0;
mem->used = 0;
/* initialize the end of the heap */
ram_end = (struct mem *)&ram[MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED];
ram_end->used = 1;
ram_end->next = MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED;
ram_end->prev = MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED;
mem_sem = sys_sem_new(1);
/* initialize the lowest-free pointer to the start of the heap */
lfree = (struct mem *)ram;
MEM_STATS_AVAIL(avail, MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED);
}
/**
* Put a struct mem back on the heap
*
* @param rmem is the data portion of a struct mem as returned by a previous
* call to mem_malloc()
*/
void
mem_free(void *rmem)
{
struct mem *mem;
LWIP_MEM_FREE_DECL_PROTECT();
if (rmem == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(MEM_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("mem_free(p == NULL) was called.\n"));
return;
}
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_free: sanity check alignment", (((mem_ptr_t)rmem) & (MEM_ALIGNMENT-1)) == 0);
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_free: legal memory", (u8_t *)rmem >= (u8_t *)ram &&
(u8_t *)rmem < (u8_t *)ram_end);
if ((u8_t *)rmem < (u8_t *)ram || (u8_t *)rmem >= (u8_t *)ram_end) {
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
LWIP_DEBUGF(MEM_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SEVERE, ("mem_free: illegal memory\n"));
/* protect mem stats from concurrent access */
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev);
MEM_STATS_INC(illegal);
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
return;
}
/* protect the heap from concurrent access */
LWIP_MEM_FREE_PROTECT();
/* Get the corresponding struct mem ... */
mem = (struct mem *)((u8_t *)rmem - SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM);
/* ... which has to be in a used state ... */
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_free: mem->used", mem->used);
/* ... and is now unused. */
mem->used = 0;
if (mem < lfree) {
/* the newly freed struct is now the lowest */
lfree = mem;
}
MEM_STATS_DEC_USED(used, mem->next - ((u8_t *)mem - ram));
/* finally, see if prev or next are free also */
plug_holes(mem);
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
mem_free_count = 1;
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
LWIP_MEM_FREE_UNPROTECT();
}
/**
* In contrast to its name, mem_realloc can only shrink memory, not expand it.
* Since the only use (for now) is in pbuf_realloc (which also can only shrink),
* this shouldn't be a problem!
*
* @param rmem pointer to memory allocated by mem_malloc the is to be shrinked
* @param newsize required size after shrinking (needs to be smaller than or
* equal to the previous size)
* @return for compatibility reasons: is always == rmem, at the moment
* or NULL if newsize is > old size, in which case rmem is NOT touched
* or freed!
*/
void *
mem_realloc(void *rmem, mem_size_t newsize)
{
mem_size_t size;
mem_size_t ptr, ptr2;
struct mem *mem, *mem2;
/* use the FREE_PROTECT here: it protects with sem OR SYS_ARCH_PROTECT */
LWIP_MEM_FREE_DECL_PROTECT();
/* Expand the size of the allocated memory region so that we can
adjust for alignment. */
newsize = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(newsize);
if(newsize < MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
/* every data block must be at least MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED long */
newsize = MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED;
}
if (newsize > MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
return NULL;
}
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_realloc: legal memory", (u8_t *)rmem >= (u8_t *)ram &&
(u8_t *)rmem < (u8_t *)ram_end);
if ((u8_t *)rmem < (u8_t *)ram || (u8_t *)rmem >= (u8_t *)ram_end) {
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
LWIP_DEBUGF(MEM_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SEVERE, ("mem_realloc: illegal memory\n"));
/* protect mem stats from concurrent access */
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev);
MEM_STATS_INC(illegal);
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
return rmem;
}
/* Get the corresponding struct mem ... */
mem = (struct mem *)((u8_t *)rmem - SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM);
/* ... and its offset pointer */
ptr = (u8_t *)mem - ram;
size = mem->next - ptr - SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM;
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_realloc can only shrink memory", newsize <= size);
if (newsize > size) {
/* not supported */
return NULL;
}
if (newsize == size) {
/* No change in size, simply return */
return rmem;
}
/* protect the heap from concurrent access */
LWIP_MEM_FREE_PROTECT();
MEM_STATS_DEC_USED(used, (size - newsize));
mem2 = (struct mem *)&ram[mem->next];
if(mem2->used == 0) {
/* The next struct is unused, we can simply move it at little */
mem_size_t next;
/* remember the old next pointer */
next = mem2->next;
/* create new struct mem which is moved directly after the shrinked mem */
ptr2 = ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + newsize;
if (lfree == mem2) {
lfree = (struct mem *)&ram[ptr2];
}
mem2 = (struct mem *)&ram[ptr2];
mem2->used = 0;
/* restore the next pointer */
mem2->next = next;
/* link it back to mem */
mem2->prev = ptr;
/* link mem to it */
mem->next = ptr2;
/* last thing to restore linked list: as we have moved mem2,
* let 'mem2->next->prev' point to mem2 again. but only if mem2->next is not
* the end of the heap */
if (mem2->next != MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
((struct mem *)&ram[mem2->next])->prev = ptr2;
}
/* no need to plug holes, we've already done that */
} else if (newsize + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED <= size) {
/* Next struct is used but there's room for another struct mem with
* at least MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED of data.
* Old size ('size') must be big enough to contain at least 'newsize' plus a struct mem
* ('SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM') with some data ('MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED').
* @todo we could leave out MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED. We would create an empty
* region that couldn't hold data, but when mem->next gets freed,
* the 2 regions would be combined, resulting in more free memory */
ptr2 = ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + newsize;
mem2 = (struct mem *)&ram[ptr2];
if (mem2 < lfree) {
lfree = mem2;
}
mem2->used = 0;
mem2->next = mem->next;
mem2->prev = ptr;
mem->next = ptr2;
if (mem2->next != MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
((struct mem *)&ram[mem2->next])->prev = ptr2;
}
/* the original mem->next is used, so no need to plug holes! */
}
/* else {
next struct mem is used but size between mem and mem2 is not big enough
to create another struct mem
-> don't do anyhting.
-> the remaining space stays unused since it is too small
} */
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
mem_free_count = 1;
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
LWIP_MEM_FREE_UNPROTECT();
return rmem;
}
/**
* Adam's mem_malloc() plus solution for bug #17922
* Allocate a block of memory with a minimum of 'size' bytes.
*
* @param size is the minimum size of the requested block in bytes.
* @return pointer to allocated memory or NULL if no free memory was found.
*
* Note that the returned value will always be aligned (as defined by MEM_ALIGNMENT).
*/
void *
mem_malloc(mem_size_t size)
{
mem_size_t ptr, ptr2;
struct mem *mem, *mem2;
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
u8_t local_mem_free_count = 0;
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_DECL_PROTECT();
if (size == 0) {
return NULL;
}
/* Expand the size of the allocated memory region so that we can
adjust for alignment. */
size = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(size);
if(size < MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
/* every data block must be at least MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED long */
size = MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED;
}
if (size > MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
return NULL;
}
/* protect the heap from concurrent access */
sys_arch_sem_wait(mem_sem, 0);
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT();
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
/* run as long as a mem_free disturbed mem_malloc */
do {
local_mem_free_count = 0;
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
/* Scan through the heap searching for a free block that is big enough,
* beginning with the lowest free block.
*/
for (ptr = (u8_t *)lfree - ram; ptr < MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED - size;
ptr = ((struct mem *)&ram[ptr])->next) {
mem = (struct mem *)&ram[ptr];
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
mem_free_count = 0;
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT();
/* allow mem_free to run */
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT();
if (mem_free_count != 0) {
local_mem_free_count = mem_free_count;
}
mem_free_count = 0;
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
if ((!mem->used) &&
(mem->next - (ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM)) >= size) {
/* mem is not used and at least perfect fit is possible:
* mem->next - (ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) gives us the 'user data size' of mem */
if (mem->next - (ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) >= (size + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED)) {
/* (in addition to the above, we test if another struct mem (SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) containing
* at least MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED of data also fits in the 'user data space' of 'mem')
* -> split large block, create empty remainder,
* remainder must be large enough to contain MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED data: if
* mem->next - (ptr + (2*SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM)) == size,
* struct mem would fit in but no data between mem2 and mem2->next
* @todo we could leave out MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED. We would create an empty
* region that couldn't hold data, but when mem->next gets freed,
* the 2 regions would be combined, resulting in more free memory
*/
ptr2 = ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + size;
/* create mem2 struct */
mem2 = (struct mem *)&ram[ptr2];
mem2->used = 0;
mem2->next = mem->next;
mem2->prev = ptr;
/* and insert it between mem and mem->next */
mem->next = ptr2;
mem->used = 1;
if (mem2->next != MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
((struct mem *)&ram[mem2->next])->prev = ptr2;
}
MEM_STATS_INC_USED(used, (size + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM));
} else {
/* (a mem2 struct does no fit into the user data space of mem and mem->next will always
* be used at this point: if not we have 2 unused structs in a row, plug_holes should have
* take care of this).
* -> near fit or excact fit: do not split, no mem2 creation
* also can't move mem->next directly behind mem, since mem->next
* will always be used at this point!
*/
mem->used = 1;
MEM_STATS_INC_USED(used, mem->next - ((u8_t *)mem - ram));
}
if (mem == lfree) {
/* Find next free block after mem and update lowest free pointer */
while (lfree->used && lfree != ram_end) {
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT();
/* prevent high interrupt latency... */
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT();
lfree = (struct mem *)&ram[lfree->next];
}
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc: !lfree->used", ((lfree == ram_end) || (!lfree->used)));
}
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT();
sys_sem_signal(mem_sem);
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc: allocated memory not above ram_end.",
(mem_ptr_t)mem + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + size <= (mem_ptr_t)ram_end);
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc: allocated memory properly aligned.",
((mem_ptr_t)mem + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) % MEM_ALIGNMENT == 0);
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc: sanity check alignment",
(((mem_ptr_t)mem) & (MEM_ALIGNMENT-1)) == 0);
return (u8_t *)mem + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM;
}
}
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
/* if we got interrupted by a mem_free, try again */
} while(local_mem_free_count != 0);
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
LWIP_DEBUGF(MEM_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("mem_malloc: could not allocate %"S16_F" bytes\n", (s16_t)size));
MEM_STATS_INC(err);
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT();
sys_sem_signal(mem_sem);
return NULL;
}
#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
/**
* Contiguously allocates enough space for count objects that are size bytes
* of memory each and returns a pointer to the allocated memory.
*
* The allocated memory is filled with bytes of value zero.
*
* @param count number of objects to allocate
* @param size size of the objects to allocate
* @return pointer to allocated memory / NULL pointer if there is an error
*/
void *mem_calloc(mem_size_t count, mem_size_t size)
{
void *p;
/* allocate 'count' objects of size 'size' */
p = mem_malloc(count * size);
if (p) {
/* zero the memory */
memset(p, 0, count * size);
}
return p;
}
#endif /* !MEM_LIBC_MALLOC */

View file

@ -1,386 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Dynamic pool memory manager
*
* lwIP has dedicated pools for many structures (netconn, protocol control blocks,
* packet buffers, ...). All these pools are managed here.
**/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/memp.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#include "lwip/udp.h"
#include "lwip/raw.h"
#include "lwip/tcp.h"
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
#include "lwip/api.h"
#include "lwip/api_msg.h"
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
#include "lwip/sys.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "netif/etharp.h"
#include "lwip/ip_frag.h"
#include <string.h>
#if !MEMP_MEM_MALLOC /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
struct memp {
struct memp *next;
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
const char *file;
int line;
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
};
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
/* if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK is turned on, we reserve some bytes at the beginning
* and at the end of each element, initialize them as 0xcd and check
* them later. */
/* If MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK is >= 2, on every call to memp_malloc or memp_free,
* every single element in each pool is checked!
* This is VERY SLOW but also very helpful. */
/* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE and MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER can be overridden in
* lwipopts.h to change the amount reserved for checking. */
#ifndef MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE 16
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE*/
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE > 0
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE)
#else
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED 0
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE*/
#ifndef MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER 16
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER*/
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER > 0
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER)
#else
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED 0
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER*/
/* MEMP_SIZE: save space for struct memp and for sanity check */
#define MEMP_SIZE (LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(struct memp)) + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED)
#define MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(x) (LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(x) + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED)
#else /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
/* No sanity checks
* We don't need to preserve the struct memp while not allocated, so we
* can save a little space and set MEMP_SIZE to 0.
*/
#define MEMP_SIZE 0
#define MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(x) (LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(x))
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
/** This array holds the first free element of each pool.
* Elements form a linked list. */
static struct memp *memp_tab[MEMP_MAX];
#else /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */
#define MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(x) (LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(x))
#endif /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */
/** This array holds the element sizes of each pool. */
#if !MEM_USE_POOLS && !MEMP_MEM_MALLOC
static
#endif
const u16_t memp_sizes[MEMP_MAX] = {
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(size),
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
};
#if !MEMP_MEM_MALLOC /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
/** This array holds the number of elements in each pool. */
static const u16_t memp_num[MEMP_MAX] = {
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) (num),
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
};
/** This array holds a textual description of each pool. */
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
static const char *memp_desc[MEMP_MAX] = {
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) (desc),
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
};
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
/** This is the actual memory used by the pools. */
static u8_t memp_memory[MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) + ( (num) * (MEMP_SIZE + MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(size) ) )
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
];
#if MEMP_SANITY_CHECK
/**
* Check that memp-lists don't form a circle
*/
static int
memp_sanity(void)
{
s16_t i, c;
struct memp *m, *n;
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; i++) {
for (m = memp_tab[i]; m != NULL; m = m->next) {
c = 1;
for (n = memp_tab[i]; n != NULL; n = n->next) {
if (n == m && --c < 0) {
return 0;
}
}
}
}
return 1;
}
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_CHECK*/
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
/**
* Check if a memp element was victim of an overflow
* (e.g. the restricted area after it has been altered)
*
* @param p the memp element to check
* @param memp_size the element size of the pool p comes from
*/
static void
memp_overflow_check_element(struct memp *p, u16_t memp_size)
{
u16_t k;
u8_t *m;
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED > 0
m = (u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE - MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED;
for (k = 0; k < MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED; k++) {
if (m[k] != 0xcd) {
LWIP_ASSERT("detected memp underflow!", 0);
}
}
#endif
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED > 0
m = (u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_size;
for (k = 0; k < MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED; k++) {
if (m[k] != 0xcd) {
LWIP_ASSERT("detected memp overflow!", 0);
}
}
#endif
}
/**
* Do an overflow check for all elements in every pool.
*
* @see memp_overflow_check_element for a description of the check
*/
static void
memp_overflow_check_all(void)
{
u16_t i, j;
struct memp *p;
p = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(memp_memory);
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
p = p;
for (j = 0; j < memp_num[i]; ++j) {
memp_overflow_check_element(p, memp_sizes[i]);
p = (struct memp*)((u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i] + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED);
}
}
}
/**
* Initialize the restricted areas of all memp elements in every pool.
*/
static void
memp_overflow_init(void)
{
u16_t i, j;
struct memp *p;
u8_t *m;
p = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(memp_memory);
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
p = p;
for (j = 0; j < memp_num[i]; ++j) {
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED > 0
m = (u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE - MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED;
memset(m, 0xcd, MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED);
#endif
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED > 0
m = (u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i];
memset(m, 0xcd, MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED);
#endif
p = (struct memp*)((u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i] + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED);
}
}
}
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
/**
* Initialize this module.
*
* Carves out memp_memory into linked lists for each pool-type.
*/
void
memp_init(void)
{
struct memp *memp;
u16_t i, j;
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(used, i, 0);
MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(max, i, 0);
MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(err, i, 0);
MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(avail, i, memp_num[i]);
}
memp = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(memp_memory);
/* for every pool: */
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
memp_tab[i] = NULL;
/* create a linked list of memp elements */
for (j = 0; j < memp_num[i]; ++j) {
memp->next = memp_tab[i];
memp_tab[i] = memp;
memp = (struct memp *)((u8_t *)memp + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i]
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
+ MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED
#endif
);
}
}
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
memp_overflow_init();
/* check everything a first time to see if it worked */
memp_overflow_check_all();
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
}
/**
* Get an element from a specific pool.
*
* @param type the pool to get an element from
*
* the debug version has two more parameters:
* @param file file name calling this function
* @param line number of line where this function is called
*
* @return a pointer to the allocated memory or a NULL pointer on error
*/
void *
#if !MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
memp_malloc(memp_t type)
#else
memp_malloc_fn(memp_t type, const char* file, const int line)
#endif
{
struct memp *memp;
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
LWIP_ERROR("memp_malloc: type < MEMP_MAX", (type < MEMP_MAX), return NULL;);
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2
memp_overflow_check_all();
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2 */
memp = memp_tab[type];
if (memp != NULL) {
memp_tab[type] = memp->next;
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
memp->next = NULL;
memp->file = file;
memp->line = line;
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
MEMP_STATS_INC_USED(used, type);
LWIP_ASSERT("memp_malloc: memp properly aligned",
((mem_ptr_t)memp % MEM_ALIGNMENT) == 0);
memp = (struct memp*)((u8_t*)memp + MEMP_SIZE);
} else {
LWIP_DEBUGF(MEMP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("memp_malloc: out of memory in pool %s\n", memp_desc[type]));
MEMP_STATS_INC(err, type);
}
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
return memp;
}
/**
* Put an element back into its pool.
*
* @param type the pool where to put mem
* @param mem the memp element to free
*/
void
memp_free(memp_t type, void *mem)
{
struct memp *memp;
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
if (mem == NULL) {
return;
}
LWIP_ASSERT("memp_free: mem properly aligned",
((mem_ptr_t)mem % MEM_ALIGNMENT) == 0);
memp = (struct memp *)((u8_t*)mem - MEMP_SIZE);
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2
memp_overflow_check_all();
#else
memp_overflow_check_element(memp, memp_sizes[type]);
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2 */
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
MEMP_STATS_DEC(used, type);
memp->next = memp_tab[type];
memp_tab[type] = memp;
#if MEMP_SANITY_CHECK
LWIP_ASSERT("memp sanity", memp_sanity());
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_CHECK */
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
}
#endif /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */

View file

@ -1,687 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* lwIP network interface abstraction
*
**/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/tcp.h"
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
#include "netif/etharp.h"
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
#include "lwip/sys.h"
#if LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING */
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
#include "lwip/autoip.h"
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
#if LWIP_DHCP
#include "lwip/dhcp.h"
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
#define NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK(n) { if (n->status_callback) (n->status_callback)(n); }
#else
#define NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK(n) { /* NOP */ }
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
#define NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(n) { if (n->link_callback) (n->link_callback)(n); }
#else
#define NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(n) { /* NOP */ }
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
struct netif *netif_list;
struct netif *netif_default;
/**
* Add a network interface to the list of lwIP netifs.
*
* @param netif a pre-allocated netif structure
* @param ipaddr IP address for the new netif
* @param netmask network mask for the new netif
* @param gw default gateway IP address for the new netif
* @param state opaque data passed to the new netif
* @param init callback function that initializes the interface
* @param input callback function that is called to pass
* ingress packets up in the protocol layer stack.
*
* @return netif, or NULL if failed.
*/
struct netif *
netif_add(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *ipaddr, struct ip_addr *netmask,
struct ip_addr *gw,
void *state,
err_t (* init)(struct netif *netif),
err_t (* input)(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif))
{
static u8_t netifnum = 0;
/* reset new interface configuration state */
netif->ip_addr.addr = 0;
netif->netmask.addr = 0;
netif->gw.addr = 0;
netif->flags = 0;
#if LWIP_DHCP
/* netif not under DHCP control by default */
netif->dhcp = NULL;
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
/* netif not under AutoIP control by default */
netif->autoip = NULL;
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
netif->status_callback = NULL;
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
netif->link_callback = NULL;
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
#if LWIP_IGMP
netif->igmp_mac_filter = NULL;
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
netif->loop_first = NULL;
netif->loop_last = NULL;
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
/* remember netif specific state information data */
netif->state = state;
netif->num = netifnum++;
netif->input = input;
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
netif->addr_hint = NULL;
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK && LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
netif->loop_cnt_current = 0;
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK && LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
netif_set_addr(netif, ipaddr, netmask, gw);
/* call user specified initialization function for netif */
if (init(netif) != ERR_OK) {
return NULL;
}
/* add this netif to the list */
netif->next = netif_list;
netif_list = netif;
snmp_inc_iflist();
#if LWIP_IGMP
/* start IGMP processing */
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) {
igmp_start( netif);
}
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif: added interface %c%c IP addr ",
netif->name[0], netif->name[1]));
ip_addr_debug_print(NETIF_DEBUG, ipaddr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, (" netmask "));
ip_addr_debug_print(NETIF_DEBUG, netmask);
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, (" gw "));
ip_addr_debug_print(NETIF_DEBUG, gw);
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("\n"));
return netif;
}
/**
* Change IP address configuration for a network interface (including netmask
* and default gateway).
*
* @param netif the network interface to change
* @param ipaddr the new IP address
* @param netmask the new netmask
* @param gw the new default gateway
*/
void
netif_set_addr(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *ipaddr, struct ip_addr *netmask,
struct ip_addr *gw)
{
netif_set_ipaddr(netif, ipaddr);
netif_set_netmask(netif, netmask);
netif_set_gw(netif, gw);
}
/**
* Remove a network interface from the list of lwIP netifs.
*
* @param netif the network interface to remove
*/
void netif_remove(struct netif * netif)
{
if ( netif == NULL ) return;
#if LWIP_IGMP
/* stop IGMP processing */
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) {
igmp_stop( netif);
}
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
snmp_delete_ipaddridx_tree(netif);
/* is it the first netif? */
if (netif_list == netif) {
netif_list = netif->next;
snmp_dec_iflist();
}
else {
/* look for netif further down the list */
struct netif * tmpNetif;
for (tmpNetif = netif_list; tmpNetif != NULL; tmpNetif = tmpNetif->next) {
if (tmpNetif->next == netif) {
tmpNetif->next = netif->next;
snmp_dec_iflist();
break;
}
}
if (tmpNetif == NULL)
return; /* we didn't find any netif today */
}
/* this netif is default? */
if (netif_default == netif)
/* reset default netif */
netif_set_default(NULL);
LWIP_DEBUGF( NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif_remove: removed netif\n") );
}
/**
* Find a network interface by searching for its name
*
* @param name the name of the netif (like netif->name) plus concatenated number
* in ascii representation (e.g. 'en0')
*/
struct netif *
netif_find(char *name)
{
struct netif *netif;
u8_t num;
if (name == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
num = name[2] - '0';
for(netif = netif_list; netif != NULL; netif = netif->next) {
if (num == netif->num &&
name[0] == netif->name[0] &&
name[1] == netif->name[1]) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif_find: found %c%c\n", name[0], name[1]));
return netif;
}
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif_find: didn't find %c%c\n", name[0], name[1]));
return NULL;
}
/**
* Change the IP address of a network interface
*
* @param netif the network interface to change
* @param ipaddr the new IP address
*
* @note call netif_set_addr() if you also want to change netmask and
* default gateway
*/
void
netif_set_ipaddr(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *ipaddr)
{
/* TODO: Handling of obsolete pcbs */
/* See: http://mail.gnu.org/archive/html/lwip-users/2003-03/msg00118.html */
#if LWIP_TCP
struct tcp_pcb *pcb;
struct tcp_pcb_listen *lpcb;
/* address is actually being changed? */
if ((ip_addr_cmp(ipaddr, &(netif->ip_addr))) == 0)
{
/* extern struct tcp_pcb *tcp_active_pcbs; defined by tcp.h */
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif_set_ipaddr: netif address being changed\n"));
pcb = tcp_active_pcbs;
while (pcb != NULL) {
/* PCB bound to current local interface address? */
if (ip_addr_cmp(&(pcb->local_ip), &(netif->ip_addr))) {
/* this connection must be aborted */
struct tcp_pcb *next = pcb->next;
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif_set_ipaddr: aborting TCP pcb %p\n", (void *)pcb));
tcp_abort(pcb);
pcb = next;
} else {
pcb = pcb->next;
}
}
for (lpcb = tcp_listen_pcbs.listen_pcbs; lpcb != NULL; lpcb = lpcb->next) {
/* PCB bound to current local interface address? */
if ((!(ip_addr_isany(&(lpcb->local_ip)))) &&
(ip_addr_cmp(&(lpcb->local_ip), &(netif->ip_addr)))) {
/* The PCB is listening to the old ipaddr and
* is set to listen to the new one instead */
ip_addr_set(&(lpcb->local_ip), ipaddr);
}
}
}
#endif
snmp_delete_ipaddridx_tree(netif);
snmp_delete_iprteidx_tree(0,netif);
/* set new IP address to netif */
ip_addr_set(&(netif->ip_addr), ipaddr);
snmp_insert_ipaddridx_tree(netif);
snmp_insert_iprteidx_tree(0,netif);
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif: IP address of interface %c%c set to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
netif->name[0], netif->name[1],
ip4_addr1(&netif->ip_addr),
ip4_addr2(&netif->ip_addr),
ip4_addr3(&netif->ip_addr),
ip4_addr4(&netif->ip_addr)));
}
/**
* Change the default gateway for a network interface
*
* @param netif the network interface to change
* @param gw the new default gateway
*
* @note call netif_set_addr() if you also want to change ip address and netmask
*/
void
netif_set_gw(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *gw)
{
ip_addr_set(&(netif->gw), gw);
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif: GW address of interface %c%c set to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
netif->name[0], netif->name[1],
ip4_addr1(&netif->gw),
ip4_addr2(&netif->gw),
ip4_addr3(&netif->gw),
ip4_addr4(&netif->gw)));
}
/**
* Change the netmask of a network interface
*
* @param netif the network interface to change
* @param netmask the new netmask
*
* @note call netif_set_addr() if you also want to change ip address and
* default gateway
*/
void
netif_set_netmask(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *netmask)
{
snmp_delete_iprteidx_tree(0, netif);
/* set new netmask to netif */
ip_addr_set(&(netif->netmask), netmask);
snmp_insert_iprteidx_tree(0, netif);
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif: netmask of interface %c%c set to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
netif->name[0], netif->name[1],
ip4_addr1(&netif->netmask),
ip4_addr2(&netif->netmask),
ip4_addr3(&netif->netmask),
ip4_addr4(&netif->netmask)));
}
#if LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME
void netif_set_hostname(struct netif *netif, char* hostname){
netif->hostname = hostname;
}
#endif
/**
* Set a network interface as the default network interface
* (used to output all packets for which no specific route is found)
*
* @param netif the default network interface
*/
void
netif_set_default(struct netif *netif)
{
if (netif == NULL)
{
/* remove default route */
snmp_delete_iprteidx_tree(1, netif);
}
else
{
/* install default route */
snmp_insert_iprteidx_tree(1, netif);
}
netif_default = netif;
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif: setting default interface %c%c\n",
netif ? netif->name[0] : '\'', netif ? netif->name[1] : '\''));
}
/**
* Bring an interface up, available for processing
* traffic.
*
* @note: Enabling DHCP on a down interface will make it come
* up once configured.
*
* @see dhcp_start()
*/
void netif_set_up(struct netif *netif)
{
if ( !(netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_UP )) {
netif->flags |= NETIF_FLAG_UP;
#if LWIP_SNMP
snmp_get_sysuptime(&netif->ts);
#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(netif);
NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK(netif);
#if LWIP_ARP
/* For Ethernet network interfaces, we would like to send a "gratuitous ARP" */
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP) {
etharp_gratuitous(netif);
}
#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
#if LWIP_IGMP
/* resend IGMP memberships */
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) {
igmp_report_groups( netif);
}
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
}
}
/**
* Bring an interface down, disabling any traffic processing.
*
* @note: Enabling DHCP on a down interface will make it come
* up once configured.
*
* @see dhcp_start()
*/
void netif_set_down(struct netif *netif)
{
if ( netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_UP )
{
netif->flags &= ~NETIF_FLAG_UP;
#if LWIP_SNMP
snmp_get_sysuptime(&netif->ts);
#endif
NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(netif);
NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK(netif);
}
}
/**
* Ask if an interface is up
*/
u8_t netif_is_up(struct netif *netif)
{
return (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_UP)?1:0;
}
#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
/**
* Set callback to be called when interface is brought up/down
*/
void netif_set_status_callback(struct netif *netif, void (* status_callback)(struct netif *netif ))
{
if ( netif )
netif->status_callback = status_callback;
}
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
/**
* Called by a driver when its link goes up
*/
void netif_set_link_up(struct netif *netif )
{
netif->flags |= NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP;
#if LWIP_DHCP
if (netif->dhcp) {
dhcp_network_changed(netif);
}
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
if (netif->autoip) {
autoip_network_changed(netif);
}
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_UP) {
#if LWIP_ARP
/* For Ethernet network interfaces, we would like to send a "gratuitous ARP" */
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP) {
etharp_gratuitous(netif);
}
#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
#if LWIP_IGMP
/* resend IGMP memberships */
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) {
igmp_report_groups( netif);
}
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
}
NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(netif);
}
/**
* Called by a driver when its link goes down
*/
void netif_set_link_down(struct netif *netif )
{
netif->flags &= ~NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP;
NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(netif);
}
/**
* Ask if a link is up
*/
u8_t netif_is_link_up(struct netif *netif)
{
return (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP) ? 1 : 0;
}
/**
* Set callback to be called when link is brought up/down
*/
void netif_set_link_callback(struct netif *netif, void (* link_callback)(struct netif *netif ))
{
if (netif) {
netif->link_callback = link_callback;
}
}
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
/**
* Send an IP packet to be received on the same netif (loopif-like).
* The pbuf is simply copied and handed back to netif->input.
* In multithreaded mode, this is done directly since netif->input must put
* the packet on a queue.
* In callback mode, the packet is put on an internal queue and is fed to
* netif->input by netif_poll().
*
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure
* @param p the (IP) packet to 'send'
* @param ipaddr the ip address to send the packet to (not used)
* @return ERR_OK if the packet has been sent
* ERR_MEM if the pbuf used to copy the packet couldn't be allocated
*/
err_t
netif_loop_output(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p,
struct ip_addr *ipaddr)
{
struct pbuf *r;
err_t err;
struct pbuf *last;
#if LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
u8_t clen = 0;
#endif /* LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(ipaddr);
/* Allocate a new pbuf */
r = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, p->tot_len, PBUF_RAM);
if (r == NULL) {
return ERR_MEM;
}
#if LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
clen = pbuf_clen(r);
/* check for overflow or too many pbuf on queue */
if(((netif->loop_cnt_current + clen) < netif->loop_cnt_current) ||
((netif->loop_cnt_current + clen) > LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS)) {
pbuf_free(r);
r = NULL;
return ERR_MEM;
}
netif->loop_cnt_current += clen;
#endif /* LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
/* Copy the whole pbuf queue p into the single pbuf r */
if ((err = pbuf_copy(r, p)) != ERR_OK) {
pbuf_free(r);
r = NULL;
return err;
}
/* Put the packet on a linked list which gets emptied through calling
netif_poll(). */
/* let last point to the last pbuf in chain r */
for (last = r; last->next != NULL; last = last->next);
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev);
if(netif->loop_first != NULL) {
LWIP_ASSERT("if first != NULL, last must also be != NULL", netif->loop_last != NULL);
netif->loop_last->next = r;
netif->loop_last = last;
} else {
netif->loop_first = r;
netif->loop_last = last;
}
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
#if LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING
/* For multithreading environment, schedule a call to netif_poll */
tcpip_callback((void (*)(void *))(netif_poll), netif);
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING */
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Call netif_poll() in the main loop of your application. This is to prevent
* reentering non-reentrant functions like tcp_input(). Packets passed to
* netif_loop_output() are put on a list that is passed to netif->input() by
* netif_poll().
*/
void
netif_poll(struct netif *netif)
{
struct pbuf *in;
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
do {
/* Get a packet from the list. With SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT=1, this is protected */
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev);
in = netif->loop_first;
if(in != NULL) {
struct pbuf *in_end = in;
#if LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
u8_t clen = pbuf_clen(in);
/* adjust the number of pbufs on queue */
LWIP_ASSERT("netif->loop_cnt_current underflow",
((netif->loop_cnt_current - clen) < netif->loop_cnt_current));
netif->loop_cnt_current -= clen;
#endif /* LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
while(in_end->len != in_end->tot_len) {
LWIP_ASSERT("bogus pbuf: len != tot_len but next == NULL!", in_end->next != NULL);
in_end = in_end->next;
}
/* 'in_end' now points to the last pbuf from 'in' */
if(in_end == netif->loop_last) {
/* this was the last pbuf in the list */
netif->loop_first = netif->loop_last = NULL;
} else {
/* pop the pbuf off the list */
netif->loop_first = in_end->next;
LWIP_ASSERT("should not be null since first != last!", netif->loop_first != NULL);
}
/* De-queue the pbuf from its successors on the 'loop_' list. */
in_end->next = NULL;
}
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
if(in != NULL) {
/* loopback packets are always IP packets! */
if(ip_input(in, netif) != ERR_OK) {
pbuf_free(in);
}
/* Don't reference the packet any more! */
in = NULL;
}
/* go on while there is a packet on the list */
} while(netif->loop_first != NULL);
}
#if !LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING
/**
* Calls netif_poll() for every netif on the netif_list.
*/
void
netif_poll_all(void)
{
struct netif *netif = netif_list;
/* loop through netifs */
while (netif != NULL) {
netif_poll(netif);
/* proceed to next network interface */
netif = netif->next;
}
}
#endif /* !LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING */
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */

View file

@ -1,929 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Packet buffer management
*
* Packets are built from the pbuf data structure. It supports dynamic
* memory allocation for packet contents or can reference externally
* managed packet contents both in RAM and ROM. Quick allocation for
* incoming packets is provided through pools with fixed sized pbufs.
*
* A packet may span over multiple pbufs, chained as a singly linked
* list. This is called a "pbuf chain".
*
* Multiple packets may be queued, also using this singly linked list.
* This is called a "packet queue".
*
* So, a packet queue consists of one or more pbuf chains, each of
* which consist of one or more pbufs. CURRENTLY, PACKET QUEUES ARE
* NOT SUPPORTED!!! Use helper structs to queue multiple packets.
*
* The differences between a pbuf chain and a packet queue are very
* precise but subtle.
*
* The last pbuf of a packet has a ->tot_len field that equals the
* ->len field. It can be found by traversing the list. If the last
* pbuf of a packet has a ->next field other than NULL, more packets
* are on the queue.
*
* Therefore, looping through a pbuf of a single packet, has an
* loop end condition (tot_len == p->len), NOT (next == NULL).
**/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include "lwip/memp.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#include "lwip/sys.h"
#include "arch/perf.h"
#if TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ
#include "lwip/tcp.h"
#endif
#include <string.h>
#define SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(struct pbuf))
/* Since the pool is created in memp, PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE will be automatically
aligned there. Therefore, PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE_ALIGNED can be used here. */
#define PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE_ALIGNED LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE)
#if !TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ || NO_SYS
#define PBUF_POOL_IS_EMPTY()
#else /* !TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ || NO_SYS */
/** Define this to 0 to prevent freeing ooseq pbufs when the PBUF_POOL is empty */
#ifndef PBUF_POOL_FREE_OOSEQ
#define PBUF_POOL_FREE_OOSEQ 1
#endif /* PBUF_POOL_FREE_OOSEQ */
#if PBUF_POOL_FREE_OOSEQ
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
#define PBUF_POOL_IS_EMPTY() pbuf_pool_is_empty()
static u8_t pbuf_free_ooseq_queued;
/**
* Attempt to reclaim some memory from queued out-of-sequence TCP segments
* if we run out of pool pbufs. It's better to give priority to new packets
* if we're running out.
*
* This must be done in the correct thread context therefore this function
* can only be used with NO_SYS=0 and through tcpip_callback.
*/
static void
pbuf_free_ooseq(void* arg)
{
struct tcp_pcb* pcb;
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
pbuf_free_ooseq_queued = 0;
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
for (pcb = tcp_active_pcbs; NULL != pcb; pcb = pcb->next) {
if (NULL != pcb->ooseq) {
/** Free the ooseq pbufs of one PCB only */
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_free_ooseq: freeing out-of-sequence pbufs\n"));
tcp_segs_free(pcb->ooseq);
pcb->ooseq = NULL;
return;
}
}
}
/** Queue a call to pbuf_free_ooseq if not already queued. */
static void
pbuf_pool_is_empty(void)
{
u8_t queued;
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
queued = pbuf_free_ooseq_queued;
pbuf_free_ooseq_queued = 1;
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
if(!queued) {
/* queue a call to pbuf_free_ooseq if not already queued */
if(tcpip_callback_with_block(pbuf_free_ooseq, NULL, 0) != ERR_OK) {
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
pbuf_free_ooseq_queued = 0;
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
}
}
}
#endif /* PBUF_POOL_FREE_OOSEQ */
#endif /* !TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ || NO_SYS */
/**
* Allocates a pbuf of the given type (possibly a chain for PBUF_POOL type).
*
* The actual memory allocated for the pbuf is determined by the
* layer at which the pbuf is allocated and the requested size
* (from the size parameter).
*
* @param layer flag to define header size
* @param length size of the pbuf's payload
* @param type this parameter decides how and where the pbuf
* should be allocated as follows:
*
* - PBUF_RAM: buffer memory for pbuf is allocated as one large
* chunk. This includes protocol headers as well.
* - PBUF_ROM: no buffer memory is allocated for the pbuf, even for
* protocol headers. Additional headers must be prepended
* by allocating another pbuf and chain in to the front of
* the ROM pbuf. It is assumed that the memory used is really
* similar to ROM in that it is immutable and will not be
* changed. Memory which is dynamic should generally not
* be attached to PBUF_ROM pbufs. Use PBUF_REF instead.
* - PBUF_REF: no buffer memory is allocated for the pbuf, even for
* protocol headers. It is assumed that the pbuf is only
* being used in a single thread. If the pbuf gets queued,
* then pbuf_take should be called to copy the buffer.
* - PBUF_POOL: the pbuf is allocated as a pbuf chain, with pbufs from
* the pbuf pool that is allocated during pbuf_init().
*
* @return the allocated pbuf. If multiple pbufs where allocated, this
* is the first pbuf of a pbuf chain.
*/
struct pbuf *
pbuf_alloc(pbuf_layer layer, u16_t length, pbuf_type type)
{
struct pbuf *p, *q, *r;
u16_t offset;
s32_t rem_len; /* remaining length */
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_alloc(length=%"U16_F")\n", length));
/* determine header offset */
offset = 0;
switch (layer) {
case PBUF_TRANSPORT:
/* add room for transport (often TCP) layer header */
offset += PBUF_TRANSPORT_HLEN;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case PBUF_IP:
/* add room for IP layer header */
offset += PBUF_IP_HLEN;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case PBUF_LINK:
/* add room for link layer header */
offset += PBUF_LINK_HLEN;
break;
case PBUF_RAW:
break;
default:
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_alloc: bad pbuf layer", 0);
return NULL;
}
switch (type) {
case PBUF_POOL:
/* allocate head of pbuf chain into p */
p = memp_malloc(MEMP_PBUF_POOL);
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_alloc: allocated pbuf %p\n", (void *)p));
if (p == NULL) {
PBUF_POOL_IS_EMPTY();
return NULL;
}
p->type = type;
p->next = NULL;
/* make the payload pointer point 'offset' bytes into pbuf data memory */
p->payload = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN((void *)((u8_t *)p + (SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF + offset)));
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_alloc: pbuf p->payload properly aligned",
((mem_ptr_t)p->payload % MEM_ALIGNMENT) == 0);
/* the total length of the pbuf chain is the requested size */
p->tot_len = length;
/* set the length of the first pbuf in the chain */
p->len = LWIP_MIN(length, PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE_ALIGNED - LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(offset));
LWIP_ASSERT("check p->payload + p->len does not overflow pbuf",
((u8_t*)p->payload + p->len <=
(u8_t*)p + SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF + PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE_ALIGNED));
LWIP_ASSERT("PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE must be bigger than MEM_ALIGNMENT",
(PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE_ALIGNED - LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(offset)) > 0 );
/* set reference count (needed here in case we fail) */
p->ref = 1;
/* now allocate the tail of the pbuf chain */
/* remember first pbuf for linkage in next iteration */
r = p;
/* remaining length to be allocated */
rem_len = length - p->len;
/* any remaining pbufs to be allocated? */
while (rem_len > 0) {
q = memp_malloc(MEMP_PBUF_POOL);
if (q == NULL) {
PBUF_POOL_IS_EMPTY();
/* free chain so far allocated */
pbuf_free(p);
/* bail out unsuccesfully */
return NULL;
}
q->type = type;
q->flags = 0;
q->next = NULL;
/* make previous pbuf point to this pbuf */
r->next = q;
/* set total length of this pbuf and next in chain */
LWIP_ASSERT("rem_len < max_u16_t", rem_len < 0xffff);
q->tot_len = (u16_t)rem_len;
/* this pbuf length is pool size, unless smaller sized tail */
q->len = LWIP_MIN((u16_t)rem_len, PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE_ALIGNED);
q->payload = (void *)((u8_t *)q + SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF);
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_alloc: pbuf q->payload properly aligned",
((mem_ptr_t)q->payload % MEM_ALIGNMENT) == 0);
LWIP_ASSERT("check p->payload + p->len does not overflow pbuf",
((u8_t*)p->payload + p->len <=
(u8_t*)p + SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF + PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE_ALIGNED));
q->ref = 1;
/* calculate remaining length to be allocated */
rem_len -= q->len;
/* remember this pbuf for linkage in next iteration */
r = q;
}
/* end of chain */
/*r->next = NULL;*/
break;
case PBUF_RAM:
/* If pbuf is to be allocated in RAM, allocate memory for it. */
p = (struct pbuf*)mem_malloc(LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF + offset) + LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(length));
if (p == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
/* Set up internal structure of the pbuf. */
p->payload = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN((void *)((u8_t *)p + SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF + offset));
p->len = p->tot_len = length;
p->next = NULL;
p->type = type;
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_alloc: pbuf->payload properly aligned",
((mem_ptr_t)p->payload % MEM_ALIGNMENT) == 0);
break;
/* pbuf references existing (non-volatile static constant) ROM payload? */
case PBUF_ROM:
/* pbuf references existing (externally allocated) RAM payload? */
case PBUF_REF:
/* only allocate memory for the pbuf structure */
p = memp_malloc(MEMP_PBUF);
if (p == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
("pbuf_alloc: Could not allocate MEMP_PBUF for PBUF_%s.\n",
(type == PBUF_ROM) ? "ROM" : "REF"));
return NULL;
}
/* caller must set this field properly, afterwards */
p->payload = NULL;
p->len = p->tot_len = length;
p->next = NULL;
p->type = type;
break;
default:
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_alloc: erroneous type", 0);
return NULL;
}
/* set reference count */
p->ref = 1;
/* set flags */
p->flags = 0;
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_alloc(length=%"U16_F") == %p\n", length, (void *)p));
return p;
}
/**
* Shrink a pbuf chain to a desired length.
*
* @param p pbuf to shrink.
* @param new_len desired new length of pbuf chain
*
* Depending on the desired length, the first few pbufs in a chain might
* be skipped and left unchanged. The new last pbuf in the chain will be
* resized, and any remaining pbufs will be freed.
*
* @note If the pbuf is ROM/REF, only the ->tot_len and ->len fields are adjusted.
* @note May not be called on a packet queue.
*
* @note Despite its name, pbuf_realloc cannot grow the size of a pbuf (chain).
*/
void
pbuf_realloc(struct pbuf *p, u16_t new_len)
{
struct pbuf *q;
u16_t rem_len; /* remaining length */
s32_t grow;
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_realloc: p != NULL", p != NULL);
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_realloc: sane p->type", p->type == PBUF_POOL ||
p->type == PBUF_ROM ||
p->type == PBUF_RAM ||
p->type == PBUF_REF);
/* desired length larger than current length? */
if (new_len >= p->tot_len) {
/* enlarging not yet supported */
return;
}
/* the pbuf chain grows by (new_len - p->tot_len) bytes
* (which may be negative in case of shrinking) */
grow = new_len - p->tot_len;
/* first, step over any pbufs that should remain in the chain */
rem_len = new_len;
q = p;
/* should this pbuf be kept? */
while (rem_len > q->len) {
/* decrease remaining length by pbuf length */
rem_len -= q->len;
/* decrease total length indicator */
LWIP_ASSERT("grow < max_u16_t", grow < 0xffff);
q->tot_len += (u16_t)grow;
/* proceed to next pbuf in chain */
q = q->next;
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_realloc: q != NULL", q != NULL);
}
/* we have now reached the new last pbuf (in q) */
/* rem_len == desired length for pbuf q */
/* shrink allocated memory for PBUF_RAM */
/* (other types merely adjust their length fields */
if ((q->type == PBUF_RAM) && (rem_len != q->len)) {
/* reallocate and adjust the length of the pbuf that will be split */
q = mem_realloc(q, (u8_t *)q->payload - (u8_t *)q + rem_len);
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_realloc give q == NULL", q != NULL);
}
/* adjust length fields for new last pbuf */
q->len = rem_len;
q->tot_len = q->len;
/* any remaining pbufs in chain? */
if (q->next != NULL) {
/* free remaining pbufs in chain */
pbuf_free(q->next);
}
/* q is last packet in chain */
q->next = NULL;
}
/**
* Adjusts the payload pointer to hide or reveal headers in the payload.
*
* Adjusts the ->payload pointer so that space for a header
* (dis)appears in the pbuf payload.
*
* The ->payload, ->tot_len and ->len fields are adjusted.
*
* @param p pbuf to change the header size.
* @param header_size_increment Number of bytes to increment header size which
* increases the size of the pbuf. New space is on the front.
* (Using a negative value decreases the header size.)
* If hdr_size_inc is 0, this function does nothing and returns succesful.
*
* PBUF_ROM and PBUF_REF type buffers cannot have their sizes increased, so
* the call will fail. A check is made that the increase in header size does
* not move the payload pointer in front of the start of the buffer.
* @return non-zero on failure, zero on success.
*
*/
u8_t
pbuf_header(struct pbuf *p, s16_t header_size_increment)
{
u16_t type;
void *payload;
u16_t increment_magnitude;
LWIP_ASSERT("p != NULL", p != NULL);
if ((header_size_increment == 0) || (p == NULL))
return 0;
if (header_size_increment < 0){
increment_magnitude = -header_size_increment;
/* Check that we aren't going to move off the end of the pbuf */
LWIP_ERROR("increment_magnitude <= p->len", (increment_magnitude <= p->len), return 1;);
} else {
increment_magnitude = header_size_increment;
#if 0
/* Can't assert these as some callers speculatively call
pbuf_header() to see if it's OK. Will return 1 below instead. */
/* Check that we've got the correct type of pbuf to work with */
LWIP_ASSERT("p->type == PBUF_RAM || p->type == PBUF_POOL",
p->type == PBUF_RAM || p->type == PBUF_POOL);
/* Check that we aren't going to move off the beginning of the pbuf */
LWIP_ASSERT("p->payload - increment_magnitude >= p + SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF",
(u8_t *)p->payload - increment_magnitude >= (u8_t *)p + SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF);
#endif
}
type = p->type;
/* remember current payload pointer */
payload = p->payload;
/* pbuf types containing payloads? */
if (type == PBUF_RAM || type == PBUF_POOL) {
/* set new payload pointer */
p->payload = (u8_t *)p->payload - header_size_increment;
/* boundary check fails? */
if ((u8_t *)p->payload < (u8_t *)p + SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF) {
LWIP_DEBUGF( PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
("pbuf_header: failed as %p < %p (not enough space for new header size)\n",
(void *)p->payload, (void *)(p + 1)));
/* restore old payload pointer */
p->payload = payload;
/* bail out unsuccesfully */
return 1;
}
/* pbuf types refering to external payloads? */
} else if (type == PBUF_REF || type == PBUF_ROM) {
/* hide a header in the payload? */
if ((header_size_increment < 0) && (increment_magnitude <= p->len)) {
/* increase payload pointer */
p->payload = (u8_t *)p->payload - header_size_increment;
} else {
/* cannot expand payload to front (yet!)
* bail out unsuccesfully */
return 1;
}
}
else {
/* Unknown type */
LWIP_ASSERT("bad pbuf type", 0);
return 1;
}
/* modify pbuf length fields */
p->len += header_size_increment;
p->tot_len += header_size_increment;
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_header: old %p new %p (%"S16_F")\n",
(void *)payload, (void *)p->payload, header_size_increment));
return 0;
}
/**
* Dereference a pbuf chain or queue and deallocate any no-longer-used
* pbufs at the head of this chain or queue.
*
* Decrements the pbuf reference count. If it reaches zero, the pbuf is
* deallocated.
*
* For a pbuf chain, this is repeated for each pbuf in the chain,
* up to the first pbuf which has a non-zero reference count after
* decrementing. So, when all reference counts are one, the whole
* chain is free'd.
*
* @param p The pbuf (chain) to be dereferenced.
*
* @return the number of pbufs that were de-allocated
* from the head of the chain.
*
* @note MUST NOT be called on a packet queue (Not verified to work yet).
* @note the reference counter of a pbuf equals the number of pointers
* that refer to the pbuf (or into the pbuf).
*
* @internal examples:
*
* Assuming existing chains a->b->c with the following reference
* counts, calling pbuf_free(a) results in:
*
* 1->2->3 becomes ...1->3
* 3->3->3 becomes 2->3->3
* 1->1->2 becomes ......1
* 2->1->1 becomes 1->1->1
* 1->1->1 becomes .......
*
*/
u8_t
pbuf_free(struct pbuf *p)
{
u16_t type;
struct pbuf *q;
u8_t count;
if (p == NULL) {
LWIP_ASSERT("p != NULL", p != NULL);
/* if assertions are disabled, proceed with debug output */
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
("pbuf_free(p == NULL) was called.\n"));
return 0;
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_free(%p)\n", (void *)p));
PERF_START;
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_free: sane type",
p->type == PBUF_RAM || p->type == PBUF_ROM ||
p->type == PBUF_REF || p->type == PBUF_POOL);
count = 0;
/* de-allocate all consecutive pbufs from the head of the chain that
* obtain a zero reference count after decrementing*/
while (p != NULL) {
u16_t ref;
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
/* Since decrementing ref cannot be guaranteed to be a single machine operation
* we must protect it. We put the new ref into a local variable to prevent
* further protection. */
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
/* all pbufs in a chain are referenced at least once */
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_free: p->ref > 0", p->ref > 0);
/* decrease reference count (number of pointers to pbuf) */
ref = --(p->ref);
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
/* this pbuf is no longer referenced to? */
if (ref == 0) {
/* remember next pbuf in chain for next iteration */
q = p->next;
LWIP_DEBUGF( PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_free: deallocating %p\n", (void *)p));
type = p->type;
/* is this a pbuf from the pool? */
if (type == PBUF_POOL) {
memp_free(MEMP_PBUF_POOL, p);
/* is this a ROM or RAM referencing pbuf? */
} else if (type == PBUF_ROM || type == PBUF_REF) {
memp_free(MEMP_PBUF, p);
/* type == PBUF_RAM */
} else {
mem_free(p);
}
count++;
/* proceed to next pbuf */
p = q;
/* p->ref > 0, this pbuf is still referenced to */
/* (and so the remaining pbufs in chain as well) */
} else {
LWIP_DEBUGF( PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_free: %p has ref %"U16_F", ending here.\n", (void *)p, ref));
/* stop walking through the chain */
p = NULL;
}
}
PERF_STOP("pbuf_free");
/* return number of de-allocated pbufs */
return count;
}
/**
* Count number of pbufs in a chain
*
* @param p first pbuf of chain
* @return the number of pbufs in a chain
*/
u8_t
pbuf_clen(struct pbuf *p)
{
u8_t len;
len = 0;
while (p != NULL) {
++len;
p = p->next;
}
return len;
}
/**
* Increment the reference count of the pbuf.
*
* @param p pbuf to increase reference counter of
*
*/
void
pbuf_ref(struct pbuf *p)
{
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
/* pbuf given? */
if (p != NULL) {
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
++(p->ref);
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
}
}
/**
* Concatenate two pbufs (each may be a pbuf chain) and take over
* the caller's reference of the tail pbuf.
*
* @note The caller MAY NOT reference the tail pbuf afterwards.
* Use pbuf_chain() for that purpose.
*
* @see pbuf_chain()
*/
void
pbuf_cat(struct pbuf *h, struct pbuf *t)
{
struct pbuf *p;
LWIP_ERROR("(h != NULL) && (t != NULL) (programmer violates API)",
((h != NULL) && (t != NULL)), return;);
/* proceed to last pbuf of chain */
for (p = h; p->next != NULL; p = p->next) {
/* add total length of second chain to all totals of first chain */
p->tot_len += t->tot_len;
}
/* { p is last pbuf of first h chain, p->next == NULL } */
LWIP_ASSERT("p->tot_len == p->len (of last pbuf in chain)", p->tot_len == p->len);
LWIP_ASSERT("p->next == NULL", p->next == NULL);
/* add total length of second chain to last pbuf total of first chain */
p->tot_len += t->tot_len;
/* chain last pbuf of head (p) with first of tail (t) */
p->next = t;
/* p->next now references t, but the caller will drop its reference to t,
* so netto there is no change to the reference count of t.
*/
}
/**
* Chain two pbufs (or pbuf chains) together.
*
* The caller MUST call pbuf_free(t) once it has stopped
* using it. Use pbuf_cat() instead if you no longer use t.
*
* @param h head pbuf (chain)
* @param t tail pbuf (chain)
* @note The pbufs MUST belong to the same packet.
* @note MAY NOT be called on a packet queue.
*
* The ->tot_len fields of all pbufs of the head chain are adjusted.
* The ->next field of the last pbuf of the head chain is adjusted.
* The ->ref field of the first pbuf of the tail chain is adjusted.
*
*/
void
pbuf_chain(struct pbuf *h, struct pbuf *t)
{
pbuf_cat(h, t);
/* t is now referenced by h */
pbuf_ref(t);
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_chain: %p references %p\n", (void *)h, (void *)t));
}
/**
* Dechains the first pbuf from its succeeding pbufs in the chain.
*
* Makes p->tot_len field equal to p->len.
* @param p pbuf to dechain
* @return remainder of the pbuf chain, or NULL if it was de-allocated.
* @note May not be called on a packet queue.
*/
struct pbuf *
pbuf_dechain(struct pbuf *p)
{
struct pbuf *q;
u8_t tail_gone = 1;
/* tail */
q = p->next;
/* pbuf has successor in chain? */
if (q != NULL) {
/* assert tot_len invariant: (p->tot_len == p->len + (p->next? p->next->tot_len: 0) */
LWIP_ASSERT("p->tot_len == p->len + q->tot_len", q->tot_len == p->tot_len - p->len);
/* enforce invariant if assertion is disabled */
q->tot_len = p->tot_len - p->len;
/* decouple pbuf from remainder */
p->next = NULL;
/* total length of pbuf p is its own length only */
p->tot_len = p->len;
/* q is no longer referenced by p, free it */
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_dechain: unreferencing %p\n", (void *)q));
tail_gone = pbuf_free(q);
if (tail_gone > 0) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
("pbuf_dechain: deallocated %p (as it is no longer referenced)\n", (void *)q));
}
/* return remaining tail or NULL if deallocated */
}
/* assert tot_len invariant: (p->tot_len == p->len + (p->next? p->next->tot_len: 0) */
LWIP_ASSERT("p->tot_len == p->len", p->tot_len == p->len);
return ((tail_gone > 0) ? NULL : q);
}
/**
*
* Create PBUF_RAM copies of pbufs.
*
* Used to queue packets on behalf of the lwIP stack, such as
* ARP based queueing.
*
* @note You MUST explicitly use p = pbuf_take(p);
*
* @note Only one packet is copied, no packet queue!
*
* @param p_to pbuf destination of the copy
* @param p_from pbuf source of the copy
*
* @return ERR_OK if pbuf was copied
* ERR_ARG if one of the pbufs is NULL or p_to is not big
* enough to hold p_from
*/
err_t
pbuf_copy(struct pbuf *p_to, struct pbuf *p_from)
{
u16_t offset_to=0, offset_from=0, len;
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_copy(%p, %p)\n",
(void*)p_to, (void*)p_from));
/* is the target big enough to hold the source? */
LWIP_ERROR("pbuf_copy: target not big enough to hold source", ((p_to != NULL) &&
(p_from != NULL) && (p_to->tot_len >= p_from->tot_len)), return ERR_ARG;);
/* iterate through pbuf chain */
do
{
LWIP_ASSERT("p_to != NULL", p_to != NULL);
/* copy one part of the original chain */
if ((p_to->len - offset_to) >= (p_from->len - offset_from)) {
/* complete current p_from fits into current p_to */
len = p_from->len - offset_from;
} else {
/* current p_from does not fit into current p_to */
len = p_to->len - offset_to;
}
MEMCPY((u8_t*)p_to->payload + offset_to, (u8_t*)p_from->payload + offset_from, len);
offset_to += len;
offset_from += len;
LWIP_ASSERT("offset_to <= p_to->len", offset_to <= p_to->len);
if (offset_to == p_to->len) {
/* on to next p_to (if any) */
offset_to = 0;
p_to = p_to->next;
}
LWIP_ASSERT("offset_from <= p_from->len", offset_from <= p_from->len);
if (offset_from >= p_from->len) {
/* on to next p_from (if any) */
offset_from = 0;
p_from = p_from->next;
}
if((p_from != NULL) && (p_from->len == p_from->tot_len)) {
/* don't copy more than one packet! */
LWIP_ERROR("pbuf_copy() does not allow packet queues!\n",
(p_from->next == NULL), return ERR_VAL;);
}
if((p_to != NULL) && (p_to->len == p_to->tot_len)) {
/* don't copy more than one packet! */
LWIP_ERROR("pbuf_copy() does not allow packet queues!\n",
(p_to->next == NULL), return ERR_VAL;);
}
} while (p_from);
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_copy: end of chain reached.\n"));
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Copy (part of) the contents of a packet buffer
* to an application supplied buffer.
*
* @param buf the pbuf from which to copy data
* @param dataptr the application supplied buffer
* @param len length of data to copy (dataptr must be big enough). No more
* than buf->tot_len will be copied, irrespective of len
* @param offset offset into the packet buffer from where to begin copying len bytes
* @return the number of bytes copied, or 0 on failure
*/
u16_t
pbuf_copy_partial(struct pbuf *buf, void *dataptr, u16_t len, u16_t offset)
{
struct pbuf *p;
u16_t left;
u16_t buf_copy_len;
u16_t copied_total = 0;
LWIP_ERROR("pbuf_copy_partial: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return 0;);
LWIP_ERROR("pbuf_copy_partial: invalid dataptr", (dataptr != NULL), return 0;);
left = 0;
if((buf == NULL) || (dataptr == NULL)) {
return 0;
}
/* Note some systems use byte copy if dataptr or one of the pbuf payload pointers are unaligned. */
for(p = buf; len != 0 && p != NULL; p = p->next) {
if ((offset != 0) && (offset >= p->len)) {
/* don't copy from this buffer -> on to the next */
offset -= p->len;
} else {
/* copy from this buffer. maybe only partially. */
buf_copy_len = p->len - offset;
if (buf_copy_len > len)
buf_copy_len = len;
/* copy the necessary parts of the buffer */
MEMCPY(&((char*)dataptr)[left], &((char*)p->payload)[offset], buf_copy_len);
copied_total += buf_copy_len;
left += buf_copy_len;
len -= buf_copy_len;
offset = 0;
}
}
return copied_total;
}
/**
* Copy application supplied data into a pbuf.
* This function can only be used to copy the equivalent of buf->tot_len data.
*
* @param buf pbuf to fill with data
* @param dataptr application supplied data buffer
* @param len length of the application supplied data buffer
*
* @return ERR_OK if successful, ERR_MEM if the pbuf is not big enough
*/
err_t
pbuf_take(struct pbuf *buf, const void *dataptr, u16_t len)
{
struct pbuf *p;
u16_t buf_copy_len;
u16_t total_copy_len = len;
u16_t copied_total = 0;
LWIP_ERROR("pbuf_take: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return 0;);
LWIP_ERROR("pbuf_take: invalid dataptr", (dataptr != NULL), return 0;);
if ((buf == NULL) || (dataptr == NULL) || (buf->tot_len < len)) {
return ERR_ARG;
}
/* Note some systems use byte copy if dataptr or one of the pbuf payload pointers are unaligned. */
for(p = buf; total_copy_len != 0; p = p->next) {
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_take: invalid pbuf", p != NULL);
buf_copy_len = total_copy_len;
if (buf_copy_len > p->len) {
/* this pbuf cannot hold all remaining data */
buf_copy_len = p->len;
}
/* copy the necessary parts of the buffer */
MEMCPY(p->payload, &((char*)dataptr)[copied_total], buf_copy_len);
total_copy_len -= buf_copy_len;
copied_total += buf_copy_len;
}
LWIP_ASSERT("did not copy all data", total_copy_len == 0 && copied_total == len);
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Creates a single pbuf out of a queue of pbufs.
*
* @remark: The source pbuf 'p' is not freed by this function because that can
* be illegal in some places!
*
* @param p the source pbuf
* @param layer pbuf_layer of the new pbuf
*
* @return a new, single pbuf (p->next is NULL)
* or the old pbuf if allocation fails
*/
struct pbuf*
pbuf_coalesce(struct pbuf *p, pbuf_layer layer)
{
struct pbuf *q;
err_t err;
if (p->next == NULL) {
return p;
}
q = pbuf_alloc(layer, p->tot_len, PBUF_RAM);
if (q == NULL) {
/* @todo: what do we do now? */
return p;
}
err = pbuf_copy(q, p);
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_copy failed", err == ERR_OK);
pbuf_free(p);
return q;
}

View file

@ -1,353 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Implementation of raw protocol PCBs for low-level handling of
* different types of protocols besides (or overriding) those
* already available in lwIP.
*
**/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_RAW /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/memp.h"
#include "lwip/inet.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/raw.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
#include "arch/perf.h"
#include <string.h>
/** The list of RAW PCBs */
static struct raw_pcb *raw_pcbs;
/**
* Determine if in incoming IP packet is covered by a RAW PCB
* and if so, pass it to a user-provided receive callback function.
*
* Given an incoming IP datagram (as a chain of pbufs) this function
* finds a corresponding RAW PCB and calls the corresponding receive
* callback function.
*
* @param p pbuf to be demultiplexed to a RAW PCB.
* @param inp network interface on which the datagram was received.
* @return - 1 if the packet has been eaten by a RAW PCB receive
* callback function. The caller MAY NOT not reference the
* packet any longer, and MAY NOT call pbuf_free().
* @return - 0 if packet is not eaten (pbuf is still referenced by the
* caller).
*
*/
u8_t
raw_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
{
struct raw_pcb *pcb, *prev;
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
s16_t proto;
u8_t eaten = 0;
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(inp);
iphdr = p->payload;
proto = IPH_PROTO(iphdr);
prev = NULL;
pcb = raw_pcbs;
/* loop through all raw pcbs until the packet is eaten by one */
/* this allows multiple pcbs to match against the packet by design */
while ((eaten == 0) && (pcb != NULL)) {
if (pcb->protocol == proto) {
#if IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV
/* broadcast filter? */
if ((pcb->so_options & SOF_BROADCAST) || !ip_addr_isbroadcast(&(iphdr->dest), inp))
#endif /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV */
{
/* receive callback function available? */
if (pcb->recv != NULL) {
/* the receive callback function did not eat the packet? */
if (pcb->recv(pcb->recv_arg, pcb, p, &(iphdr->src)) != 0) {
/* receive function ate the packet */
p = NULL;
eaten = 1;
if (prev != NULL) {
/* move the pcb to the front of raw_pcbs so that is
found faster next time */
prev->next = pcb->next;
pcb->next = raw_pcbs;
raw_pcbs = pcb;
}
}
}
/* no receive callback function was set for this raw PCB */
}
/* drop the packet */
}
prev = pcb;
pcb = pcb->next;
}
return eaten;
}
/**
* Bind a RAW PCB.
*
* @param pcb RAW PCB to be bound with a local address ipaddr.
* @param ipaddr local IP address to bind with. Use IP_ADDR_ANY to
* bind to all local interfaces.
*
* @return lwIP error code.
* - ERR_OK. Successful. No error occured.
* - ERR_USE. The specified IP address is already bound to by
* another RAW PCB.
*
* @see raw_disconnect()
*/
err_t
raw_bind(struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct ip_addr *ipaddr)
{
ip_addr_set(&pcb->local_ip, ipaddr);
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Connect an RAW PCB. This function is required by upper layers
* of lwip. Using the raw api you could use raw_sendto() instead
*
* This will associate the RAW PCB with the remote address.
*
* @param pcb RAW PCB to be connected with remote address ipaddr and port.
* @param ipaddr remote IP address to connect with.
*
* @return lwIP error code
*
* @see raw_disconnect() and raw_sendto()
*/
err_t
raw_connect(struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct ip_addr *ipaddr)
{
ip_addr_set(&pcb->remote_ip, ipaddr);
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Set the callback function for received packets that match the
* raw PCB's protocol and binding.
*
* The callback function MUST either
* - eat the packet by calling pbuf_free() and returning non-zero. The
* packet will not be passed to other raw PCBs or other protocol layers.
* - not free the packet, and return zero. The packet will be matched
* against further PCBs and/or forwarded to another protocol layers.
*
* @return non-zero if the packet was free()d, zero if the packet remains
* available for others.
*/
void
raw_recv(struct raw_pcb *pcb,
u8_t (* recv)(void *arg, struct raw_pcb *upcb, struct pbuf *p,
struct ip_addr *addr),
void *recv_arg)
{
/* remember recv() callback and user data */
pcb->recv = recv;
pcb->recv_arg = recv_arg;
}
/**
* Send the raw IP packet to the given address. Note that actually you cannot
* modify the IP headers (this is inconsistent with the receive callback where
* you actually get the IP headers), you can only specify the IP payload here.
* It requires some more changes in lwIP. (there will be a raw_send() function
* then.)
*
* @param pcb the raw pcb which to send
* @param p the IP payload to send
* @param ipaddr the destination address of the IP packet
*
*/
err_t
raw_sendto(struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *ipaddr)
{
err_t err;
struct netif *netif;
struct ip_addr *src_ip;
struct pbuf *q; /* q will be sent down the stack */
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("raw_sendto\n"));
/* not enough space to add an IP header to first pbuf in given p chain? */
if (pbuf_header(p, IP_HLEN)) {
/* allocate header in new pbuf */
q = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_IP, 0, PBUF_RAM);
/* new header pbuf could not be allocated? */
if (q == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("raw_sendto: could not allocate header\n"));
return ERR_MEM;
}
/* chain header q in front of given pbuf p */
pbuf_chain(q, p);
/* { first pbuf q points to header pbuf } */
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG, ("raw_sendto: added header pbuf %p before given pbuf %p\n", (void *)q, (void *)p));
} else {
/* first pbuf q equals given pbuf */
q = p;
if(pbuf_header(q, -IP_HLEN)) {
LWIP_ASSERT("Can't restore header we just removed!", 0);
return ERR_MEM;
}
}
if ((netif = ip_route(ipaddr)) == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING, ("raw_sendto: No route to 0x%"X32_F"\n", ipaddr->addr));
/* free any temporary header pbuf allocated by pbuf_header() */
if (q != p) {
pbuf_free(q);
}
return ERR_RTE;
}
#if IP_SOF_BROADCAST
/* broadcast filter? */
if ( ((pcb->so_options & SOF_BROADCAST) == 0) && ip_addr_isbroadcast(ipaddr, netif) ) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING, ("raw_sendto: SOF_BROADCAST not enabled on pcb %p\n", (void *)pcb));
/* free any temporary header pbuf allocated by pbuf_header() */
if (q != p) {
pbuf_free(q);
}
return ERR_VAL;
}
#endif /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST */
if (ip_addr_isany(&pcb->local_ip)) {
/* use outgoing network interface IP address as source address */
src_ip = &(netif->ip_addr);
} else {
/* use RAW PCB local IP address as source address */
src_ip = &(pcb->local_ip);
}
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
netif->addr_hint = &(pcb->addr_hint);
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
err = ip_output_if (q, src_ip, ipaddr, pcb->ttl, pcb->tos, pcb->protocol, netif);
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
netif->addr_hint = NULL;
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
/* did we chain a header earlier? */
if (q != p) {
/* free the header */
pbuf_free(q);
}
return err;
}
/**
* Send the raw IP packet to the address given by raw_connect()
*
* @param pcb the raw pcb which to send
* @param p the IP payload to send
*
*/
err_t
raw_send(struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p)
{
return raw_sendto(pcb, p, &pcb->remote_ip);
}
/**
* Remove an RAW PCB.
*
* @param pcb RAW PCB to be removed. The PCB is removed from the list of
* RAW PCB's and the data structure is freed from memory.
*
* @see raw_new()
*/
void
raw_remove(struct raw_pcb *pcb)
{
struct raw_pcb *pcb2;
/* pcb to be removed is first in list? */
if (raw_pcbs == pcb) {
/* make list start at 2nd pcb */
raw_pcbs = raw_pcbs->next;
/* pcb not 1st in list */
} else {
for(pcb2 = raw_pcbs; pcb2 != NULL; pcb2 = pcb2->next) {
/* find pcb in raw_pcbs list */
if (pcb2->next != NULL && pcb2->next == pcb) {
/* remove pcb from list */
pcb2->next = pcb->next;
}
}
}
memp_free(MEMP_RAW_PCB, pcb);
}
/**
* Create a RAW PCB.
*
* @return The RAW PCB which was created. NULL if the PCB data structure
* could not be allocated.
*
* @param proto the protocol number of the IPs payload (e.g. IP_PROTO_ICMP)
*
* @see raw_remove()
*/
struct raw_pcb *
raw_new(u8_t proto) {
struct raw_pcb *pcb;
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("raw_new\n"));
pcb = memp_malloc(MEMP_RAW_PCB);
/* could allocate RAW PCB? */
if (pcb != NULL) {
/* initialize PCB to all zeroes */
memset(pcb, 0, sizeof(struct raw_pcb));
pcb->protocol = proto;
pcb->ttl = RAW_TTL;
pcb->next = raw_pcbs;
raw_pcbs = pcb;
}
return pcb;
}
#endif /* LWIP_RAW */

View file

@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Statistics module
*
**/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_STATS /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include <string.h>
struct stats_ lwip_stats;
#if LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY
void
stats_display_proto(struct stats_proto *proto, char *name)
{
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("\n\r%s\n\r\t", name);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("xmit: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\r\t", proto->xmit);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("recv: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\r\t", proto->recv);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("fw: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\r\t", proto->fw);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("drop: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\r\t", proto->drop);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("chkerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\r\t", proto->chkerr);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("lenerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\r\t", proto->lenerr);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("memerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\r\t", proto->memerr);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("rterr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\r\t", proto->rterr);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("proterr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\r\t", proto->proterr);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("opterr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\r\t", proto->opterr);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("err: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\r\t", proto->err);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("cachehit: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\r", proto->cachehit);
}
#if IGMP_STATS
void
stats_display_igmp(struct stats_igmp *igmp)
{
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("\n\rIGMP\n\r\t"));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("lenerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\r\t", igmp->lenerr);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("chkerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\r\t", igmp->chkerr);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("v1_rxed: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\r\t", igmp->v1_rxed);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("join_sent: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\r\t", igmp->join_sent);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("leave_sent: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\r\t", igmp->leave_sent);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("unicast_query: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\r\t", igmp->unicast_query);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("report_sent: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\r\t", igmp->report_sent);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("report_rxed: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\r\t", igmp->report_rxed);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("group_query_rxed: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\r", igmp->group_query_rxed);
}
#endif /* IGMP_STATS */
#if MEM_STATS || MEMP_STATS
void
stats_display_mem(struct stats_mem *mem, char *name)
{
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("\n\rMEM %s\n\r\t", name);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("avail: %"U32_F"\n\r\t", (u32_t)mem->avail);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("used: %"U32_F"\n\r\t", (u32_t)mem->used);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("max: %"U32_F"\n\r\t", (u32_t)mem->max);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("err: %"U32_F"\n\r", (u32_t)mem->err);
}
#if MEMP_STATS
void
stats_display_memp(struct stats_mem *mem, int index)
{
char * memp_names[] = {
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) desc,
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
};
if(index < MEMP_MAX) {
stats_display_mem(mem, memp_names[index]);
}
}
#endif /* MEMP_STATS */
#endif /* MEM_STATS || MEMP_STATS */
#if SYS_STATS
void
stats_display_sys(struct stats_sys *sys)
{
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("\n\rSYS\n\r\t");
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("sem.used: %"U32_F"\n\r\t", (u32_t)sys->sem.used);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("sem.max: %"U32_F"\n\r\t", (u32_t)sys->sem.max);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("sem.err: %"U32_F"\n\r\t", (u32_t)sys->sem.err);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("mbox.used: %"U32_F"\n\r\t", (u32_t)sys->mbox.used);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("mbox.max: %"U32_F"\n\r\t", (u32_t)sys->mbox.max);
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG("mbox.err: %"U32_F"\n\r\t", (u32_t)sys->mbox.err);
}
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
void
stats_display(void)
{
s16_t i;
LINK_STATS_DISPLAY();
ETHARP_STATS_DISPLAY();
IPFRAG_STATS_DISPLAY();
IP_STATS_DISPLAY();
IGMP_STATS_DISPLAY();
ICMP_STATS_DISPLAY();
UDP_STATS_DISPLAY();
TCP_STATS_DISPLAY();
MEM_STATS_DISPLAY();
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; i++) {
MEMP_STATS_DISPLAY(i);
}
SYS_STATS_DISPLAY();
}
#endif /* LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY */
#endif /* LWIP_STATS */

View file

@ -1,346 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* lwIP Operating System abstraction
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if (NO_SYS == 0) /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/sys.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/memp.h"
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
/**
* Struct used for sys_sem_wait_timeout() to tell wether the time
* has run out or the semaphore has really become available.
*/
struct sswt_cb
{
s16_t timeflag;
sys_sem_t *psem;
};
/**
* Wait (forever) for a message to arrive in an mbox.
* While waiting, timeouts (for this thread) are processed.
*
* @param mbox the mbox to fetch the message from
* @param msg the place to store the message
*/
void
sys_mbox_fetch(sys_mbox_t mbox, void **msg)
{
u32_t time_needed;
struct sys_timeouts *timeouts;
struct sys_timeo *tmptimeout;
sys_timeout_handler h;
void *arg;
again:
timeouts = sys_arch_timeouts();
if (!timeouts || !timeouts->next) {
UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
time_needed = sys_arch_mbox_fetch(mbox, msg, 0);
LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
} else {
if (timeouts->next->time > 0) {
UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
time_needed = sys_arch_mbox_fetch(mbox, msg, timeouts->next->time);
LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
} else {
time_needed = SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT;
}
if (time_needed == SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT) {
/* If time == SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT, a timeout occured before a message
could be fetched. We should now call the timeout handler and
deallocate the memory allocated for the timeout. */
tmptimeout = timeouts->next;
timeouts->next = tmptimeout->next;
h = tmptimeout->h;
arg = tmptimeout->arg;
memp_free(MEMP_SYS_TIMEOUT, tmptimeout);
if (h != NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(SYS_DEBUG, ("smf calling h=%p(%p)\n", *(void**)&h, arg));
h(arg);
}
/* We try again to fetch a message from the mbox. */
goto again;
} else {
/* If time != SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT, a message was received before the timeout
occured. The time variable is set to the number of
milliseconds we waited for the message. */
if (time_needed < timeouts->next->time) {
timeouts->next->time -= time_needed;
} else {
timeouts->next->time = 0;
}
}
}
}
/**
* Wait (forever) for a semaphore to become available.
* While waiting, timeouts (for this thread) are processed.
*
* @param sem semaphore to wait for
*/
void
sys_sem_wait(sys_sem_t sem)
{
u32_t time_needed;
struct sys_timeouts *timeouts;
struct sys_timeo *tmptimeout;
sys_timeout_handler h;
void *arg;
again:
timeouts = sys_arch_timeouts();
if (!timeouts || !timeouts->next) {
sys_arch_sem_wait(sem, 0);
} else {
if (timeouts->next->time > 0) {
time_needed = sys_arch_sem_wait(sem, timeouts->next->time);
} else {
time_needed = SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT;
}
if (time_needed == SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT) {
/* If time == SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT, a timeout occured before a message
could be fetched. We should now call the timeout handler and
deallocate the memory allocated for the timeout. */
tmptimeout = timeouts->next;
timeouts->next = tmptimeout->next;
h = tmptimeout->h;
arg = tmptimeout->arg;
memp_free(MEMP_SYS_TIMEOUT, tmptimeout);
if (h != NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(SYS_DEBUG, ("ssw h=%p(%p)\n", *(void**)&h, (void *)arg));
h(arg);
}
/* We try again to fetch a message from the mbox. */
goto again;
} else {
/* If time != SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT, a message was received before the timeout
occured. The time variable is set to the number of
milliseconds we waited for the message. */
if (time_needed < timeouts->next->time) {
timeouts->next->time -= time_needed;
} else {
timeouts->next->time = 0;
}
}
}
}
/**
* Create a one-shot timer (aka timeout). Timeouts are processed in the
* following cases:
* - while waiting for a message using sys_mbox_fetch()
* - while waiting for a semaphore using sys_sem_wait() or sys_sem_wait_timeout()
* - while sleeping using the inbuilt sys_msleep()
*
* @param msecs time in milliseconds after that the timer should expire
* @param h callback function to call when msecs have elapsed
* @param arg argument to pass to the callback function
*/
void
sys_timeout(u32_t msecs, sys_timeout_handler h, void *arg)
{
struct sys_timeouts *timeouts;
struct sys_timeo *timeout, *t;
timeout = memp_malloc(MEMP_SYS_TIMEOUT);
if (timeout == NULL) {
LWIP_ASSERT("sys_timeout: timeout != NULL", timeout != NULL);
return;
}
timeout->next = NULL;
timeout->h = h;
timeout->arg = arg;
timeout->time = msecs;
timeouts = sys_arch_timeouts();
LWIP_DEBUGF(SYS_DEBUG, ("sys_timeout: %p msecs=%"U32_F" h=%p arg=%p\n",
(void *)timeout, msecs, *(void**)&h, (void *)arg));
if (timeouts == NULL) {
LWIP_ASSERT("sys_timeout: timeouts != NULL", timeouts != NULL);
return;
}
if (timeouts->next == NULL) {
timeouts->next = timeout;
return;
}
if (timeouts->next->time > msecs) {
timeouts->next->time -= msecs;
timeout->next = timeouts->next;
timeouts->next = timeout;
} else {
for(t = timeouts->next; t != NULL; t = t->next) {
timeout->time -= t->time;
if (t->next == NULL || t->next->time > timeout->time) {
if (t->next != NULL) {
t->next->time -= timeout->time;
}
timeout->next = t->next;
t->next = timeout;
break;
}
}
}
}
/**
* Go through timeout list (for this task only) and remove the first matching
* entry, even though the timeout has not triggered yet.
*
* @note This function only works as expected if there is only one timeout
* calling 'h' in the list of timeouts.
*
* @param h callback function that would be called by the timeout
* @param arg callback argument that would be passed to h
*/
void
sys_untimeout(sys_timeout_handler h, void *arg)
{
struct sys_timeouts *timeouts;
struct sys_timeo *prev_t, *t;
timeouts = sys_arch_timeouts();
if (timeouts == NULL) {
LWIP_ASSERT("sys_untimeout: timeouts != NULL", timeouts != NULL);
return;
}
if (timeouts->next == NULL) {
return;
}
for (t = timeouts->next, prev_t = NULL; t != NULL; prev_t = t, t = t->next) {
if ((t->h == h) && (t->arg == arg)) {
/* We have a match */
/* Unlink from previous in list */
if (prev_t == NULL) {
timeouts->next = t->next;
} else {
prev_t->next = t->next;
}
/* If not the last one, add time of this one back to next */
if (t->next != NULL) {
t->next->time += t->time;
}
memp_free(MEMP_SYS_TIMEOUT, t);
return;
}
}
return;
}
/**
* Timeout handler function for sys_sem_wait_timeout()
*
* @param arg struct sswt_cb* used to signal a semaphore and end waiting.
*/
static void
sswt_handler(void *arg)
{
struct sswt_cb *sswt_cb = (struct sswt_cb *) arg;
/* Timeout. Set flag to TRUE and signal semaphore */
sswt_cb->timeflag = 1;
sys_sem_signal(*(sswt_cb->psem));
}
/**
* Wait for a semaphore with timeout (specified in ms)
*
* @param sem semaphore to wait
* @param timeout timeout in ms (0: wait forever)
* @return 0 on timeout, 1 otherwise
*/
int
sys_sem_wait_timeout(sys_sem_t sem, u32_t timeout)
{
struct sswt_cb sswt_cb;
sswt_cb.psem = &sem;
sswt_cb.timeflag = 0;
/* If timeout is zero, then just wait forever */
if (timeout > 0) {
/* Create a timer and pass it the address of our flag */
sys_timeout(timeout, sswt_handler, &sswt_cb);
}
sys_sem_wait(sem);
/* Was it a timeout? */
if (sswt_cb.timeflag) {
/* timeout */
return 0;
} else {
/* Not a timeout. Remove timeout entry */
sys_untimeout(sswt_handler, &sswt_cb);
return 1;
}
}
/**
* Sleep for some ms. Timeouts are processed while sleeping.
*
* @param ms number of milliseconds to sleep
*/
void
sys_msleep(u32_t ms)
{
sys_sem_t delaysem = sys_sem_new(0);
sys_sem_wait_timeout(delaysem, ms);
sys_sem_free(delaysem);
}
#endif /* NO_SYS */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -1,848 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* User Datagram Protocol module
*
**/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
/* udp.c
*
* The code for the User Datagram Protocol UDP & UDPLite (RFC 3828).
*
*/
/* @todo Check the use of '(struct udp_pcb).chksum_len_rx'!
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_UDP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/udp.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/memp.h"
#include "lwip/inet.h"
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
#include "arch/perf.h"
#include "lwip/dhcp.h"
#include <string.h>
/* The list of UDP PCBs */
/* exported in udp.h (was static) */
struct udp_pcb *udp_pcbs;
/**
* Process an incoming UDP datagram.
*
* Given an incoming UDP datagram (as a chain of pbufs) this function
* finds a corresponding UDP PCB and hands over the pbuf to the pcbs
* recv function. If no pcb is found or the datagram is incorrect, the
* pbuf is freed.
*
* @param p pbuf to be demultiplexed to a UDP PCB.
* @param inp network interface on which the datagram was received.
*
*/
void
udp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
{
struct udp_hdr *udphdr;
struct udp_pcb *pcb, *prev;
struct udp_pcb *uncon_pcb;
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
u16_t src, dest;
u8_t local_match;
u8_t broadcast;
PERF_START;
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.recv);
iphdr = p->payload;
/* Check minimum length (IP header + UDP header)
* and move payload pointer to UDP header */
if (p->tot_len < (IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4 + UDP_HLEN) || pbuf_header(p, -(s16_t)(IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4))) {
/* drop short packets */
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG,
("udp_input: short UDP datagram (%"U16_F" bytes) discarded\n", p->tot_len));
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.lenerr);
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
snmp_inc_udpinerrors();
pbuf_free(p);
goto end;
}
udphdr = (struct udp_hdr *)p->payload;
/* is broadcast packet ? */
broadcast = ip_addr_isbroadcast(&(iphdr->dest), inp);
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_input: received datagram of length %"U16_F"\n", p->tot_len));
/* convert src and dest ports to host byte order */
src = ntohs(udphdr->src);
dest = ntohs(udphdr->dest);
udp_debug_print(udphdr);
/* print the UDP source and destination */
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG,
("udp (%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F", %"U16_F") <-- "
"(%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F", %"U16_F")\n",
ip4_addr1(&iphdr->dest), ip4_addr2(&iphdr->dest),
ip4_addr3(&iphdr->dest), ip4_addr4(&iphdr->dest), ntohs(udphdr->dest),
ip4_addr1(&iphdr->src), ip4_addr2(&iphdr->src),
ip4_addr3(&iphdr->src), ip4_addr4(&iphdr->src), ntohs(udphdr->src)));
#if LWIP_DHCP
pcb = NULL;
/* when LWIP_DHCP is active, packets to DHCP_CLIENT_PORT may only be processed by
the dhcp module, no other UDP pcb may use the local UDP port DHCP_CLIENT_PORT */
if (dest == DHCP_CLIENT_PORT) {
/* all packets for DHCP_CLIENT_PORT not coming from DHCP_SERVER_PORT are dropped! */
if (src == DHCP_SERVER_PORT) {
if ((inp->dhcp != NULL) && (inp->dhcp->pcb != NULL)) {
/* accept the packe if
(- broadcast or directed to us) -> DHCP is link-layer-addressed, local ip is always ANY!
- inp->dhcp->pcb->remote == ANY or iphdr->src */
if ((ip_addr_isany(&inp->dhcp->pcb->remote_ip) ||
ip_addr_cmp(&(inp->dhcp->pcb->remote_ip), &(iphdr->src)))) {
pcb = inp->dhcp->pcb;
}
}
}
} else
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
{
prev = NULL;
local_match = 0;
uncon_pcb = NULL;
/* Iterate through the UDP pcb list for a matching pcb.
* 'Perfect match' pcbs (connected to the remote port & ip address) are
* preferred. If no perfect match is found, the first unconnected pcb that
* matches the local port and ip address gets the datagram. */
for (pcb = udp_pcbs; pcb != NULL; pcb = pcb->next) {
local_match = 0;
/* print the PCB local and remote address */
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG,
("pcb (%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F", %"U16_F") --- "
"(%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F", %"U16_F")\n",
ip4_addr1(&pcb->local_ip), ip4_addr2(&pcb->local_ip),
ip4_addr3(&pcb->local_ip), ip4_addr4(&pcb->local_ip), pcb->local_port,
ip4_addr1(&pcb->remote_ip), ip4_addr2(&pcb->remote_ip),
ip4_addr3(&pcb->remote_ip), ip4_addr4(&pcb->remote_ip), pcb->remote_port));
/* compare PCB local addr+port to UDP destination addr+port */
if ((pcb->local_port == dest) &&
((!broadcast && ip_addr_isany(&pcb->local_ip)) ||
ip_addr_cmp(&(pcb->local_ip), &(iphdr->dest)) ||
#if LWIP_IGMP
ip_addr_ismulticast(&(iphdr->dest)) ||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#if IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV
(broadcast && (pcb->so_options & SOF_BROADCAST)))) {
#else /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV */
(broadcast))) {
#endif /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV */
local_match = 1;
if ((uncon_pcb == NULL) &&
((pcb->flags & UDP_FLAGS_CONNECTED) == 0)) {
/* the first unconnected matching PCB */
uncon_pcb = pcb;
}
}
/* compare PCB remote addr+port to UDP source addr+port */
if ((local_match != 0) &&
(pcb->remote_port == src) &&
(ip_addr_isany(&pcb->remote_ip) ||
ip_addr_cmp(&(pcb->remote_ip), &(iphdr->src)))) {
/* the first fully matching PCB */
if (prev != NULL) {
/* move the pcb to the front of udp_pcbs so that is
found faster next time */
prev->next = pcb->next;
pcb->next = udp_pcbs;
udp_pcbs = pcb;
} else {
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.cachehit);
}
break;
}
/* This part of code has been modified by ST's MCD Application Team */
/* To use the UPnP responder for device discovery */
#if LWIP_UPNP
if((local_match != 0) && (dest == 1900)) {
break;
}
#endif /* LWIP_UPNP */
prev = pcb;
}
/* no fully matching pcb found? then look for an unconnected pcb */
if (pcb == NULL) {
pcb = uncon_pcb;
}
}
/* Check checksum if this is a match or if it was directed at us. */
if (pcb != NULL || ip_addr_cmp(&inp->ip_addr, &iphdr->dest)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("udp_input: calculating checksum\n"));
#if LWIP_UDPLITE
if (IPH_PROTO(iphdr) == IP_PROTO_UDPLITE) {
/* Do the UDP Lite checksum */
#if CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP
u16_t chklen = ntohs(udphdr->len);
if (chklen < sizeof(struct udp_hdr)) {
if (chklen == 0) {
/* For UDP-Lite, checksum length of 0 means checksum
over the complete packet (See RFC 3828 chap. 3.1) */
chklen = p->tot_len;
} else {
/* At least the UDP-Lite header must be covered by the
checksum! (Again, see RFC 3828 chap. 3.1) */
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.chkerr);
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
snmp_inc_udpinerrors();
pbuf_free(p);
goto end;
}
}
if (inet_chksum_pseudo_partial(p, (struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->src),
(struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->dest),
IP_PROTO_UDPLITE, p->tot_len, chklen) != 0) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
("udp_input: UDP Lite datagram discarded due to failing checksum\n"));
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.chkerr);
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
snmp_inc_udpinerrors();
pbuf_free(p);
goto end;
}
#endif /* CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP */
} else
#endif /* LWIP_UDPLITE */
{
#if CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP
if (udphdr->chksum != 0) {
if (inet_chksum_pseudo(p, (struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->src),
(struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->dest),
IP_PROTO_UDP, p->tot_len) != 0) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
("udp_input: UDP datagram discarded due to failing checksum\n"));
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.chkerr);
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
snmp_inc_udpinerrors();
pbuf_free(p);
goto end;
}
}
#endif /* CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP */
}
if(pbuf_header(p, -UDP_HLEN)) {
/* Can we cope with this failing? Just assert for now */
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_header failed\n", 0);
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
snmp_inc_udpinerrors();
pbuf_free(p);
goto end;
}
if (pcb != NULL) {
snmp_inc_udpindatagrams();
/* callback */
if (pcb->recv != NULL) {
/* now the recv function is responsible for freeing p */
pcb->recv(pcb->recv_arg, pcb, p, &iphdr->src, src);
} else {
/* no recv function registered? then we have to free the pbuf! */
pbuf_free(p);
goto end;
}
} else {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("udp_input: not for us.\n"));
#if LWIP_ICMP
/* No match was found, send ICMP destination port unreachable unless
destination address was broadcast/multicast. */
if (!broadcast &&
!ip_addr_ismulticast(&iphdr->dest)) {
/* move payload pointer back to ip header */
pbuf_header(p, (IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4) + UDP_HLEN);
LWIP_ASSERT("p->payload == iphdr", (p->payload == iphdr));
icmp_dest_unreach(p, ICMP_DUR_PORT);
}
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.proterr);
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
snmp_inc_udpnoports();
pbuf_free(p);
}
} else {
pbuf_free(p);
}
end:
PERF_STOP("udp_input");
}
/**
* Send data using UDP.
*
* @param pcb UDP PCB used to send the data.
* @param p chain of pbuf's to be sent.
*
* The datagram will be sent to the current remote_ip & remote_port
* stored in pcb. If the pcb is not bound to a port, it will
* automatically be bound to a random port.
*
* @return lwIP error code.
* - ERR_OK. Successful. No error occured.
* - ERR_MEM. Out of memory.
* - ERR_RTE. Could not find route to destination address.
* - More errors could be returned by lower protocol layers.
*
* @see udp_disconnect() udp_sendto()
*/
err_t
udp_send(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p)
{
/* send to the packet using remote ip and port stored in the pcb */
return udp_sendto(pcb, p, &pcb->remote_ip, pcb->remote_port);
}
/**
* Send data to a specified address using UDP.
*
* @param pcb UDP PCB used to send the data.
* @param p chain of pbuf's to be sent.
* @param dst_ip Destination IP address.
* @param dst_port Destination UDP port.
*
* dst_ip & dst_port are expected to be in the same byte order as in the pcb.
*
* If the PCB already has a remote address association, it will
* be restored after the data is sent.
*
* @return lwIP error code (@see udp_send for possible error codes)
*
* @see udp_disconnect() udp_send()
*/
err_t
udp_sendto(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
struct ip_addr *dst_ip, u16_t dst_port)
{
struct netif *netif;
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("udp_send\n"));
/* find the outgoing network interface for this packet */
#if LWIP_IGMP
netif = ip_route((ip_addr_ismulticast(dst_ip))?(&(pcb->multicast_ip)):(dst_ip));
#else
netif = ip_route(dst_ip);
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
/* no outgoing network interface could be found? */
if (netif == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("udp_send: No route to 0x%"X32_F"\n", dst_ip->addr));
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.rterr);
return ERR_RTE;
}
return udp_sendto_if(pcb, p, dst_ip, dst_port, netif);
}
/**
* Send data to a specified address using UDP.
* The netif used for sending can be specified.
*
* This function exists mainly for DHCP, to be able to send UDP packets
* on a netif that is still down.
*
* @param pcb UDP PCB used to send the data.
* @param p chain of pbuf's to be sent.
* @param dst_ip Destination IP address.
* @param dst_port Destination UDP port.
* @param netif the netif used for sending.
*
* dst_ip & dst_port are expected to be in the same byte order as in the pcb.
*
* @return lwIP error code (@see udp_send for possible error codes)
*
* @see udp_disconnect() udp_send()
*/
err_t
udp_sendto_if(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
struct ip_addr *dst_ip, u16_t dst_port, struct netif *netif)
{
struct udp_hdr *udphdr;
struct ip_addr *src_ip;
err_t err;
struct pbuf *q; /* q will be sent down the stack */
#if IP_SOF_BROADCAST
/* broadcast filter? */
if ( ((pcb->so_options & SOF_BROADCAST) == 0) && ip_addr_isbroadcast(dst_ip, netif) ) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
("udp_sendto_if: SOF_BROADCAST not enabled on pcb %p\n", (void *)pcb));
return ERR_VAL;
}
#endif /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST */
/* if the PCB is not yet bound to a port, bind it here */
if (pcb->local_port == 0) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("udp_send: not yet bound to a port, binding now\n"));
err = udp_bind(pcb, &pcb->local_ip, pcb->local_port);
if (err != ERR_OK) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("udp_send: forced port bind failed\n"));
return err;
}
}
/* not enough space to add an UDP header to first pbuf in given p chain? */
if (pbuf_header(p, UDP_HLEN)) {
/* allocate header in a separate new pbuf */
q = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_IP, UDP_HLEN, PBUF_RAM);
/* new header pbuf could not be allocated? */
if (q == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("udp_send: could not allocate header\n"));
return ERR_MEM;
}
/* chain header q in front of given pbuf p */
pbuf_chain(q, p);
/* first pbuf q points to header pbuf */
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG,
("udp_send: added header pbuf %p before given pbuf %p\n", (void *)q, (void *)p));
} else {
/* adding space for header within p succeeded */
/* first pbuf q equals given pbuf */
q = p;
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: added header in given pbuf %p\n", (void *)p));
}
LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold struct udp_hdr",
(q->len >= sizeof(struct udp_hdr)));
/* q now represents the packet to be sent */
udphdr = q->payload;
udphdr->src = htons(pcb->local_port);
udphdr->dest = htons(dst_port);
/* in UDP, 0 checksum means 'no checksum' */
udphdr->chksum = 0x0000;
/* PCB local address is IP_ANY_ADDR? */
if (ip_addr_isany(&pcb->local_ip)) {
/* use outgoing network interface IP address as source address */
src_ip = &(netif->ip_addr);
} else {
/* check if UDP PCB local IP address is correct
* this could be an old address if netif->ip_addr has changed */
if (!ip_addr_cmp(&(pcb->local_ip), &(netif->ip_addr))) {
/* local_ip doesn't match, drop the packet */
if (q != p) {
/* free the header pbuf */
pbuf_free(q);
q = NULL;
/* p is still referenced by the caller, and will live on */
}
return ERR_VAL;
}
/* use UDP PCB local IP address as source address */
src_ip = &(pcb->local_ip);
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: sending datagram of length %"U16_F"\n", q->tot_len));
#if LWIP_UDPLITE
/* UDP Lite protocol? */
if (pcb->flags & UDP_FLAGS_UDPLITE) {
u16_t chklen, chklen_hdr;
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: UDP LITE packet length %"U16_F"\n", q->tot_len));
/* set UDP message length in UDP header */
chklen_hdr = chklen = pcb->chksum_len_tx;
if ((chklen < sizeof(struct udp_hdr)) || (chklen > q->tot_len)) {
if (chklen != 0) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: UDP LITE pcb->chksum_len is illegal: %"U16_F"\n", chklen));
}
/* For UDP-Lite, checksum length of 0 means checksum
over the complete packet. (See RFC 3828 chap. 3.1)
At least the UDP-Lite header must be covered by the
checksum, therefore, if chksum_len has an illegal
value, we generate the checksum over the complete
packet to be safe. */
chklen_hdr = 0;
chklen = q->tot_len;
}
udphdr->len = htons(chklen_hdr);
/* calculate checksum */
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_UDP
udphdr->chksum = inet_chksum_pseudo_partial(q, src_ip, dst_ip,
IP_PROTO_UDPLITE, q->tot_len, chklen);
/* chksum zero must become 0xffff, as zero means 'no checksum' */
if (udphdr->chksum == 0x0000)
udphdr->chksum = 0xffff;
#endif /* CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP */
/* output to IP */
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: ip_output_if (,,,,IP_PROTO_UDPLITE,)\n"));
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
netif->addr_hint = &(pcb->addr_hint);
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
err = ip_output_if(q, src_ip, dst_ip, pcb->ttl, pcb->tos, IP_PROTO_UDPLITE, netif);
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
netif->addr_hint = NULL;
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
} else
#endif /* LWIP_UDPLITE */
{ /* UDP */
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: UDP packet length %"U16_F"\n", q->tot_len));
udphdr->len = htons(q->tot_len);
/* calculate checksum */
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_UDP
if ((pcb->flags & UDP_FLAGS_NOCHKSUM) == 0) {
udphdr->chksum = inet_chksum_pseudo(q, src_ip, dst_ip, IP_PROTO_UDP, q->tot_len);
/* chksum zero must become 0xffff, as zero means 'no checksum' */
if (udphdr->chksum == 0x0000) udphdr->chksum = 0xffff;
}
#endif /* CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP */
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: UDP checksum 0x%04"X16_F"\n", udphdr->chksum));
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: ip_output_if (,,,,IP_PROTO_UDP,)\n"));
/* output to IP */
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
netif->addr_hint = &(pcb->addr_hint);
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
err = ip_output_if(q, src_ip, dst_ip, pcb->ttl, pcb->tos, IP_PROTO_UDP, netif);
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
netif->addr_hint = NULL;
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
}
/* TODO: must this be increased even if error occured? */
snmp_inc_udpoutdatagrams();
/* did we chain a separate header pbuf earlier? */
if (q != p) {
/* free the header pbuf */
pbuf_free(q);
q = NULL;
/* p is still referenced by the caller, and will live on */
}
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.xmit);
return err;
}
/**
* Bind an UDP PCB.
*
* @param pcb UDP PCB to be bound with a local address ipaddr and port.
* @param ipaddr local IP address to bind with. Use IP_ADDR_ANY to
* bind to all local interfaces.
* @param port local UDP port to bind with. Use 0 to automatically bind
* to a random port between UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_START and
* UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_END.
*
* ipaddr & port are expected to be in the same byte order as in the pcb.
*
* @return lwIP error code.
* - ERR_OK. Successful. No error occured.
* - ERR_USE. The specified ipaddr and port are already bound to by
* another UDP PCB.
*
* @see udp_disconnect()
*/
err_t
udp_bind(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct ip_addr *ipaddr, u16_t port)
{
struct udp_pcb *ipcb;
u8_t rebind;
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("udp_bind(ipaddr = "));
ip_addr_debug_print(UDP_DEBUG, ipaddr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, (", port = %"U16_F")\n", port));
rebind = 0;
/* Check for double bind and rebind of the same pcb */
for (ipcb = udp_pcbs; ipcb != NULL; ipcb = ipcb->next) {
/* is this UDP PCB already on active list? */
if (pcb == ipcb) {
/* pcb may occur at most once in active list */
LWIP_ASSERT("rebind == 0", rebind == 0);
/* pcb already in list, just rebind */
rebind = 1;
}
/* this code does not allow upper layer to share a UDP port for
listening to broadcast or multicast traffic (See SO_REUSE_ADDR and
SO_REUSE_PORT under *BSD). TODO: See where it fits instead, OR
combine with implementation of UDP PCB flags. Leon Woestenberg. */
#ifdef LWIP_UDP_TODO
/* port matches that of PCB in list? */
else
if ((ipcb->local_port == port) &&
/* IP address matches, or one is IP_ADDR_ANY? */
(ip_addr_isany(&(ipcb->local_ip)) ||
ip_addr_isany(ipaddr) ||
ip_addr_cmp(&(ipcb->local_ip), ipaddr))) {
/* other PCB already binds to this local IP and port */
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG,
("udp_bind: local port %"U16_F" already bound by another pcb\n", port));
return ERR_USE;
}
#endif
}
ip_addr_set(&pcb->local_ip, ipaddr);
/* no port specified? */
if (port == 0) {
#ifndef UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_START
#define UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_START 4096
#define UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_END 0x7fff
#endif
port = UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_START;
ipcb = udp_pcbs;
while ((ipcb != NULL) && (port != UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_END)) {
if (ipcb->local_port == port) {
/* port is already used by another udp_pcb */
port++;
/* restart scanning all udp pcbs */
ipcb = udp_pcbs;
} else
/* go on with next udp pcb */
ipcb = ipcb->next;
}
if (ipcb != NULL) {
/* no more ports available in local range */
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_bind: out of free UDP ports\n"));
return ERR_USE;
}
}
pcb->local_port = port;
snmp_insert_udpidx_tree(pcb);
/* pcb not active yet? */
if (rebind == 0) {
/* place the PCB on the active list if not already there */
pcb->next = udp_pcbs;
udp_pcbs = pcb;
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
("udp_bind: bound to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F", port %"U16_F"\n",
(u16_t)((ntohl(pcb->local_ip.addr) >> 24) & 0xff),
(u16_t)((ntohl(pcb->local_ip.addr) >> 16) & 0xff),
(u16_t)((ntohl(pcb->local_ip.addr) >> 8) & 0xff),
(u16_t)(ntohl(pcb->local_ip.addr) & 0xff), pcb->local_port));
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Connect an UDP PCB.
*
* This will associate the UDP PCB with the remote address.
*
* @param pcb UDP PCB to be connected with remote address ipaddr and port.
* @param ipaddr remote IP address to connect with.
* @param port remote UDP port to connect with.
*
* @return lwIP error code
*
* ipaddr & port are expected to be in the same byte order as in the pcb.
*
* The udp pcb is bound to a random local port if not already bound.
*
* @see udp_disconnect()
*/
err_t
udp_connect(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct ip_addr *ipaddr, u16_t port)
{
struct udp_pcb *ipcb;
if (pcb->local_port == 0) {
err_t err = udp_bind(pcb, &pcb->local_ip, pcb->local_port);
if (err != ERR_OK)
return err;
}
ip_addr_set(&pcb->remote_ip, ipaddr);
pcb->remote_port = port;
pcb->flags |= UDP_FLAGS_CONNECTED;
/** TODO: this functionality belongs in upper layers */
#ifdef LWIP_UDP_TODO
/* Nail down local IP for netconn_addr()/getsockname() */
if (ip_addr_isany(&pcb->local_ip) && !ip_addr_isany(&pcb->remote_ip)) {
struct netif *netif;
if ((netif = ip_route(&(pcb->remote_ip))) == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_connect: No route to 0x%lx\n", pcb->remote_ip.addr));
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.rterr);
return ERR_RTE;
}
/** TODO: this will bind the udp pcb locally, to the interface which
is used to route output packets to the remote address. However, we
might want to accept incoming packets on any interface! */
pcb->local_ip = netif->ip_addr;
} else if (ip_addr_isany(&pcb->remote_ip)) {
pcb->local_ip.addr = 0;
}
#endif
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
("udp_connect: connected to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F",port %"U16_F"\n",
(u16_t)((ntohl(pcb->remote_ip.addr) >> 24) & 0xff),
(u16_t)((ntohl(pcb->remote_ip.addr) >> 16) & 0xff),
(u16_t)((ntohl(pcb->remote_ip.addr) >> 8) & 0xff),
(u16_t)(ntohl(pcb->remote_ip.addr) & 0xff), pcb->remote_port));
/* Insert UDP PCB into the list of active UDP PCBs. */
for (ipcb = udp_pcbs; ipcb != NULL; ipcb = ipcb->next) {
if (pcb == ipcb) {
/* already on the list, just return */
return ERR_OK;
}
}
/* PCB not yet on the list, add PCB now */
pcb->next = udp_pcbs;
udp_pcbs = pcb;
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Disconnect a UDP PCB
*
* @param pcb the udp pcb to disconnect.
*/
void
udp_disconnect(struct udp_pcb *pcb)
{
/* reset remote address association */
ip_addr_set(&pcb->remote_ip, IP_ADDR_ANY);
pcb->remote_port = 0;
/* mark PCB as unconnected */
pcb->flags &= ~UDP_FLAGS_CONNECTED;
}
/**
* Set a receive callback for a UDP PCB
*
* This callback will be called when receiving a datagram for the pcb.
*
* @param pcb the pcb for wich to set the recv callback
* @param recv function pointer of the callback function
* @param recv_arg additional argument to pass to the callback function
*/
void
udp_recv(struct udp_pcb *pcb,
void (* recv)(void *arg, struct udp_pcb *upcb, struct pbuf *p,
struct ip_addr *addr, u16_t port),
void *recv_arg)
{
/* remember recv() callback and user data */
pcb->recv = recv;
pcb->recv_arg = recv_arg;
}
/**
* Remove an UDP PCB.
*
* @param pcb UDP PCB to be removed. The PCB is removed from the list of
* UDP PCB's and the data structure is freed from memory.
*
* @see udp_new()
*/
void
udp_remove(struct udp_pcb *pcb)
{
struct udp_pcb *pcb2;
snmp_delete_udpidx_tree(pcb);
/* pcb to be removed is first in list? */
if (udp_pcbs == pcb) {
/* make list start at 2nd pcb */
udp_pcbs = udp_pcbs->next;
/* pcb not 1st in list */
} else
for (pcb2 = udp_pcbs; pcb2 != NULL; pcb2 = pcb2->next) {
/* find pcb in udp_pcbs list */
if (pcb2->next != NULL && pcb2->next == pcb) {
/* remove pcb from list */
pcb2->next = pcb->next;
}
}
memp_free(MEMP_UDP_PCB, pcb);
}
/**
* Create a UDP PCB.
*
* @return The UDP PCB which was created. NULL if the PCB data structure
* could not be allocated.
*
* @see udp_remove()
*/
struct udp_pcb *
udp_new(void)
{
struct udp_pcb *pcb;
pcb = memp_malloc(MEMP_UDP_PCB);
/* could allocate UDP PCB? */
if (pcb != NULL) {
/* UDP Lite: by initializing to all zeroes, chksum_len is set to 0
* which means checksum is generated over the whole datagram per default
* (recommended as default by RFC 3828). */
/* initialize PCB to all zeroes */
memset(pcb, 0, sizeof(struct udp_pcb));
pcb->ttl = UDP_TTL;
}
return pcb;
}
#if UDP_DEBUG
/**
* Print UDP header information for debug purposes.
*
* @param udphdr pointer to the udp header in memory.
*/
void
udp_debug_print(struct udp_hdr *udphdr)
{
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("UDP header:\n"));
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("| %5"U16_F" | %5"U16_F" | (src port, dest port)\n",
ntohs(udphdr->src), ntohs(udphdr->dest)));
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("| %5"U16_F" | 0x%04"X16_F" | (len, chksum)\n",
ntohs(udphdr->len), ntohs(udphdr->chksum)));
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
}
#endif /* UDP_DEBUG */
#endif /* LWIP_UDP */

View file

@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
*
* AutoIP Automatic LinkLocal IP Configuration
**/
/*
*
* Copyright (c) 2007 Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* Author: Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
*
* This is a AutoIP implementation for the lwIP TCP/IP stack. It aims to conform
* with RFC 3927.
*
*
* Please coordinate changes and requests with Dominik Spies
* <kontakt@dspies.de>
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_AUTOIP_H__
#define __LWIP_AUTOIP_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_AUTOIP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/udp.h"
#include "netif/etharp.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* AutoIP Timing */
#define AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL 100
#define AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND (1000 / AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL)
/* RFC 3927 Constants */
#define PROBE_WAIT 1 /* second (initial random delay) */
#define PROBE_MIN 1 /* second (minimum delay till repeated probe) */
#define PROBE_MAX 2 /* seconds (maximum delay till repeated probe) */
#define PROBE_NUM 3 /* (number of probe packets) */
#define ANNOUNCE_NUM 2 /* (number of announcement packets) */
#define ANNOUNCE_INTERVAL 2 /* seconds (time between announcement packets) */
#define ANNOUNCE_WAIT 2 /* seconds (delay before announcing) */
#define MAX_CONFLICTS 10 /* (max conflicts before rate limiting) */
#define RATE_LIMIT_INTERVAL 60 /* seconds (delay between successive attempts) */
#define DEFEND_INTERVAL 10 /* seconds (min. wait between defensive ARPs) */
/* AutoIP client states */
#define AUTOIP_STATE_OFF 0
#define AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING 1
#define AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING 2
#define AUTOIP_STATE_BOUND 3
struct autoip
{
struct ip_addr llipaddr; /* the currently selected, probed, announced or used LL IP-Address */
u8_t state; /* current AutoIP state machine state */
u8_t sent_num; /* sent number of probes or announces, dependent on state */
u16_t ttw; /* ticks to wait, tick is AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL long */
u8_t lastconflict; /* ticks until a conflict can be solved by defending */
u8_t tried_llipaddr; /* total number of probed/used Link Local IP-Addresses */
};
/** Init srand, has to be called before entering mainloop */
void autoip_init(void);
/** Start AutoIP client */
err_t autoip_start(struct netif *netif);
/** Stop AutoIP client */
err_t autoip_stop(struct netif *netif);
/** Handles every incoming ARP Packet, called by etharp_arp_input */
void autoip_arp_reply(struct netif *netif, struct etharp_hdr *hdr);
/** Has to be called in loop every AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL milliseconds */
void autoip_tmr(void);
/** Handle a possible change in the network configuration */
void autoip_network_changed(struct netif *netif);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
#endif /* __LWIP_AUTOIP_H__ */

View file

@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
/**
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
**/
#ifndef __LWIP_ICMP_H__
#define __LWIP_ICMP_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#define ICMP_ER 0 /* echo reply */
#define ICMP_DUR 3 /* destination unreachable */
#define ICMP_SQ 4 /* source quench */
#define ICMP_RD 5 /* redirect */
#define ICMP_ECHO 8 /* echo */
#define ICMP_TE 11 /* time exceeded */
#define ICMP_PP 12 /* parameter problem */
#define ICMP_TS 13 /* timestamp */
#define ICMP_TSR 14 /* timestamp reply */
#define ICMP_IRQ 15 /* information request */
#define ICMP_IR 16 /* information reply */
enum icmp_dur_type {
ICMP_DUR_NET = 0, /* net unreachable */
ICMP_DUR_HOST = 1, /* host unreachable */
ICMP_DUR_PROTO = 2, /* protocol unreachable */
ICMP_DUR_PORT = 3, /* port unreachable */
ICMP_DUR_FRAG = 4, /* fragmentation needed and DF set */
ICMP_DUR_SR = 5 /* source route failed */
};
enum icmp_te_type {
ICMP_TE_TTL = 0, /* time to live exceeded in transit */
ICMP_TE_FRAG = 1 /* fragment reassembly time exceeded */
};
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
#endif
/** This is the standard ICMP header only that the u32_t data
* is splitted to two u16_t like ICMP echo needs it.
* This header is also used for other ICMP types that do not
* use the data part.
*/
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
struct icmp_echo_hdr {
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t type);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t code);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t chksum);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t id);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t seqno);
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
PACK_STRUCT_END
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
#endif
#define ICMPH_TYPE(hdr) ((hdr)->type)
#define ICMPH_CODE(hdr) ((hdr)->code)
/** Combines type and code to an u16_t */
#define ICMPH_TYPE_SET(hdr, t) ((hdr)->type = (t))
#define ICMPH_CODE_SET(hdr, c) ((hdr)->code = (c))
#if LWIP_ICMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
void icmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
void icmp_dest_unreach(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_dur_type t);
void icmp_time_exceeded(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_te_type t);
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_ICMP_H__ */

View file

@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
/**
* Copyright (c) 2002 CITEL Technologies Ltd.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of CITEL Technologies Ltd nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY CITEL TECHNOLOGIES AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL CITEL TECHNOLOGIES OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is a contribution to the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
* The Swedish Institute of Computer Science and Adam Dunkels
* are specifically granted permission to redistribute this
* source code.
**/
#ifndef __LWIP_IGMP_H__
#define __LWIP_IGMP_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#if LWIP_IGMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
* IGMP constants
*/
#define IP_PROTO_IGMP 2
#define IGMP_TTL 1
#define IGMP_MINLEN 8
#define ROUTER_ALERT 0x9404
#define ROUTER_ALERTLEN 4
/*
* IGMP message types, including version number.
*/
#define IGMP_MEMB_QUERY 0x11 /* Membership query */
#define IGMP_V1_MEMB_REPORT 0x12 /* Ver. 1 membership report */
#define IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT 0x16 /* Ver. 2 membership report */
#define IGMP_LEAVE_GROUP 0x17 /* Leave-group message */
/* IGMP timer */
#define IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL 100 /* Milliseconds */
#define IGMP_V1_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR (1000/IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL)
#define IGMP_JOIN_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR (500 /IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL)
/* MAC Filter Actions */
#define IGMP_DEL_MAC_FILTER 0
#define IGMP_ADD_MAC_FILTER 1
/* Group membership states */
#define IGMP_GROUP_NON_MEMBER 0
#define IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER 1
#define IGMP_GROUP_IDLE_MEMBER 2
/*
* IGMP packet format.
*/
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
#endif
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
struct igmp_msg {
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t igmp_msgtype);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t igmp_maxresp);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t igmp_checksum);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct ip_addr igmp_group_address);
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
PACK_STRUCT_END
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
#endif
/*
* now a group structure - there is
* a list of groups for each interface
* these should really be linked from the interface, but
* if we keep them separate we will not affect the lwip original code
* too much
*
* There will be a group for the all systems group address but this
* will not run the state machine as it is used to kick off reports
* from all the other groups
*/
struct igmp_group {
struct igmp_group *next;
struct netif *interface;
struct ip_addr group_address;
u8_t last_reporter_flag; /* signifies we were the last person to report */
u8_t group_state;
u16_t timer;
u8_t use; /* counter of simultaneous uses */
};
/* Prototypes */
void igmp_init(void);
err_t igmp_start( struct netif *netif);
err_t igmp_stop( struct netif *netif);
void igmp_report_groups( struct netif *netif);
struct igmp_group *igmp_lookfor_group( struct netif *ifp, struct ip_addr *addr);
struct igmp_group *igmp_lookup_group( struct netif *ifp, struct ip_addr *addr);
err_t igmp_remove_group( struct igmp_group *group);
void igmp_input( struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp, struct ip_addr *dest);
err_t igmp_joingroup( struct ip_addr *ifaddr, struct ip_addr *groupaddr);
err_t igmp_leavegroup( struct ip_addr *ifaddr, struct ip_addr *groupaddr);
void igmp_tmr(void);
void igmp_timeout( struct igmp_group *group);
void igmp_start_timer( struct igmp_group *group, u8_t max_time);
void igmp_stop_timer( struct igmp_group *group);
void igmp_delaying_member( struct igmp_group *group, u8_t maxresp);
err_t igmp_ip_output_if( struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest, u8_t ttl, u8_t proto, struct netif *netif);
void igmp_send( struct igmp_group *group, u8_t type);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#endif /* __LWIP_IGMP_H__ */

View file

@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
/**
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_INET_H__
#define __LWIP_INET_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* For compatibility with BSD code */
struct in_addr {
u32_t s_addr;
};
#define INADDR_NONE ((u32_t)0xffffffffUL) /* 255.255.255.255 */
#define INADDR_LOOPBACK ((u32_t)0x7f000001UL) /* 127.0.0.1 */
#define INADDR_ANY ((u32_t)0x00000000UL) /* 0.0.0.0 */
#define INADDR_BROADCAST ((u32_t)0xffffffffUL) /* 255.255.255.255 */
u32_t inet_addr(const char *cp);
int inet_aton(const char *cp, struct in_addr *addr);
char *inet_ntoa(struct in_addr addr); /* returns ptr to static buffer; not reentrant! */
#ifdef htons
#undef htons
#endif /* htons */
#ifdef htonl
#undef htonl
#endif /* htonl */
#ifdef ntohs
#undef ntohs
#endif /* ntohs */
#ifdef ntohl
#undef ntohl
#endif /* ntohl */
#ifndef LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP
#define LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP 0
#endif
#if BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN
#define htons(x) (x)
#define ntohs(x) (x)
#define htonl(x) (x)
#define ntohl(x) (x)
#else /* BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN */
#ifdef LWIP_PREFIX_BYTEORDER_FUNCS
/* workaround for naming collisions on some platforms */
#define htons lwip_htons
#define ntohs lwip_ntohs
#define htonl lwip_htonl
#define ntohl lwip_ntohl
#endif /* LWIP_PREFIX_BYTEORDER_FUNCS */
#if LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP
#define htons(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(x)
#define ntohs(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(x)
#define htonl(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONL(x)
#define ntohl(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONL(x)
#else /* LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP */
u16_t htons(u16_t x);
u16_t ntohs(u16_t x);
u32_t htonl(u32_t x);
u32_t ntohl(u32_t x);
#endif /* LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP */
#endif /* BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_INET_H__ */

View file

@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
/**
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
**/
#ifndef __LWIP_INET_CHKSUM_H__
#define __LWIP_INET_CHKSUM_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
u16_t inet_chksum(void *dataptr, u16_t len);
u16_t inet_chksum_pbuf(struct pbuf *p);
u16_t inet_chksum_pseudo(struct pbuf *p,
struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len);
#if LWIP_UDPLITE
u16_t inet_chksum_pseudo_partial(struct pbuf *p,
struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len, u16_t chksum_len);
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_INET_H__ */

View file

@ -1,198 +0,0 @@
/**
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_IP_H__
#define __LWIP_IP_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/err.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/** Currently, the function ip_output_if_opt() is only used with IGMP */
#define IP_OPTIONS_SEND LWIP_IGMP
#define IP_HLEN 20
#define IP_PROTO_ICMP 1
#define IP_PROTO_UDP 17
#define IP_PROTO_UDPLITE 136
#define IP_PROTO_TCP 6
/* This is passed as the destination address to ip_output_if (not
to ip_output), meaning that an IP header already is constructed
in the pbuf. This is used when TCP retransmits. */
#ifdef IP_HDRINCL
#undef IP_HDRINCL
#endif /* IP_HDRINCL */
#define IP_HDRINCL NULL
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
#define IP_PCB_ADDRHINT ;u8_t addr_hint
#else
#define IP_PCB_ADDRHINT
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT */
/* This is the common part of all PCB types. It needs to be at the
beginning of a PCB type definition. It is located here so that
changes to this common part are made in one location instead of
having to change all PCB structs. */
#define IP_PCB \
/* ip addresses in network byte order */ \
struct ip_addr local_ip; \
struct ip_addr remote_ip; \
/* Socket options */ \
u16_t so_options; \
/* Type Of Service */ \
u8_t tos; \
/* Time To Live */ \
u8_t ttl \
/* link layer address resolution hint */ \
IP_PCB_ADDRHINT
struct ip_pcb {
/* Common members of all PCB types */
IP_PCB;
};
/*
* Option flags per-socket. These are the same like SO_XXX.
*/
#define SOF_DEBUG (u16_t)0x0001U /* turn on debugging info recording */
#define SOF_ACCEPTCONN (u16_t)0x0002U /* socket has had listen() */
#define SOF_REUSEADDR (u16_t)0x0004U /* allow local address reuse */
#define SOF_KEEPALIVE (u16_t)0x0008U /* keep connections alive */
#define SOF_DONTROUTE (u16_t)0x0010U /* just use interface addresses */
#define SOF_BROADCAST (u16_t)0x0020U /* permit to send and to receive broadcast messages (see IP_SOF_BROADCAST option) */
#define SOF_USELOOPBACK (u16_t)0x0040U /* bypass hardware when possible */
#define SOF_LINGER (u16_t)0x0080U /* linger on close if data present */
#define SOF_OOBINLINE (u16_t)0x0100U /* leave received OOB data in line */
#define SOF_REUSEPORT (u16_t)0x0200U /* allow local address & port reuse */
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
#endif
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
struct ip_hdr {
/* version / header length / type of service */
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _v_hl_tos);
/* total length */
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _len);
/* identification */
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _id);
/* fragment offset field */
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _offset);
#define IP_RF 0x8000 /* reserved fragment flag */
#define IP_DF 0x4000 /* dont fragment flag */
#define IP_MF 0x2000 /* more fragments flag */
#define IP_OFFMASK 0x1fff /* mask for fragmenting bits */
/* time to live / protocol*/
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _ttl_proto);
/* checksum */
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _chksum);
/* source and destination IP addresses */
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct ip_addr src);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct ip_addr dest);
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
PACK_STRUCT_END
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
#endif
#define IPH_V(hdr) (ntohs((hdr)->_v_hl_tos) >> 12)
#define IPH_HL(hdr) ((ntohs((hdr)->_v_hl_tos) >> 8) & 0x0f)
#define IPH_TOS(hdr) (ntohs((hdr)->_v_hl_tos) & 0xff)
#define IPH_LEN(hdr) ((hdr)->_len)
#define IPH_ID(hdr) ((hdr)->_id)
#define IPH_OFFSET(hdr) ((hdr)->_offset)
#define IPH_TTL(hdr) (ntohs((hdr)->_ttl_proto) >> 8)
#define IPH_PROTO(hdr) (ntohs((hdr)->_ttl_proto) & 0xff)
#define IPH_CHKSUM(hdr) ((hdr)->_chksum)
#define IPH_VHLTOS_SET(hdr, v, hl, tos) (hdr)->_v_hl_tos = (htons(((v) << 12) | ((hl) << 8) | (tos)))
#define IPH_LEN_SET(hdr, len) (hdr)->_len = (len)
#define IPH_ID_SET(hdr, id) (hdr)->_id = (id)
#define IPH_OFFSET_SET(hdr, off) (hdr)->_offset = (off)
#define IPH_TTL_SET(hdr, ttl) (hdr)->_ttl_proto = (htons(IPH_PROTO(hdr) | ((u16_t)(ttl) << 8)))
#define IPH_PROTO_SET(hdr, proto) (hdr)->_ttl_proto = (htons((proto) | (IPH_TTL(hdr) << 8)))
#define IPH_CHKSUM_SET(hdr, chksum) (hdr)->_chksum = (chksum)
/** The interface that provided the packet for the current callback invocation. */
extern struct netif *current_netif;
/** Header of the input packet currently being processed. */
extern const struct ip_hdr *current_header;
#define ip_init() /* Compatibility define, not init needed. */
struct netif *ip_route(struct ip_addr *dest);
err_t ip_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
err_t ip_output(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto);
err_t ip_output_if(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto,
struct netif *netif);
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
err_t ip_output_hinted(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, u8_t *addr_hint);
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT */
#if IP_OPTIONS_SEND
err_t ip_output_if_opt(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, struct netif *netif, void *ip_options,
u16_t optlen);
#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_SEND */
/** Get the interface that received the current packet.
* This function must only be called from a receive callback (udp_recv,
* raw_recv, tcp_accept). It will return NULL otherwise. */
#define ip_current_netif() (current_netif)
/** Get the IP header of the current packet.
* This function must only be called from a receive callback (udp_recv,
* raw_recv, tcp_accept). It will return NULL otherwise. */
#define ip_current_header() (current_header)
#if IP_DEBUG
void ip_debug_print(struct pbuf *p);
#else
#define ip_debug_print(p)
#endif /* IP_DEBUG */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_IP_H__ */

View file

@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
/**
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
**/
#ifndef __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__
#define __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/inet.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
#endif
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
struct ip_addr {
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t addr);
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
PACK_STRUCT_END
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
#endif
/*
* struct ipaddr2 is used in the definition of the ARP packet format in
* order to support compilers that don't have structure packing.
*/
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
#endif
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
struct ip_addr2 {
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t addrw[2]);
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
PACK_STRUCT_END
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
#endif
struct netif;
extern const struct ip_addr ip_addr_any;
extern const struct ip_addr ip_addr_broadcast;
/** IP_ADDR_ can be used as a fixed IP address
* for the wildcard and the broadcast address
*/
#define IP_ADDR_ANY ((struct ip_addr *)&ip_addr_any)
#define IP_ADDR_BROADCAST ((struct ip_addr *)&ip_addr_broadcast)
/* Definitions of the bits in an Internet address integer.
On subnets, host and network parts are found according to
the subnet mask, not these masks. */
#define IN_CLASSA(a) ((((u32_t)(a)) & 0x80000000UL) == 0)
#define IN_CLASSA_NET 0xff000000
#define IN_CLASSA_NSHIFT 24
#define IN_CLASSA_HOST (0xffffffff & ~IN_CLASSA_NET)
#define IN_CLASSA_MAX 128
#define IN_CLASSB(a) ((((u32_t)(a)) & 0xc0000000UL) == 0x80000000UL)
#define IN_CLASSB_NET 0xffff0000
#define IN_CLASSB_NSHIFT 16
#define IN_CLASSB_HOST (0xffffffff & ~IN_CLASSB_NET)
#define IN_CLASSB_MAX 65536
#define IN_CLASSC(a) ((((u32_t)(a)) & 0xe0000000UL) == 0xc0000000UL)
#define IN_CLASSC_NET 0xffffff00
#define IN_CLASSC_NSHIFT 8
#define IN_CLASSC_HOST (0xffffffff & ~IN_CLASSC_NET)
#define IN_CLASSD(a) (((u32_t)(a) & 0xf0000000UL) == 0xe0000000UL)
#define IN_CLASSD_NET 0xf0000000 /* These ones aren't really */
#define IN_CLASSD_NSHIFT 28 /* net and host fields, but */
#define IN_CLASSD_HOST 0x0fffffff /* routing needn't know. */
#define IN_MULTICAST(a) IN_CLASSD(a)
#define IN_EXPERIMENTAL(a) (((u32_t)(a) & 0xf0000000UL) == 0xf0000000UL)
#define IN_BADCLASS(a) (((u32_t)(a) & 0xf0000000UL) == 0xf0000000UL)
#define IN_LOOPBACKNET 127 /* official! */
#define IP4_ADDR(ipaddr, a,b,c,d) \
(ipaddr)->addr = htonl(((u32_t)((a) & 0xff) << 24) | \
((u32_t)((b) & 0xff) << 16) | \
((u32_t)((c) & 0xff) << 8) | \
(u32_t)((d) & 0xff))
#define ip_addr_set(dest, src) (dest)->addr = \
((src) == NULL? 0:\
(src)->addr)
/**
* Determine if two address are on the same network.
*
* @arg addr1 IP address 1
* @arg addr2 IP address 2
* @arg mask network identifier mask
* @return !0 if the network identifiers of both address match
*/
#define ip_addr_netcmp(addr1, addr2, mask) (((addr1)->addr & \
(mask)->addr) == \
((addr2)->addr & \
(mask)->addr))
#define ip_addr_cmp(addr1, addr2) ((addr1)->addr == (addr2)->addr)
#define ip_addr_isany(addr1) ((addr1) == NULL || (addr1)->addr == 0)
u8_t ip_addr_isbroadcast(struct ip_addr *, struct netif *);
#define ip_addr_ismulticast(addr1) (((addr1)->addr & ntohl(0xf0000000UL)) == ntohl(0xe0000000UL))
#define ip_addr_islinklocal(addr1) (((addr1)->addr & ntohl(0xffff0000UL)) == ntohl(0xa9fe0000UL))
#define ip_addr_debug_print(debug, ipaddr) \
LWIP_DEBUGF(debug, ("%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F, \
ipaddr != NULL ? \
(u16_t)(ntohl((ipaddr)->addr) >> 24) & 0xff : 0, \
ipaddr != NULL ? \
(u16_t)(ntohl((ipaddr)->addr) >> 16) & 0xff : 0, \
ipaddr != NULL ? \
(u16_t)(ntohl((ipaddr)->addr) >> 8) & 0xff : 0, \
ipaddr != NULL ? \
(u16_t)ntohl((ipaddr)->addr) & 0xff : 0))
/* These are cast to u16_t, with the intent that they are often arguments
* to printf using the U16_F format from cc.h. */
#define ip4_addr1(ipaddr) ((u16_t)(ntohl((ipaddr)->addr) >> 24) & 0xff)
#define ip4_addr2(ipaddr) ((u16_t)(ntohl((ipaddr)->addr) >> 16) & 0xff)
#define ip4_addr3(ipaddr) ((u16_t)(ntohl((ipaddr)->addr) >> 8) & 0xff)
#define ip4_addr4(ipaddr) ((u16_t)(ntohl((ipaddr)->addr)) & 0xff)
/**
* Same as inet_ntoa() but takes a struct ip_addr*
*/
#define ip_ntoa(addr) ((addr != NULL) ? inet_ntoa(*((struct in_addr*)(addr))) : "NULL")
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__ */

View file

@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
/**
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Jani Monoses <jani@iv.ro>
*
**/
#ifndef __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__
#define __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/err.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/ip.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if IP_REASSEMBLY
/* The IP reassembly timer interval in milliseconds. */
#define IP_TMR_INTERVAL 1000
/* IP reassembly helper struct.
* This is exported because memp needs to know the size.
*/
struct ip_reassdata {
struct ip_reassdata *next;
struct pbuf *p;
struct ip_hdr iphdr;
u16_t datagram_len;
u8_t flags;
u8_t timer;
};
void ip_reass_init(void);
void ip_reass_tmr(void);
struct pbuf * ip_reass(struct pbuf *p);
#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
#if IP_FRAG
err_t ip_frag(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *dest);
#endif /* IP_FRAG */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__ */

View file

@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_ICMP_H__
#define __LWIP_ICMP_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_ICMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#define ICMP6_DUR 1
#define ICMP6_TE 3
#define ICMP6_ECHO 128 /* echo */
#define ICMP6_ER 129 /* echo reply */
enum icmp_dur_type {
ICMP_DUR_NET = 0, /* net unreachable */
ICMP_DUR_HOST = 1, /* host unreachable */
ICMP_DUR_PROTO = 2, /* protocol unreachable */
ICMP_DUR_PORT = 3, /* port unreachable */
ICMP_DUR_FRAG = 4, /* fragmentation needed and DF set */
ICMP_DUR_SR = 5 /* source route failed */
};
enum icmp_te_type {
ICMP_TE_TTL = 0, /* time to live exceeded in transit */
ICMP_TE_FRAG = 1 /* fragment reassembly time exceeded */
};
void icmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
void icmp_dest_unreach(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_dur_type t);
void icmp_time_exceeded(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_te_type t);
struct icmp_echo_hdr {
u8_t type;
u8_t icode;
u16_t chksum;
u16_t id;
u16_t seqno;
};
struct icmp_dur_hdr {
u8_t type;
u8_t icode;
u16_t chksum;
u32_t unused;
};
struct icmp_te_hdr {
u8_t type;
u8_t icode;
u16_t chksum;
u32_t unused;
};
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
#endif /* __LWIP_ICMP_H__ */

View file

@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_INET_H__
#define __LWIP_INET_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
u16_t inet_chksum(void *data, u16_t len);
u16_t inet_chksum_pbuf(struct pbuf *p);
u16_t inet_chksum_pseudo(struct pbuf *p,
struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
u8_t proto, u32_t proto_len);
u32_t inet_addr(const char *cp);
s8_t inet_aton(const char *cp, struct in_addr *addr);
#ifndef _MACHINE_ENDIAN_H_
#ifndef _NETINET_IN_H
#ifndef _LINUX_BYTEORDER_GENERIC_H
u16_t htons(u16_t n);
u16_t ntohs(u16_t n);
u32_t htonl(u32_t n);
u32_t ntohl(u32_t n);
#endif /* _LINUX_BYTEORDER_GENERIC_H */
#endif /* _NETINET_IN_H */
#endif /* _MACHINE_ENDIAN_H_ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_INET_H__ */

View file

@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_IP_H__
#define __LWIP_IP_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/err.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#define IP_HLEN 40
#define IP_PROTO_ICMP 58
#define IP_PROTO_UDP 17
#define IP_PROTO_UDPLITE 136
#define IP_PROTO_TCP 6
/* This is passed as the destination address to ip_output_if (not
to ip_output), meaning that an IP header already is constructed
in the pbuf. This is used when TCP retransmits. */
#ifdef IP_HDRINCL
#undef IP_HDRINCL
#endif /* IP_HDRINCL */
#define IP_HDRINCL NULL
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
#define IP_PCB_ADDRHINT ;u8_t addr_hint
#else
#define IP_PCB_ADDRHINT
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT */
/* This is the common part of all PCB types. It needs to be at the
beginning of a PCB type definition. It is located here so that
changes to this common part are made in one location instead of
having to change all PCB structs. */
#define IP_PCB struct ip_addr local_ip; \
struct ip_addr remote_ip; \
/* Socket options */ \
u16_t so_options; \
/* Type Of Service */ \
u8_t tos; \
/* Time To Live */ \
u8_t ttl; \
/* link layer address resolution hint */ \
IP_PCB_ADDRHINT
/* The IPv6 header. */
struct ip_hdr {
#if BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN
u8_t tclass1:4, v:4;
u8_t flow1:4, tclass2:4;
#else
u8_t v:4, tclass1:4;
u8_t tclass2:8, flow1:4;
#endif
u16_t flow2;
u16_t len; /* payload length */
u8_t nexthdr; /* next header */
u8_t hoplim; /* hop limit (TTL) */
struct ip_addr src, dest; /* source and destination IP addresses */
};
#define IPH_PROTO(hdr) (iphdr->nexthdr)
void ip_init(void);
#include "lwip/netif.h"
struct netif *ip_route(struct ip_addr *dest);
void ip_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
/* source and destination addresses in network byte order, please */
err_t ip_output(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
u8_t ttl, u8_t proto);
err_t ip_output_if(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
u8_t ttl, u8_t proto,
struct netif *netif);
#define ip_current_netif() NULL
#define ip_current_header() NULL
#if IP_DEBUG
void ip_debug_print(struct pbuf *p);
#endif /* IP_DEBUG */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_IP_H__ */

View file

@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__
#define __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#define IP_ADDR_ANY 0
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
#endif
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
struct ip_addr {
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t addr[4]);
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
PACK_STRUCT_END
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
#endif
/*
* struct ipaddr2 is used in the definition of the ARP packet format in
* order to support compilers that don't have structure packing.
*/
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
#endif
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
struct ip_addr2 {
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t addrw[2]);
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
PACK_STRUCT_END
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
#endif
#define IP6_ADDR(ipaddr, a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h) do { (ipaddr)->addr[0] = htonl((u32_t)((a & 0xffff) << 16) | (b & 0xffff)); \
(ipaddr)->addr[1] = htonl(((c & 0xffff) << 16) | (d & 0xffff)); \
(ipaddr)->addr[2] = htonl(((e & 0xffff) << 16) | (f & 0xffff)); \
(ipaddr)->addr[3] = htonl(((g & 0xffff) << 16) | (h & 0xffff)); } while(0)
u8_t ip_addr_netcmp(struct ip_addr *addr1, struct ip_addr *addr2,
struct ip_addr *mask);
u8_t ip_addr_cmp(struct ip_addr *addr1, struct ip_addr *addr2);
void ip_addr_set(struct ip_addr *dest, struct ip_addr *src);
u8_t ip_addr_isany(struct ip_addr *addr);
#define ip_addr_debug_print(debug, ipaddr) \
LWIP_DEBUGF(debug, ("%"X32_F":%"X32_F":%"X32_F":%"X32_F":%"X32_F":%"X32_F":%"X32_F":%"X32_F"\n", \
(ntohl(ipaddr->addr[0]) >> 16) & 0xffff, \
ntohl(ipaddr->addr[0]) & 0xffff, \
(ntohl(ipaddr->addr[1]) >> 16) & 0xffff, \
ntohl(ipaddr->addr[1]) & 0xffff, \
(ntohl(ipaddr->addr[2]) >> 16) & 0xffff, \
ntohl(ipaddr->addr[2]) & 0xffff, \
(ntohl(ipaddr->addr[3]) >> 16) & 0xffff, \
ntohl(ipaddr->addr[3]) & 0xffff));
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__ */

View file

@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
/**
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
**/
#ifndef __LWIP_API_H__
#define __LWIP_API_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_NETCONN /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */
#include "lwip/netbuf.h"
#include "lwip/sys.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/err.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#define port_netconn_recv(conn , buf, ret) do{buf = netconn_recv(conn);}while(0);
#define port_netconn_accept(conn , newconn, ret) do{newconn = netconn_accept(conn);}while(0);
/* Throughout this file, IP addresses and port numbers are expected to be in
* the same byte order as in the corresponding pcb.
*/
/* Flags for netconn_write */
#define NETCONN_NOFLAG 0x00
#define NETCONN_NOCOPY 0x00 /* Only for source code compatibility */
#define NETCONN_COPY 0x01
#define NETCONN_MORE 0x02
/* Helpers to process several netconn_types by the same code */
#define NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(t) (t&0xF0)
#define NETCONNTYPE_DATAGRAM(t) (t&0xE0)
enum netconn_type {
NETCONN_INVALID = 0,
/* NETCONN_TCP Group */
NETCONN_TCP = 0x10,
/* NETCONN_UDP Group */
NETCONN_UDP = 0x20,
NETCONN_UDPLITE = 0x21,
NETCONN_UDPNOCHKSUM= 0x22,
/* NETCONN_RAW Group */
NETCONN_RAW = 0x40
};
enum netconn_state {
NETCONN_NONE,
NETCONN_WRITE,
NETCONN_LISTEN,
NETCONN_CONNECT,
NETCONN_CLOSE
};
enum netconn_evt {
NETCONN_EVT_RCVPLUS,
NETCONN_EVT_RCVMINUS,
NETCONN_EVT_SENDPLUS,
NETCONN_EVT_SENDMINUS
};
#if LWIP_IGMP
enum netconn_igmp {
NETCONN_JOIN,
NETCONN_LEAVE
};
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
/* forward-declare some structs to avoid to include their headers */
struct ip_pcb;
struct tcp_pcb;
struct udp_pcb;
struct raw_pcb;
struct netconn;
/** A callback prototype to inform about events for a netconn */
typedef void (* netconn_callback)(struct netconn *, enum netconn_evt, u16_t len);
/** A netconn descriptor */
struct netconn {
/** type of the netconn (TCP, UDP or RAW) */
enum netconn_type type;
/** current state of the netconn */
enum netconn_state state;
/** the lwIP internal protocol control block */
union {
struct ip_pcb *ip;
struct tcp_pcb *tcp;
struct udp_pcb *udp;
struct raw_pcb *raw;
} pcb;
/** the last error this netconn had */
err_t err;
/** sem that is used to synchroneously execute functions in the core context */
sys_sem_t op_completed;
/** mbox where received packets are stored until they are fetched
by the netconn application thread (can grow quite big) */
sys_mbox_t recvmbox;
/** mbox where new connections are stored until processed
by the application thread */
sys_mbox_t acceptmbox;
/** only used for socket layer */
int socket;
#if LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO
/** timeout to wait for new data to be received
(or connections to arrive for listening netconns) */
int recv_timeout;
#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO */
#if LWIP_SO_RCVBUF
/** maximum amount of bytes queued in recvmbox */
int recv_bufsize;
#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVBUF */
s16_t recv_avail;
#if LWIP_TCP
/** TCP: when data passed to netconn_write doesn't fit into the send buffer,
this temporarily stores the message. */
struct api_msg_msg *write_msg;
/** TCP: when data passed to netconn_write doesn't fit into the send buffer,
this temporarily stores how much is already sent. */
size_t write_offset;
#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
/** TCP: when data passed to netconn_write doesn't fit into the send buffer,
this temporarily stores whether to wake up the original application task
if data couldn't be sent in the first try. */
u8_t write_delayed;
#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
/** A callback function that is informed about events for this netconn */
netconn_callback callback;
};
/* Register an Network connection event */
#define API_EVENT(c,e,l) if (c->callback) { \
(*c->callback)(c, e, l); \
}
/* Network connection functions: */
#define netconn_new(t) netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(t, 0, NULL)
#define netconn_new_with_callback(t, c) netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(t, 0, c)
struct
netconn *netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(enum netconn_type t, u8_t proto,
netconn_callback callback);
err_t netconn_delete (struct netconn *conn);
/** Get the type of a netconn (as enum netconn_type). */
#define netconn_type(conn) (conn->type)
err_t netconn_getaddr (struct netconn *conn,
struct ip_addr *addr,
u16_t *port,
u8_t local);
#define netconn_peer(c,i,p) netconn_getaddr(c,i,p,0)
#define netconn_addr(c,i,p) netconn_getaddr(c,i,p,1)
err_t netconn_bind (struct netconn *conn,
struct ip_addr *addr,
u16_t port);
err_t netconn_connect (struct netconn *conn,
struct ip_addr *addr,
u16_t port);
err_t netconn_disconnect (struct netconn *conn);
err_t netconn_listen_with_backlog(struct netconn *conn, u8_t backlog);
#define netconn_listen(conn) netconn_listen_with_backlog(conn, TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG)
struct netconn * netconn_accept (struct netconn *conn);
struct netbuf * netconn_recv (struct netconn *conn);
err_t netconn_sendto (struct netconn *conn,
struct netbuf *buf, struct ip_addr *addr, u16_t port);
err_t netconn_send (struct netconn *conn,
struct netbuf *buf);
err_t netconn_write (struct netconn *conn,
const void *dataptr, size_t size,
u8_t apiflags);
err_t netconn_close (struct netconn *conn);
err_t netconn_abort(struct netconn *conn);
#if LWIP_IGMP
err_t netconn_join_leave_group (struct netconn *conn,
struct ip_addr *multiaddr,
struct ip_addr *interface,
enum netconn_igmp join_or_leave);
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#if LWIP_DNS
err_t netconn_gethostbyname(const char *name, struct ip_addr *addr);
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
#define netconn_err(conn) ((conn)->err)
#define netconn_recv_bufsize(conn) ((conn)->recv_bufsize)
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
#endif /* __LWIP_API_H__ */

View file

@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
/**
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
**/
#ifndef __LWIP_API_MSG_H__
#define __LWIP_API_MSG_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_NETCONN /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/err.h"
#include "lwip/sys.h"
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
#include "lwip/api.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* IP addresses and port numbers are expected to be in
* the same byte order as in the corresponding pcb.
*/
/** This struct includes everything that is necessary to execute a function
for a netconn in another thread context (mainly used to process netconns
in the tcpip_thread context to be thread safe). */
struct api_msg_msg {
/** The netconn which to process - always needed: it includes the semaphore
which is used to block the application thread until the function finished. */
struct netconn *conn;
/** Depending on the executed function, one of these union members is used */
union {
/** used for do_send */
struct netbuf *b;
/** used for do_newconn */
struct {
u8_t proto;
} n;
/** used for do_bind and do_connect */
struct {
struct ip_addr *ipaddr;
u16_t port;
} bc;
/** used for do_getaddr */
struct {
struct ip_addr *ipaddr;
u16_t *port;
u8_t local;
} ad;
/** used for do_write */
struct {
const void *dataptr;
size_t len;
u8_t apiflags;
} w;
/** used for do_recv */
struct {
u16_t len;
} r;
#if LWIP_IGMP
/** used for do_join_leave_group */
struct {
struct ip_addr *multiaddr;
struct ip_addr *interface;
enum netconn_igmp join_or_leave;
} jl;
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
struct {
u8_t backlog;
} lb;
#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
} msg;
};
/** This struct contains a function to execute in another thread context and
a struct api_msg_msg that serves as an argument for this function.
This is passed to tcpip_apimsg to execute functions in tcpip_thread context. */
struct api_msg {
/** function to execute in tcpip_thread context */
void (* function)(struct api_msg_msg *msg);
/** arguments for this function */
struct api_msg_msg msg;
};
#if LWIP_DNS
/** As do_gethostbyname requires more arguments but doesn't require a netconn,
it has its own struct (to avoid struct api_msg getting bigger than necessary).
do_gethostbyname must be called using tcpip_callback instead of tcpip_apimsg
(see netconn_gethostbyname). */
struct dns_api_msg {
/** Hostname to query or dotted IP address string */
const char *name;
/** Rhe resolved address is stored here */
struct ip_addr *addr;
/** This semaphore is posted when the name is resolved, the application thread
should wait on it. */
sys_sem_t sem;
/** Errors are given back here */
err_t *err;
};
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
void do_newconn ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
void do_delconn ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
void do_bind ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
void do_connect ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
void do_disconnect ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
void do_listen ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
void do_send ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
void do_recv ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
void do_write ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
void do_getaddr ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
void do_close ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
#if LWIP_IGMP
void do_join_leave_group( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#if LWIP_DNS
void do_gethostbyname(void *arg);
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
struct netconn* netconn_alloc(enum netconn_type t, netconn_callback callback);
void netconn_free(struct netconn *conn);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
#endif /* __LWIP_API_MSG_H__ */

View file

@ -1,233 +0,0 @@
/**
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_ARCH_H__
#define __LWIP_ARCH_H__
#ifndef LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234
#endif
#ifndef BIG_ENDIAN
#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321
#endif
#include "arch/cc.h"
/** Temporary: define format string for size_t if not defined in cc.h */
#ifndef SZT_F
#define SZT_F U32_F
#endif /* SZT_F */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#ifndef PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
#define PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
#endif /* PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN */
#ifndef PACK_STRUCT_END
#define PACK_STRUCT_END
#endif /* PACK_STRUCT_END */
#ifndef PACK_STRUCT_FIELD
#define PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x) x
#endif /* PACK_STRUCT_FIELD */
#ifndef LWIP_UNUSED_ARG
#define LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(x) (void)x
#endif /* LWIP_UNUSED_ARG */
#ifdef LWIP_PROVIDE_ERRNO
#define EPERM 1 /* Operation not permitted */
#define ENOENT 2 /* No such file or directory */
#define ESRCH 3 /* No such process */
#define EINTR 4 /* Interrupted system call */
#define EIO 5 /* I/O error */
#define ENXIO 6 /* No such device or address */
#define E2BIG 7 /* Arg list too long */
#define ENOEXEC 8 /* Exec format error */
#define EBADF 9 /* Bad file number */
#define ECHILD 10 /* No child processes */
#define EAGAIN 11 /* Try again */
#define ENOMEM 12 /* Out of memory */
#define EACCES 13 /* Permission denied */
#define EFAULT 14 /* Bad address */
#define ENOTBLK 15 /* Block device required */
#define EBUSY 16 /* Device or resource busy */
#define EEXIST 17 /* File exists */
#define EXDEV 18 /* Cross-device link */
#define ENODEV 19 /* No such device */
#define ENOTDIR 20 /* Not a directory */
#define EISDIR 21 /* Is a directory */
#define EINVAL 22 /* Invalid argument */
#define ENFILE 23 /* File table overflow */
#define EMFILE 24 /* Too many open files */
#define ENOTTY 25 /* Not a typewriter */
#define ETXTBSY 26 /* Text file busy */
#define EFBIG 27 /* File too large */
#define ENOSPC 28 /* No space left on device */
#define ESPIPE 29 /* Illegal seek */
#define EROFS 30 /* Read-only file system */
#define EMLINK 31 /* Too many links */
#define EPIPE 32 /* Broken pipe */
#define EDOM 33 /* Math argument out of domain of func */
#define ERANGE 34 /* Math result not representable */
#define EDEADLK 35 /* Resource deadlock would occur */
#define ENAMETOOLONG 36 /* File name too long */
#define ENOLCK 37 /* No record locks available */
#define ENOSYS 38 /* Function not implemented */
#define ENOTEMPTY 39 /* Directory not empty */
#define ELOOP 40 /* Too many symbolic links encountered */
#define EWOULDBLOCK EAGAIN /* Operation would block */
#define ENOMSG 42 /* No message of desired type */
#define EIDRM 43 /* Identifier removed */
#define ECHRNG 44 /* Channel number out of range */
#define EL2NSYNC 45 /* Level 2 not synchronized */
#define EL3HLT 46 /* Level 3 halted */
#define EL3RST 47 /* Level 3 reset */
#define ELNRNG 48 /* Link number out of range */
#define EUNATCH 49 /* Protocol driver not attached */
#define ENOCSI 50 /* No CSI structure available */
#define EL2HLT 51 /* Level 2 halted */
#define EBADE 52 /* Invalid exchange */
#define EBADR 53 /* Invalid request descriptor */
#define EXFULL 54 /* Exchange full */
#define ENOANO 55 /* No anode */
#define EBADRQC 56 /* Invalid request code */
#define EBADSLT 57 /* Invalid slot */
#define EDEADLOCK EDEADLK
#define EBFONT 59 /* Bad font file format */
#define ENOSTR 60 /* Device not a stream */
#define ENODATA 61 /* No data available */
#define ETIME 62 /* Timer expired */
#define ENOSR 63 /* Out of streams resources */
#define ENONET 64 /* Machine is not on the network */
#define ENOPKG 65 /* Package not installed */
#define EREMOTE 66 /* Object is remote */
#define ENOLINK 67 /* Link has been severed */
#define EADV 68 /* Advertise error */
#define ESRMNT 69 /* Srmount error */
#define ECOMM 70 /* Communication error on send */
#define EPROTO 71 /* Protocol error */
#define EMULTIHOP 72 /* Multihop attempted */
#define EDOTDOT 73 /* RFS specific error */
#define EBADMSG 74 /* Not a data message */
#define EOVERFLOW 75 /* Value too large for defined data type */
#define ENOTUNIQ 76 /* Name not unique on network */
#define EBADFD 77 /* File descriptor in bad state */
#define EREMCHG 78 /* Remote address changed */
#define ELIBACC 79 /* Can not access a needed shared library */
#define ELIBBAD 80 /* Accessing a corrupted shared library */
#define ELIBSCN 81 /* .lib section in a.out corrupted */
#define ELIBMAX 82 /* Attempting to link in too many shared libraries */
#define ELIBEXEC 83 /* Cannot exec a shared library directly */
#define EILSEQ 84 /* Illegal byte sequence */
#define ERESTART 85 /* Interrupted system call should be restarted */
#define ESTRPIPE 86 /* Streams pipe error */
#define EUSERS 87 /* Too many users */
#define ENOTSOCK 88 /* Socket operation on non-socket */
#define EDESTADDRREQ 89 /* Destination address required */
#define EMSGSIZE 90 /* Message too long */
#define EPROTOTYPE 91 /* Protocol wrong type for socket */
#define ENOPROTOOPT 92 /* Protocol not available */
#define EPROTONOSUPPORT 93 /* Protocol not supported */
#define ESOCKTNOSUPPORT 94 /* Socket type not supported */
#define EOPNOTSUPP 95 /* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */
#define EPFNOSUPPORT 96 /* Protocol family not supported */
#define EAFNOSUPPORT 97 /* Address family not supported by protocol */
#define EADDRINUSE 98 /* Address already in use */
#define EADDRNOTAVAIL 99 /* Cannot assign requested address */
#define ENETDOWN 100 /* Network is down */
#define ENETUNREACH 101 /* Network is unreachable */
#define ENETRESET 102 /* Network dropped connection because of reset */
#define ECONNABORTED 103 /* Software caused connection abort */
#define ECONNRESET 104 /* Connection reset by peer */
#define ENOBUFS 105 /* No buffer space available */
#define EISCONN 106 /* Transport endpoint is already connected */
#define ENOTCONN 107 /* Transport endpoint is not connected */
#define ESHUTDOWN 108 /* Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown */
#define ETOOMANYREFS 109 /* Too many references: cannot splice */
#define ETIMEDOUT 110 /* Connection timed out */
#define ECONNREFUSED 111 /* Connection refused */
#define EHOSTDOWN 112 /* Host is down */
#define EHOSTUNREACH 113 /* No route to host */
#define EALREADY 114 /* Operation already in progress */
#define EINPROGRESS 115 /* Operation now in progress */
#define ESTALE 116 /* Stale NFS file handle */
#define EUCLEAN 117 /* Structure needs cleaning */
#define ENOTNAM 118 /* Not a XENIX named type file */
#define ENAVAIL 119 /* No XENIX semaphores available */
#define EISNAM 120 /* Is a named type file */
#define EREMOTEIO 121 /* Remote I/O error */
#define EDQUOT 122 /* Quota exceeded */
#define ENOMEDIUM 123 /* No medium found */
#define EMEDIUMTYPE 124 /* Wrong medium type */
#define ENSROK 0 /* DNS server returned answer with no data */
#define ENSRNODATA 160 /* DNS server returned answer with no data */
#define ENSRFORMERR 161 /* DNS server claims query was misformatted */
#define ENSRSERVFAIL 162 /* DNS server returned general failure */
#define ENSRNOTFOUND 163 /* Domain name not found */
#define ENSRNOTIMP 164 /* DNS server does not implement requested operation */
#define ENSRREFUSED 165 /* DNS server refused query */
#define ENSRBADQUERY 166 /* Misformatted DNS query */
#define ENSRBADNAME 167 /* Misformatted domain name */
#define ENSRBADFAMILY 168 /* Unsupported address family */
#define ENSRBADRESP 169 /* Misformatted DNS reply */
#define ENSRCONNREFUSED 170 /* Could not contact DNS servers */
#define ENSRTIMEOUT 171 /* Timeout while contacting DNS servers */
#define ENSROF 172 /* End of file */
#define ENSRFILE 173 /* Error reading file */
#define ENSRNOMEM 174 /* Out of memory */
#define ENSRDESTRUCTION 175 /* Application terminated lookup */
#define ENSRQUERYDOMAINTOOLONG 176 /* Domain name is too long */
#define ENSRCNAMELOOP 177 /* Domain name is too long */
#ifndef errno
extern int errno;
#endif
#endif /* LWIP_PROVIDE_ERRNO */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_ARCH_H__ */

View file

@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
/**
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_DEBUG_H__
#define __LWIP_DEBUG_H__
#include "lwip/arch.h"
#include <stdio.h>
/** lower two bits indicate debug level
* - 0 all
* - 1 warning
* - 2 serious
* - 3 severe
*/
#define LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_ALL 0x00
#define LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_OFF LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_ALL /* compatibility define only */
#define LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING 0x01 /* bad checksums, dropped packets, ... */
#define LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS 0x02 /* memory allocation failures, ... */
#define LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SEVERE 0x03
#define LWIP_DBG_MASK_LEVEL 0x03
/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF to enable that debug message */
#define LWIP_DBG_ON 0x80U
/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF to disable that debug message */
#define LWIP_DBG_OFF 0x00U
/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF indicating a tracing message (to follow program flow) */
#define LWIP_DBG_TRACE 0x40U
/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF indicating a state debug message (to follow module states) */
#define LWIP_DBG_STATE 0x20U
/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF indicating newly added code, not thoroughly tested yet */
#define LWIP_DBG_FRESH 0x10U
/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF to halt after printing this debug message */
#define LWIP_DBG_HALT 0x08U
#ifndef LWIP_NOASSERT
#define LWIP_ASSERT(message, assertion) do { if(!(assertion)) \
LWIP_PLATFORM_ASSERT(message); } while(0)
#else /* LWIP_NOASSERT */
#define LWIP_ASSERT(message, assertion)
#endif /* LWIP_NOASSERT */
/** if "expression" isn't true, then print "message" and execute "handler" expression */
#ifndef LWIP_ERROR
#define LWIP_ERROR(message, expression, handler) do { if (!(expression)) { \
LWIP_PLATFORM_ASSERT(message); handler;}} while(0)
#endif /* LWIP_ERROR */
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
/** print debug message only if debug message type is enabled...
* AND is of correct type AND is at least LWIP_DBG_LEVEL
*/
#define LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG printf
#define LWIP_DEBUGF(debug, message) do { \
if ( \
((debug) & LWIP_DBG_ON) && \
((debug) & LWIP_DBG_TYPES_ON) && \
((s16_t)((debug) & LWIP_DBG_MASK_LEVEL) >= LWIP_DBG_MIN_LEVEL)) { \
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG message; \
if ((debug) & LWIP_DBG_HALT) { \
while(1); \
} \
} \
} while(0)
#else /* LWIP_DEBUG */
#define LWIP_DEBUGF(debug, message)
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
#endif /* __LWIP_DEBUG_H__ */

View file

@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
/**
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_DEF_H__
#define __LWIP_DEF_H__
/* this might define NULL already */
#include "lwip/arch.h"
#define LWIP_MAX(x , y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
#define LWIP_MIN(x , y) (((x) < (y)) ? (x) : (y))
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL ((void *)0)
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_DEF_H__ */

View file

@ -1,247 +0,0 @@
/** @file
**/
#ifndef __LWIP_DHCP_H__
#define __LWIP_DHCP_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_DHCP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/udp.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/** period (in seconds) of the application calling dhcp_coarse_tmr() */
#define DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_SECS 60
/** period (in milliseconds) of the application calling dhcp_coarse_tmr() */
#define DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_MSECS (DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_SECS * 1000UL)
/** period (in milliseconds) of the application calling dhcp_fine_tmr() */
#define DHCP_FINE_TIMER_MSECS 500
struct dhcp
{
/** transaction identifier of last sent request */
u32_t xid;
/** our connection to the DHCP server */
struct udp_pcb *pcb;
/** incoming msg */
struct dhcp_msg *msg_in;
/** incoming msg options */
void *options_in;
/** ingoing msg options length */
u16_t options_in_len;
/** current DHCP state machine state */
u8_t state;
/** retries of current request */
u8_t tries;
struct pbuf *p_out; /* pbuf of outcoming msg */
struct dhcp_msg *msg_out; /* outgoing msg */
u16_t options_out_len; /* outgoing msg options length */
u16_t request_timeout; /* #ticks with period DHCP_FINE_TIMER_SECS for request timeout */
u16_t t1_timeout; /* #ticks with period DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_SECS for renewal time */
u16_t t2_timeout; /* #ticks with period DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_SECS for rebind time */
struct ip_addr server_ip_addr; /* dhcp server address that offered this lease */
struct ip_addr offered_ip_addr;
struct ip_addr offered_sn_mask;
struct ip_addr offered_gw_addr;
struct ip_addr offered_bc_addr;
#define DHCP_MAX_DNS 2
u32_t dns_count; /* actual number of DNS servers obtained */
struct ip_addr offered_dns_addr[DHCP_MAX_DNS]; /* DNS server addresses */
u32_t offered_t0_lease; /* lease period (in seconds) */
u32_t offered_t1_renew; /* recommended renew time (usually 50% of lease period) */
u32_t offered_t2_rebind; /* recommended rebind time (usually 66% of lease period) */
#if LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP
u8_t autoip_coop_state;
#endif
/** Patch #1308
* TODO: See dhcp.c "TODO"s
*/
#if 0
struct ip_addr offered_si_addr;
u8_t *boot_file_name;
#endif
};
/* MUST be compiled with "pack structs" or equivalent! */
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
#endif
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
/** minimum set of fields of any DHCP message */
struct dhcp_msg
{
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t op);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t htype);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t hlen);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t hops);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t xid);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t secs);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t flags);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct ip_addr ciaddr);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct ip_addr yiaddr);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct ip_addr siaddr);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct ip_addr giaddr);
#define DHCP_CHADDR_LEN 16U
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t chaddr[DHCP_CHADDR_LEN]);
#define DHCP_SNAME_LEN 64U
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t sname[DHCP_SNAME_LEN]);
#define DHCP_FILE_LEN 128U
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t file[DHCP_FILE_LEN]);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t cookie);
#define DHCP_MIN_OPTIONS_LEN 68U
/** make sure user does not configure this too small */
#if ((defined(DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN)) && (DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN < DHCP_MIN_OPTIONS_LEN))
# undef DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN
#endif
/** allow this to be configured in lwipopts.h, but not too small */
#if (!defined(DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN))
/** set this to be sufficient for your options in outgoing DHCP msgs */
# define DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN DHCP_MIN_OPTIONS_LEN
#endif
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t options[DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN]);
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
PACK_STRUCT_END
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
#endif
/** start DHCP configuration */
err_t dhcp_start(struct netif *netif);
/** enforce early lease renewal (not needed normally)*/
err_t dhcp_renew(struct netif *netif);
/** release the DHCP lease, usually called before dhcp_stop()*/
err_t dhcp_release(struct netif *netif);
err_t dhcp_release_unicast(struct netif *netif);
/** stop DHCP configuration */
void dhcp_stop(struct netif *netif);
/** inform server of our manual IP address */
void dhcp_inform(struct netif *netif);
/** Handle a possible change in the network configuration */
void dhcp_network_changed(struct netif *netif);
/** if enabled, check whether the offered IP address is not in use, using ARP */
#if DHCP_DOES_ARP_CHECK
void dhcp_arp_reply(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *addr);
#endif
/** to be called every minute */
void dhcp_coarse_tmr(void);
/** to be called every half second */
void dhcp_fine_tmr(void);
/** DHCP message item offsets and length */
#define DHCP_MSG_OFS (UDP_DATA_OFS)
#define DHCP_OP_OFS (DHCP_MSG_OFS + 0)
#define DHCP_HTYPE_OFS (DHCP_MSG_OFS + 1)
#define DHCP_HLEN_OFS (DHCP_MSG_OFS + 2)
#define DHCP_HOPS_OFS (DHCP_MSG_OFS + 3)
#define DHCP_XID_OFS (DHCP_MSG_OFS + 4)
#define DHCP_SECS_OFS (DHCP_MSG_OFS + 8)
#define DHCP_FLAGS_OFS (DHCP_MSG_OFS + 10)
#define DHCP_CIADDR_OFS (DHCP_MSG_OFS + 12)
#define DHCP_YIADDR_OFS (DHCP_MSG_OFS + 16)
#define DHCP_SIADDR_OFS (DHCP_MSG_OFS + 20)
#define DHCP_GIADDR_OFS (DHCP_MSG_OFS + 24)
#define DHCP_CHADDR_OFS (DHCP_MSG_OFS + 28)
#define DHCP_SNAME_OFS (DHCP_MSG_OFS + 44)
#define DHCP_FILE_OFS (DHCP_MSG_OFS + 108)
#define DHCP_MSG_LEN 236
#define DHCP_COOKIE_OFS (DHCP_MSG_OFS + DHCP_MSG_LEN)
#define DHCP_OPTIONS_OFS (DHCP_MSG_OFS + DHCP_MSG_LEN + 4)
#define DHCP_CLIENT_PORT 68
#define DHCP_SERVER_PORT 67
/** DHCP client states */
#define DHCP_REQUESTING 1
#define DHCP_INIT 2
#define DHCP_REBOOTING 3
#define DHCP_REBINDING 4
#define DHCP_RENEWING 5
#define DHCP_SELECTING 6
#define DHCP_INFORMING 7
#define DHCP_CHECKING 8
#define DHCP_PERMANENT 9
#define DHCP_BOUND 10
#define DHCP_RELEASING 11
#define DHCP_BACKING_OFF 12
#define DHCP_OFF 13
/** AUTOIP cooperatation flags */
#define DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP_STATE_OFF 0
#define DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP_STATE_ON 1
#define DHCP_BOOTREQUEST 1
#define DHCP_BOOTREPLY 2
#define DHCP_DISCOVER 1
#define DHCP_OFFER 2
#define DHCP_REQUEST 3
#define DHCP_DECLINE 4
#define DHCP_ACK 5
#define DHCP_NAK 6
#define DHCP_RELEASE 7
#define DHCP_INFORM 8
#define DHCP_HTYPE_ETH 1
#define DHCP_HLEN_ETH 6
#define DHCP_BROADCAST_FLAG 15
#define DHCP_BROADCAST_MASK (1 << DHCP_FLAG_BROADCAST)
/** BootP options */
#define DHCP_OPTION_PAD 0
#define DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK 1 /* RFC 2132 3.3 */
#define DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER 3
#define DHCP_OPTION_DNS_SERVER 6
#define DHCP_OPTION_HOSTNAME 12
#define DHCP_OPTION_IP_TTL 23
#define DHCP_OPTION_MTU 26
#define DHCP_OPTION_BROADCAST 28
#define DHCP_OPTION_TCP_TTL 37
#define DHCP_OPTION_END 255
/** DHCP options */
#define DHCP_OPTION_REQUESTED_IP 50 /* RFC 2132 9.1, requested IP address */
#define DHCP_OPTION_LEASE_TIME 51 /* RFC 2132 9.2, time in seconds, in 4 bytes */
#define DHCP_OPTION_OVERLOAD 52 /* RFC2132 9.3, use file and/or sname field for options */
#define DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGE_TYPE 53 /* RFC 2132 9.6, important for DHCP */
#define DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGE_TYPE_LEN 1
#define DHCP_OPTION_SERVER_ID 54 /* RFC 2132 9.7, server IP address */
#define DHCP_OPTION_PARAMETER_REQUEST_LIST 55 /* RFC 2132 9.8, requested option types */
#define DHCP_OPTION_MAX_MSG_SIZE 57 /* RFC 2132 9.10, message size accepted >= 576 */
#define DHCP_OPTION_MAX_MSG_SIZE_LEN 2
#define DHCP_OPTION_T1 58 /* T1 renewal time */
#define DHCP_OPTION_T2 59 /* T2 rebinding time */
#define DHCP_OPTION_US 60
#define DHCP_OPTION_CLIENT_ID 61
#define DHCP_OPTION_TFTP_SERVERNAME 66
#define DHCP_OPTION_BOOTFILE 67
/** possible combinations of overloading the file and sname fields with options */
#define DHCP_OVERLOAD_NONE 0
#define DHCP_OVERLOAD_FILE 1
#define DHCP_OVERLOAD_SNAME 2
#define DHCP_OVERLOAD_SNAME_FILE 3
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
#endif /*__LWIP_DHCP_H__*/

View file

@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
/**
* lwip DNS resolver header file.
* Author: Jim Pettinato
* April 2007
* ported from uIP resolv.c Copyright (c) 2002-2003, Adam Dunkels.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
* products derived from this software without specific prior
* written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
* OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
* GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
* WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
**/
#ifndef __LWIP_DNS_H__
#define __LWIP_DNS_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_DNS /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
/** DNS timer period */
#define DNS_TMR_INTERVAL 1000
/** DNS field TYPE used for "Resource Records" */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_A 1 /* a host address */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_NS 2 /* an authoritative name server */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_MD 3 /* a mail destination (Obsolete - use MX) */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_MF 4 /* a mail forwarder (Obsolete - use MX) */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_CNAME 5 /* the canonical name for an alias */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_SOA 6 /* marks the start of a zone of authority */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_MB 7 /* a mailbox domain name (EXPERIMENTAL) */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_MG 8 /* a mail group member (EXPERIMENTAL) */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_MR 9 /* a mail rename domain name (EXPERIMENTAL) */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_NULL 10 /* a null RR (EXPERIMENTAL) */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_WKS 11 /* a well known service description */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_PTR 12 /* a domain name pointer */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_HINFO 13 /* host information */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_MINFO 14 /* mailbox or mail list information */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_MX 15 /* mail exchange */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_TXT 16 /* text strings */
/** DNS field CLASS used for "Resource Records" */
#define DNS_RRCLASS_IN 1 /* the Internet */
#define DNS_RRCLASS_CS 2 /* the CSNET class (Obsolete - used only for examples in some obsolete RFCs) */
#define DNS_RRCLASS_CH 3 /* the CHAOS class */
#define DNS_RRCLASS_HS 4 /* Hesiod [Dyer 87] */
#define DNS_RRCLASS_FLUSH 0x800 /* Flush bit */
/** Callback which is invoked when a hostname is found.
* A function of this type must be implemented by the application using the DNS resolver.
* @param name pointer to the name that was looked up.
* @param ipaddr pointer to a struct ip_addr containing the IP address of the hostname,
* or NULL if the name could not be found (or on any other error).
* @param callback_arg a user-specified callback argument passed to dns_gethostbyname
*/
typedef void (*dns_found_callback)(const char *name, struct ip_addr *ipaddr, void *callback_arg);
void dns_init(void);
void dns_tmr(void);
void dns_setserver(u8_t numdns, struct ip_addr *dnsserver);
struct ip_addr dns_getserver(u8_t numdns);
err_t dns_gethostbyname(const char *hostname, struct ip_addr *addr,
dns_found_callback found, void *callback_arg);
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST && DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC
int dns_local_removehost(const char *hostname, const struct ip_addr *addr);
err_t dns_local_addhost(const char *hostname, const struct ip_addr *addr);
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST && DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
#endif /* __LWIP_DNS_H__ */

View file

@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
/**
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_ERR_H__
#define __LWIP_ERR_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/arch.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/** Define LWIP_ERR_T in cc.h if you want to use
* a different type for your platform (must be signed). */
#ifdef LWIP_ERR_T
typedef LWIP_ERR_T err_t;
#else /* LWIP_ERR_T */
typedef s8_t err_t;
#endif /* LWIP_ERR_T*/
/* Definitions for error constants. */
#define ERR_OK 0 /* No error, everything OK. */
#define ERR_MEM -1 /* Out of memory error. */
#define ERR_BUF -2 /* Buffer error. */
#define ERR_TIMEOUT -3 /* Timeout. */
#define ERR_RTE -4 /* Routing problem. */
#define ERR_IS_FATAL(e) ((e) < ERR_RTE)
#define ERR_ABRT -5 /* Connection aborted. */
#define ERR_RST -6 /* Connection reset. */
#define ERR_CLSD -7 /* Connection closed. */
#define ERR_CONN -8 /* Not connected. */
#define ERR_VAL -9 /* Illegal value. */
#define ERR_ARG -10 /* Illegal argument. */
#define ERR_USE -11 /* Address in use. */
#define ERR_IF -12 /* Low-level netif error */
#define ERR_ISCONN -13 /* Already connected. */
#define ERR_INPROGRESS -14 /* Operation in progress */
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
extern const char *lwip_strerr(err_t err);
#else
#define lwip_strerr(x) ""
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_ERR_H__ */

View file

@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
/**
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
**/
#ifndef __LWIP_INIT_H__
#define __LWIP_INIT_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/** X.x.x: Major version of the stack */
#define LWIP_VERSION_MAJOR 1U
/** x.X.x: Minor version of the stack */
#define LWIP_VERSION_MINOR 3U
/** x.x.X: Revision of the stack */
#define LWIP_VERSION_REVISION 2U
/** For release candidates, this is set to 1..254
* For official releases, this is set to 255 (LWIP_RC_RELEASE)
* For development versions (CVS), this is set to 0 (LWIP_RC_DEVELOPMENT) */
#define LWIP_VERSION_RC 255U
/** LWIP_VERSION_RC is set to LWIP_RC_RELEASE for official releases */
#define LWIP_RC_RELEASE 255U
/** LWIP_VERSION_RC is set to LWIP_RC_DEVELOPMENT for CVS versions */
#define LWIP_RC_DEVELOPMENT 0U
#define LWIP_VERSION_IS_RELEASE (LWIP_VERSION_RC == LWIP_RC_RELEASE)
#define LWIP_VERSION_IS_DEVELOPMENT (LWIP_VERSION_RC == LWIP_RC_DEVELOPMENT)
#define LWIP_VERSION_IS_RC ((LWIP_VERSION_RC != LWIP_RC_RELEASE) && (LWIP_VERSION_RC != LWIP_RC_DEVELOPMENT))
/** Provides the version of the stack */
#define LWIP_VERSION (LWIP_VERSION_MAJOR << 24 | LWIP_VERSION_MINOR << 16 | \
LWIP_VERSION_REVISION << 8 | LWIP_VERSION_RC)
/* Modules initialization */
void lwip_init(void);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_INIT_H__ */

View file

@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
/**
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_MEM_H__
#define __LWIP_MEM_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if MEM_LIBC_MALLOC
#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */
typedef size_t mem_size_t;
/* aliases for C library malloc() */
#define mem_init()
/* in case C library malloc() needs extra protection,
* allow these defines to be overridden.
*/
#ifndef mem_free
#define mem_free free
#endif
#ifndef mem_malloc
#define mem_malloc malloc
#endif
#ifndef mem_calloc
#define mem_calloc calloc
#endif
#ifndef mem_realloc
static void *mem_realloc(void *mem, mem_size_t size)
{
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(size);
return mem;
}
#endif
#else /* MEM_LIBC_MALLOC */
/* MEM_SIZE would have to be aligned, but using 64000 here instead of
* 65535 leaves some room for alignment...
*/
#if MEM_SIZE > 64000l
typedef u32_t mem_size_t;
#else
typedef u16_t mem_size_t;
#endif /* MEM_SIZE > 64000 */
#if MEM_USE_POOLS
/** mem_init is not used when using pools instead of a heap */
#define mem_init()
/** mem_realloc is not used when using pools instead of a heap:
we can't free part of a pool element and don't want to copy the rest */
#define mem_realloc(mem, size) (mem)
#else /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
/* lwIP alternative malloc */
void mem_init(void);
void *mem_realloc(void *mem, mem_size_t size);
#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
void *mem_malloc(mem_size_t size);
void *mem_calloc(mem_size_t count, mem_size_t size);
void mem_free(void *mem);
#endif /* MEM_LIBC_MALLOC */
#ifndef LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE
#define LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(size) (((size) + MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1) & ~(MEM_ALIGNMENT-1))
#endif
#ifndef LWIP_MEM_ALIGN
#define LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(addr) ((void *)(((mem_ptr_t)(addr) + MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1) & ~(mem_ptr_t)(MEM_ALIGNMENT-1)))
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_MEM_H__ */

View file

@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
/**
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_MEMP_H__
#define __LWIP_MEMP_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Create the list of all memory pools managed by memp. MEMP_MAX represents a NULL pool at the end */
typedef enum {
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) MEMP_##name,
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
MEMP_MAX
} memp_t;
#if MEM_USE_POOLS
/* Use a helper type to get the start and end of the user "memory pools" for mem_malloc */
typedef enum {
/* Get the first (via:
MEMP_POOL_HELPER_START = ((u8_t) 1*MEMP_POOL_A + 0*MEMP_POOL_B + 0*MEMP_POOL_C + 0)*/
MEMP_POOL_HELPER_FIRST = ((u8_t)
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc)
#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_START 1
#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(num, size) * MEMP_POOL_##size + 0
#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_END
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
) ,
/* Get the last (via:
MEMP_POOL_HELPER_END = ((u8_t) 0 + MEMP_POOL_A*0 + MEMP_POOL_B*0 + MEMP_POOL_C*1) */
MEMP_POOL_HELPER_LAST = ((u8_t)
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc)
#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_START
#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(num, size) 0 + MEMP_POOL_##size *
#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_END 1
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
)
} memp_pool_helper_t;
/* The actual start and stop values are here (cast them over)
We use this helper type and these defines so we can avoid using const memp_t values */
#define MEMP_POOL_FIRST ((memp_t) MEMP_POOL_HELPER_FIRST)
#define MEMP_POOL_LAST ((memp_t) MEMP_POOL_HELPER_LAST)
#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
#if MEMP_MEM_MALLOC || MEM_USE_POOLS
extern const u16_t memp_sizes[MEMP_MAX];
#endif /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC || MEM_USE_POOLS */
#if MEMP_MEM_MALLOC
#include "mem.h"
#define memp_init()
#define memp_malloc(type) mem_malloc(memp_sizes[type])
#define memp_free(type, mem) mem_free(mem)
#else /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */
#if MEM_USE_POOLS
/** This structure is used to save the pool one element came from. */
struct memp_malloc_helper
{
memp_t poolnr;
};
#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
void memp_init(void);
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
void *memp_malloc_fn(memp_t type, const char* file, const int line);
#define memp_malloc(t) memp_malloc_fn((t), __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else
void *memp_malloc(memp_t type);
#endif
void memp_free(memp_t type, void *mem);
#endif /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_MEMP_H__ */

View file

@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
/**
* SETUP: Make sure we define everything we will need.
*
* We have create three types of pools:
* 1) MEMPOOL - standard pools
* 2) MALLOC_MEMPOOL - to be used by mem_malloc in mem.c
* 3) PBUF_MEMPOOL - a mempool of pbuf's, so include space for the pbuf struct
*
* If the include'r doesn't require any special treatment of each of the types
* above, then will declare #2 & #3 to be just standard mempools.
*/
#ifndef LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL
/* This treats "malloc pools" just like any other pool.
The pools are a little bigger to provide 'size' as the amount of user data. */
#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(num, size) LWIP_MEMPOOL(POOL_##size, num, (size + sizeof(struct memp_malloc_helper)), "MALLOC_"#size)
#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_START
#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_END
#endif /* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL */
#ifndef LWIP_PBUF_MEMPOOL
/* This treats "pbuf pools" just like any other pool.
* Allocates buffers for a pbuf struct AND a payload size */
#define LWIP_PBUF_MEMPOOL(name, num, payload, desc) LWIP_MEMPOOL(name, num, (MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(struct pbuf)) + MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(payload)), desc)
#endif /* LWIP_PBUF_MEMPOOL */
/*
* A list of internal pools used by LWIP.
*
* LWIP_MEMPOOL(pool_name, number_elements, element_size, pool_description)
* creates a pool name MEMP_pool_name. description is used in stats.c
*/
#if LWIP_RAW
LWIP_MEMPOOL(RAW_PCB, MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB, sizeof(struct raw_pcb), "RAW_PCB")
#endif /* LWIP_RAW */
#if LWIP_UDP
LWIP_MEMPOOL(UDP_PCB, MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB, sizeof(struct udp_pcb), "UDP_PCB")
#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
#if LWIP_TCP
LWIP_MEMPOOL(TCP_PCB, MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB, sizeof(struct tcp_pcb), "TCP_PCB")
LWIP_MEMPOOL(TCP_PCB_LISTEN, MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN, sizeof(struct tcp_pcb_listen), "TCP_PCB_LISTEN")
LWIP_MEMPOOL(TCP_SEG, MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG, sizeof(struct tcp_seg), "TCP_SEG")
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
#if IP_REASSEMBLY
LWIP_MEMPOOL(REASSDATA, MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA, sizeof(struct ip_reassdata), "REASSDATA")
#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
#if LWIP_NETCONN
LWIP_MEMPOOL(NETBUF, MEMP_NUM_NETBUF, sizeof(struct netbuf), "NETBUF")
LWIP_MEMPOOL(NETCONN, MEMP_NUM_NETCONN, sizeof(struct netconn), "NETCONN")
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
#if NO_SYS==0
LWIP_MEMPOOL(TCPIP_MSG_API, MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API, sizeof(struct tcpip_msg), "TCPIP_MSG_API")
LWIP_MEMPOOL(TCPIP_MSG_INPKT,MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT, sizeof(struct tcpip_msg), "TCPIP_MSG_INPKT")
#endif /* NO_SYS==0 */
#if ARP_QUEUEING
LWIP_MEMPOOL(ARP_QUEUE, MEMP_NUM_ARP_QUEUE, sizeof(struct etharp_q_entry), "ARP_QUEUE")
#endif /* ARP_QUEUEING */
#if LWIP_IGMP
LWIP_MEMPOOL(IGMP_GROUP, MEMP_NUM_IGMP_GROUP, sizeof(struct igmp_group), "IGMP_GROUP")
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#if NO_SYS==0
LWIP_MEMPOOL(SYS_TIMEOUT, MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT, sizeof(struct sys_timeo), "SYS_TIMEOUT")
#endif /* NO_SYS==0 */
/*
* A list of pools of pbuf's used by LWIP.
*
* LWIP_PBUF_MEMPOOL(pool_name, number_elements, pbuf_payload_size, pool_description)
* creates a pool name MEMP_pool_name. description is used in stats.c
* This allocates enough space for the pbuf struct and a payload.
* (Example: pbuf_payload_size=0 allocates only size for the struct)
*/
LWIP_PBUF_MEMPOOL(PBUF, MEMP_NUM_PBUF, 0, "PBUF_REF/ROM")
LWIP_PBUF_MEMPOOL(PBUF_POOL, PBUF_POOL_SIZE, PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE, "PBUF_POOL")
/*
* Allow for user-defined pools; this must be explicitly set in lwipopts.h
* since the default is to NOT look for lwippools.h
*/
#if MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS
#include "lwippools.h"
#endif /* MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS */
/*
* REQUIRED CLEANUP: Clear up so we don't get "multiply defined" error later
* (#undef is ignored for something that is not defined)
*/
#undef LWIP_MEMPOOL
#undef LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL
#undef LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_START
#undef LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_END
#undef LWIP_PBUF_MEMPOOL

View file

@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_NETBUF_H__
#define __LWIP_NETBUF_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
struct netbuf {
struct pbuf *p, *ptr;
struct ip_addr *addr;
u16_t port;
#if LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO
struct ip_addr *toaddr;
u16_t toport;
#endif /* LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO */
};
/* Network buffer functions: */
struct netbuf * netbuf_new (void);
void netbuf_delete (struct netbuf *buf);
void * netbuf_alloc (struct netbuf *buf, u16_t size);
void netbuf_free (struct netbuf *buf);
err_t netbuf_ref (struct netbuf *buf,
const void *dataptr, u16_t size);
void netbuf_chain (struct netbuf *head,
struct netbuf *tail);
u16_t netbuf_len (struct netbuf *buf);
err_t netbuf_data (struct netbuf *buf,
void **dataptr, u16_t *len);
s8_t netbuf_next (struct netbuf *buf);
void netbuf_first (struct netbuf *buf);
#define netbuf_copy_partial(buf, dataptr, len, offset) \
pbuf_copy_partial((buf)->p, (dataptr), (len), (offset))
#define netbuf_copy(buf,dataptr,len) netbuf_copy_partial(buf, dataptr, len, 0)
#define netbuf_take(buf, dataptr, len) pbuf_take((buf)->p, dataptr, len)
#define netbuf_len(buf) ((buf)->p->tot_len)
#define netbuf_fromaddr(buf) ((buf)->addr)
#define netbuf_fromport(buf) ((buf)->port)
#if LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO
#define netbuf_destaddr(buf) ((buf)->toaddr)
#define netbuf_destport(buf) ((buf)->toport)
#endif /* LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_NETBUF_H__ */

View file

@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
/**
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Simon Goldschmidt
*
**/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_DNS && LWIP_SOCKET
#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */
#include "lwip/sockets.h"
/* some rarely used options */
#ifndef LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_H_ERRNO
#define LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_H_ERRNO 1
#endif
#ifndef LWIP_DNS_API_DEFINE_ERRORS
#define LWIP_DNS_API_DEFINE_ERRORS 1
#endif
#ifndef LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_STRUCTS
#define LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_STRUCTS 1
#endif
#if LWIP_DNS_API_DEFINE_ERRORS
/** Errors used by the DNS API functions, h_errno can be one of them */
#define EAI_NONAME 200
#define EAI_SERVICE 201
#define EAI_FAIL 202
#define EAI_MEMORY 203
#define HOST_NOT_FOUND 210
#define NO_DATA 211
#define NO_RECOVERY 212
#define TRY_AGAIN 213
#endif /* LWIP_DNS_API_DEFINE_ERRORS */
#if LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_STRUCTS
struct hostent {
char *h_name; /* Official name of the host. */
char **h_aliases; /* A pointer to an array of pointers to alternative host names,
terminated by a null pointer. */
int h_addrtype; /* Address type. */
int h_length; /* The length, in bytes, of the address. */
char **h_addr_list; /* A pointer to an array of pointers to network addresses (in
network byte order) for the host, terminated by a null pointer. */
#define h_addr h_addr_list[0] /* for backward compatibility */
};
struct addrinfo {
int ai_flags; /* Input flags. */
int ai_family; /* Address family of socket. */
int ai_socktype; /* Socket type. */
int ai_protocol; /* Protocol of socket. */
socklen_t ai_addrlen; /* Length of socket address. */
struct sockaddr *ai_addr; /* Socket address of socket. */
char *ai_canonname; /* Canonical name of service location. */
struct addrinfo *ai_next; /* Pointer to next in list. */
};
#endif /* LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_STRUCTS */
#if LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_H_ERRNO
/* application accessable error code set by the DNS API functions */
extern int h_errno;
#endif /* LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_H_ERRNO*/
struct hostent *lwip_gethostbyname(const char *name);
int lwip_gethostbyname_r(const char *name, struct hostent *ret, char *buf,
size_t buflen, struct hostent **result, int *h_errnop);
void lwip_freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *ai);
int lwip_getaddrinfo(const char *nodename,
const char *servname,
const struct addrinfo *hints,
struct addrinfo **res);
#if LWIP_COMPAT_SOCKETS
#define gethostbyname(name) lwip_gethostbyname(name)
#define gethostbyname_r(name, ret, buf, buflen, result, h_errnop) \
lwip_gethostbyname_r(name, ret, buf, buflen, result, h_errnop)
#define freeaddrinfo(addrinfo) lwip_freeaddrinfo(addrinfo)
#define getaddrinfo(nodname, servname, hints, res) \
lwip_getaddrinfo(nodname, servname, hints, res)
#endif /* LWIP_COMPAT_SOCKETS */
#endif /* LWIP_DNS && LWIP_SOCKET */

View file

@ -1,269 +0,0 @@
/**
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_NETIF_H__
#define __LWIP_NETIF_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#define ENABLE_LOOPBACK (LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK || LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF)
#include "lwip/err.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/inet.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#if LWIP_DHCP
struct dhcp;
#endif
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
struct autoip;
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Throughout this file, IP addresses are expected to be in
* the same byte order as in IP_PCB. */
/** must be the maximum of all used hardware address lengths
across all types of interfaces in use */
#define NETIF_MAX_HWADDR_LEN 6U
/** TODO: define the use (where, when, whom) of netif flags */
/** whether the network interface is 'up'. this is
* a software flag used to control whether this network
* interface is enabled and processes traffic.
*/
#define NETIF_FLAG_UP 0x01U
/** if set, the netif has broadcast capability */
#define NETIF_FLAG_BROADCAST 0x02U
/** if set, the netif is one end of a point-to-point connection */
#define NETIF_FLAG_POINTTOPOINT 0x04U
/** if set, the interface is configured using DHCP */
#define NETIF_FLAG_DHCP 0x08U
/** if set, the interface has an active link
* (set by the network interface driver) */
#define NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP 0x10U
/** if set, the netif is an device using ARP */
#define NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP 0x20U
/** if set, the netif has IGMP capability */
#define NETIF_FLAG_IGMP 0x40U
/** if set, the netif has IP layer switch capability */
/* Realtek Modified Start */
#ifdef CONFIG_DONT_CARE_TP
#define NETIF_FLAG_IPSWITCH 0x80U
#endif
/* Realtek Modified End */
/** Generic data structure used for all lwIP network interfaces.
* The following fields should be filled in by the initialization
* function for the device driver: hwaddr_len, hwaddr[], mtu, flags */
struct netif {
/** pointer to next in linked list */
struct netif *next;
/** IP address configuration in network byte order */
struct ip_addr ip_addr;
struct ip_addr netmask;
struct ip_addr gw;
/** This function is called by the network device driver
* to pass a packet up the TCP/IP stack. */
err_t (* input)(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
/** This function is called by the IP module when it wants
* to send a packet on the interface. This function typically
* first resolves the hardware address, then sends the packet. */
err_t (* output)(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p,
struct ip_addr *ipaddr);
/** This function is called by the ARP module when it wants
* to send a packet on the interface. This function outputs
* the pbuf as-is on the link medium. */
err_t (* linkoutput)(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p);
#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
/** This function is called when the netif state is set to up or down
*/
void (* status_callback)(struct netif *netif);
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
/** This function is called when the netif link is set to up or down
*/
void (* link_callback)(struct netif *netif);
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
/** This field can be set by the device driver and could point
* to state information for the device. */
void *state;
#if LWIP_DHCP
/** the DHCP client state information for this netif */
struct dhcp *dhcp;
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
/** the AutoIP client state information for this netif */
struct autoip *autoip;
#endif
#if LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME
/* the hostname for this netif, NULL is a valid value */
char* hostname;
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME */
/** maximum transfer unit (in bytes) */
u16_t mtu;
/** number of bytes used in hwaddr */
u8_t hwaddr_len;
/** link level hardware address of this interface */
u8_t hwaddr[NETIF_MAX_HWADDR_LEN];
/** flags (see NETIF_FLAG_ above) */
u8_t flags;
/** descriptive abbreviation */
char name[2];
/** number of this interface */
u8_t num;
#if LWIP_SNMP
/** link type (from "snmp_ifType" enum from snmp.h) */
u8_t link_type;
/** (estimate) link speed */
u32_t link_speed;
/** timestamp at last change made (up/down) */
u32_t ts;
/** counters */
u32_t ifinoctets;
u32_t ifinucastpkts;
u32_t ifinnucastpkts;
u32_t ifindiscards;
u32_t ifoutoctets;
u32_t ifoutucastpkts;
u32_t ifoutnucastpkts;
u32_t ifoutdiscards;
#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
#if LWIP_IGMP
/* This function could be called to add or delete a entry in the multicast filter table of the ethernet MAC.*/
err_t (*igmp_mac_filter)( struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *group, u8_t action);
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
u8_t *addr_hint;
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT */
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
/* List of packets to be queued for ourselves. */
struct pbuf *loop_first;
struct pbuf *loop_last;
#if LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
u16_t loop_cnt_current;
#endif /* LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
};
#if LWIP_SNMP
#define NETIF_INIT_SNMP(netif, type, speed) \
/* use "snmp_ifType" enum from snmp.h for "type", snmp_ifType_ethernet_csmacd by example */ \
netif->link_type = type; \
/* your link speed here (units: bits per second) */ \
netif->link_speed = speed; \
netif->ts = 0; \
netif->ifinoctets = 0; \
netif->ifinucastpkts = 0; \
netif->ifinnucastpkts = 0; \
netif->ifindiscards = 0; \
netif->ifoutoctets = 0; \
netif->ifoutucastpkts = 0; \
netif->ifoutnucastpkts = 0; \
netif->ifoutdiscards = 0
#else /* LWIP_SNMP */
#define NETIF_INIT_SNMP(netif, type, speed)
#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
/** The list of network interfaces. */
extern struct netif *netif_list;
/** The default network interface. */
extern struct netif *netif_default;
#define netif_init() /* Compatibility define, not init needed. */
struct netif *netif_add(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *ipaddr, struct ip_addr *netmask,
struct ip_addr *gw,
void *state,
err_t (* init)(struct netif *netif),
err_t (* input)(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif));
void
netif_set_addr(struct netif *netif,struct ip_addr *ipaddr, struct ip_addr *netmask,
struct ip_addr *gw);
void netif_remove(struct netif * netif);
/* Returns a network interface given its name. The name is of the form
"et0", where the first two letters are the "name" field in the
netif structure, and the digit is in the num field in the same
structure. */
struct netif *netif_find(char *name);
void netif_set_default(struct netif *netif);
void netif_set_ipaddr(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *ipaddr);
void netif_set_netmask(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *netmask);
void netif_set_gw(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *gw);
void netif_set_up(struct netif *netif);
void netif_set_down(struct netif *netif);
u8_t netif_is_up(struct netif *netif);
#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
/*
* Set callback to be called when interface is brought up/down
*/
void netif_set_status_callback(struct netif *netif, void (* status_callback)(struct netif *netif));
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
void netif_set_link_up(struct netif *netif);
void netif_set_link_down(struct netif *netif);
u8_t netif_is_link_up(struct netif *netif);
/*
* Set callback to be called when link is brought up/down
*/
void netif_set_link_callback(struct netif *netif, void (* link_callback)(struct netif *netif));
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
err_t netif_loop_output(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *dest_ip);
void netif_poll(struct netif *netif);
#if !LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING
void netif_poll_all(void);
#endif /* !LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING */
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
#endif /* __LWIP_NETIF_H__ */

View file

@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
/*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_NETIFAPI_H__
#define __LWIP_NETIFAPI_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_NETIF_API /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/sys.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/dhcp.h"
#include "lwip/autoip.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
struct netifapi_msg_msg {
#if !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
sys_sem_t sem;
#endif /* !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
err_t err;
struct netif *netif;
union {
struct {
struct ip_addr *ipaddr;
struct ip_addr *netmask;
struct ip_addr *gw;
void *state;
err_t (* init) (struct netif *netif);
err_t (* input)(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif);
} add;
struct {
void (* voidfunc)(struct netif *netif);
err_t (* errtfunc)(struct netif *netif);
} common;
} msg;
};
struct netifapi_msg {
void (* function)(struct netifapi_msg_msg *msg);
struct netifapi_msg_msg msg;
};
/* API for application */
err_t netifapi_netif_add ( struct netif *netif,
struct ip_addr *ipaddr,
struct ip_addr *netmask,
struct ip_addr *gw,
void *state,
err_t (* init)(struct netif *netif),
err_t (* input)(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif) );
err_t netifapi_netif_set_addr ( struct netif *netif,
struct ip_addr *ipaddr,
struct ip_addr *netmask,
struct ip_addr *gw );
err_t netifapi_netif_common ( struct netif *netif,
void (* voidfunc)(struct netif *netif),
err_t (* errtfunc)(struct netif *netif) );
#define netifapi_netif_remove(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, netif_remove, NULL)
#define netifapi_netif_set_up(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, netif_set_up, NULL)
#define netifapi_netif_set_down(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, netif_set_down, NULL)
#define netifapi_netif_set_default(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, netif_set_default, NULL)
#define netifapi_dhcp_start(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, NULL, dhcp_start)
#define netifapi_dhcp_stop(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, dhcp_stop, NULL)
#define netifapi_autoip_start(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, NULL, autoip_start)
#define netifapi_autoip_stop(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, NULL, autoip_stop)
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_API */
#endif /* __LWIP_NETIFAPI_H__ */

View file

@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
/**
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_PBUF_H__
#define __LWIP_PBUF_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/err.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#define PBUF_TRANSPORT_HLEN 20
#define PBUF_IP_HLEN 20
typedef enum {
PBUF_TRANSPORT,
PBUF_IP,
PBUF_LINK,
PBUF_RAW
} pbuf_layer;
typedef enum {
PBUF_RAM, /* pbuf data is stored in RAM */
PBUF_ROM, /* pbuf data is stored in ROM */
PBUF_REF, /* pbuf comes from the pbuf pool */
PBUF_POOL /* pbuf payload refers to RAM */
} pbuf_type;
/** indicates this packet's data should be immediately passed to the application */
#define PBUF_FLAG_PUSH 0x01U
struct pbuf {
/** next pbuf in singly linked pbuf chain */
struct pbuf *next;
/** pointer to the actual data in the buffer */
void *payload;
/**
* total length of this buffer and all next buffers in chain
* belonging to the same packet.
*
* For non-queue packet chains this is the invariant:
* p->tot_len == p->len + (p->next? p->next->tot_len: 0)
*/
u16_t tot_len;
/** length of this buffer */
u16_t len;
/** pbuf_type as u8_t instead of enum to save space */
u8_t /*pbuf_type*/ type;
/** misc flags */
u8_t flags;
/**
* the reference count always equals the number of pointers
* that refer to this pbuf. This can be pointers from an application,
* the stack itself, or pbuf->next pointers from a chain.
*/
u16_t ref;
};
/* Initializes the pbuf module. This call is empty for now, but may not be in future. */
#define pbuf_init()
struct pbuf *pbuf_alloc(pbuf_layer l, u16_t size, pbuf_type type);
void pbuf_realloc(struct pbuf *p, u16_t size);
u8_t pbuf_header(struct pbuf *p, s16_t header_size);
void pbuf_ref(struct pbuf *p);
void pbuf_ref_chain(struct pbuf *p);
u8_t pbuf_free(struct pbuf *p);
u8_t pbuf_clen(struct pbuf *p);
void pbuf_cat(struct pbuf *head, struct pbuf *tail);
void pbuf_chain(struct pbuf *head, struct pbuf *tail);
struct pbuf *pbuf_dechain(struct pbuf *p);
err_t pbuf_copy(struct pbuf *p_to, struct pbuf *p_from);
u16_t pbuf_copy_partial(struct pbuf *p, void *dataptr, u16_t len, u16_t offset);
err_t pbuf_take(struct pbuf *buf, const void *dataptr, u16_t len);
struct pbuf *pbuf_coalesce(struct pbuf *p, pbuf_layer layer);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_PBUF_H__ */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more